e10vk
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the fiscal year ended January 1,
2011
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the transition period from
to
|
Commission File Number:
001-6024
WOLVERINE WORLD WIDE,
INC.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
38-1185150
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification
No.)
|
|
|
|
9341 Courtland Drive N.E.,
Rockford, Michigan
|
|
49351
|
(Address of principal executive
offices)
|
|
(Zip Code)
|
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
(616) 866-5500
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which
registered
|
Common Stock, $1 Par Value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is not required to
file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has
filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
(§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit and post such
files). Yes þ No
o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or
any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer þ
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
(do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the
Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the registrants voting stock
held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the closing
price on the New York Stock Exchange on June 18, 2010,
the last business day of the registrants most recently
completed second fiscal quarter: $1,398,615,588.
Number of shares outstanding of the registrants Common
Stock, $1 par value as of February 25, 2011:
49,613,399.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the
registrants annual stockholders meeting to be held
April 21, 2011 are incorporated by reference into
Part III of this report.
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
This document contains forward-looking
statements that is, statements relating to
future, not past, events. In this context, forward-looking
statements often address managements beliefs, assumptions,
current expectations, estimates and projections about future
business and financial performance, global conditions, and the
Company itself. Such statements often contain words such as
anticipates, believes,
estimates, expects,
forecasts, intends, is
likely, plans, predicts,
projects, should, will,
variations of such words, and similar expressions.
Forward-looking statements, by their nature, address matters
that are, to varying degrees uncertain. For the Company,
uncertainties that could cause the Companys performance to
differ materially from what is expressed in forward-looking
statements include:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in national, regional or global economic and market
conditions;
|
|
|
|
the impact of financial and credit markets on the Company, its
suppliers and customers;
|
|
|
|
changes in interest rates, tax laws, duties, tariffs, quotas or
applicable assessments in countries of import and export;
|
|
|
|
the impact of regulation, regulatory and legal proceedings, and
legal compliance risks;
|
|
|
|
currency fluctuations;
|
|
|
|
increases in costs of future pension funding requirements;
|
|
|
|
the risks of doing business in developing countries, and
politically or economically volatile areas;
|
|
|
|
the ability to secure and protect owned intellectual property or
use currently licensed intellectual property;
|
|
|
|
changes in consumer preferences, spending patterns, buying
patterns, or demand for the Companys products;
|
|
|
|
changes in relationships with, including the loss of,
significant customers;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of future purchase options by the
U.S. Department of Defense on previously awarded contracts;
|
|
|
|
the cost, availability and management of raw materials,
inventories, services, labor, and contract manufacturers;
|
|
|
|
service interruptions at shipping and receiving ports;
|
|
|
|
the ability to adapt and compete in global footwear, apparel and
consumer-direct markets;
|
|
|
|
strategic actions, including acquisitions and dispositions, and
our success in integrating acquired businesses;
|
and many other matters of national, regional and global scale,
including those of a political, environmental, economic,
business and competitive nature. These uncertainties could cause
a material difference between an actual outcome and a
forward-looking statement. These uncertainties are described in
more detail in Part I, Item 1A, Risk
Factors of this
Form 10-K
Report. The Company does not undertake an obligation to update,
amend or clarify forward-looking statements, whether as a result
of new information, future events or otherwise.
3
PART I
General
Wolverine World Wide, Inc. (the Company) is a
leading marketer of branded casual, active lifestyle, work,
outdoor sport and uniform footwear and apparel and accessories.
The Company, a Delaware corporation, is the successor of a
Michigan corporation of the same name, originally organized in
1906, which in turn was the successor of a footwear business
established in Grand Rapids, Michigan in 1883.
Approximately 50 million pairs/units of the Companys
branded footwear and apparel were sold in the fiscal year ended
January 1, 2011 (fiscal 2010) in approximately
190 countries and territories around the world. The
Companys products generally feature contemporary styling
with proprietary technologies designed to provide maximum
comfort and performance. The products are marketed throughout
the world under widely recognized brand names, including
Bates®,
Cat®
Footwear,
Chaco®,
Cushe®,
Harley-Davidson®
Footwear, Hush
Puppies®,
HyTest®,
Merrell®,
Patagonia®
Footwear,
Sebago®,
Soft
Style®
and
Wolverine®.
The Company believes that its primary competitive advantages are
its well-recognized brand names, its patented proprietary
designs and comfort technologies, its wide range of distribution
channels and its diversified manufacturing and sourcing base.
Cat®
is a registered trademark of Caterpillar Inc.,
Harley-Davidson®
is a registered trademark of H-D Michigan, Inc. and
Patagonia®
is a registered trademark of Patagonia, Inc.
The Companys products are sold at various price points
under a variety of brand names designed to appeal to a wide
range of consumers of casual, work and outdoor footwear. The
Companys wholesale footwear and apparel business is
organized into four operating segments: (i) the Outdoor
Group, consisting of
Merrell®,
Patagonia®
and
Chaco®
footwear, and
Merrell®
brand apparel, (ii) the Wolverine Footwear Group,
consisting of the
Bates®,
HyTest®
and
Wolverine®
boots and shoes, and
Wolverine®
brand apparel, (iii) the Heritage Brands Group, consisting
of
Cat®
footwear,
Harley-Davidson®
footwear and
Sebago®
footwear and apparel, and (iv) The Hush Puppies Group,
consisting of Hush
Puppies®
footwear, Soft
Style®
footwear and
Cushe®
footwear. The Company also licenses some of its brands for use
on non-footwear products.
The Companys Global Operations Group is responsible for
manufacturing, sourcing, distribution and customer support for
the Companys business. The Company sells products in the
United States, Canada and approximately 10 countries in Europe
to a wide range of retail customers, including department
stores, national chains, catalogs, specialty retailers, mass
merchants and Internet retailers, and to governments and
municipalities. Many of the retailers carrying Wolverine
products operate multiple storefront locations. The
Companys products are marketed worldwide in a total of
approximately 190 countries and territories through
Company-owned wholesale and retail operations, licensees and
distributors.
For financial information regarding the Company, see the
consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes,
which are attached as Appendix A to this
Form 10-K.
The Company has one reportable segment, branded footwear,
apparel, and licensing. The branded footwear, apparel, and
licensing segment engages in manufacturing, sourcing, licensing,
marketing and distributing branded footwear and apparel,
including casual shoes and apparel, boots, uniform shoes, work
shoes and rugged outdoor footwear and apparel. The
Companys other operating segments consist of its
consumer-direct operations and leather and pigskin procurement
operations, which are described below. Financial information
regarding the Companys reportable segment and other
operating segments and financial information by geographic area
is found in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements
of the Company that are attached as Appendix A to this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Branded
Footwear, Apparel and Licensing
The Company sources and markets a broad range of footwear
styles, including shoes, boots and sandals under many
recognizable brand names, including
Bates®,
Cat®,
Chaco®,
Cushe®,
Harley-Davidson®,
Hush
Puppies®,
HyTest®,
Merrell®,
Patagonia®,
Sebago®,
Soft
Style®
and
Wolverine®.
The Company combines quality materials and skilled
4
workmanship to produce footwear according to its specifications
at both Company-owned and third-party manufacturing facilities.
The Company also markets
Merrell®,
Sebago®,
and
Wolverine®
brand apparel and accessories and licenses some of its brands
for use on non-footwear products, including Hush
Puppies®
apparel, eyewear, watches, socks, handbags and plush toys and
Wolverine®
brand eyewear and gloves.
The Companys branded footwear, apparel, and licensing
operating segments for fiscal 2010 are described below.
|
|
|
|
1.
|
The Outdoor Group The Outdoor Group
consists of
Merrell®
Footwear,
Merrell®
Apparel and Accessories,
Patagonia®
Footwear and
Chaco®
Footwear. Outdoor Group products include performance outdoor and
hiking footwear, casual and after-sport footwear and performance
and casual
Merrell®
apparel.
|
Merrell®
Footwear: The
Merrell®
footwear line consists primarily of technical hiking, rugged
outdoor and outdoor-inspired casual footwear designed for
backpacking, day hiking and everyday use. The
Merrell®
footwear line also includes the After-Sport
category, incorporating
Merrell®
footwears technical hiking and outdoor expertise with
Wolverine Performance
Leatherstm
and other technical materials to create footwear with unique
styling, performance and comfort features.
Merrell®
footwear products are sold primarily through sporting goods
chains, outdoor specialty retailers, department stores, on-line
retailers and catalogs.
Merrell®
footwear is marketed in approximately 150 countries and
territories worldwide.
Merrell®
Apparel and Accessories: The
Merrell®
apparel line consists primarily of technical outdoor and
outdoor-inspired casual apparel and performance socks. In
addition to
Merrell®
apparel, the Outdoor Group markets
Merrell®
accessories, including packs, bags and luggage.
Patagonia®
Footwear: Pursuant to an agreement with Lost
Arrow Corporation, the Company has the exclusive footwear
marketing and distribution rights under
Patagonia®
and other trademarks. The
Patagonia®
footwear line focuses primarily on casual and outdoor
performance footwear.
Patagonia®
is a registered trademark of Patagonia, Inc.
Chaco®
Footwear: The
Chaco®
brand, which the Company acquired in January 2009, was created
to meet the needs of the whitewater enthusiast and continues to
focus primarily on performance sandals for the outdoor
enthusiast. In order to help evolve the brand into a four-season
offering, the Company introduced closed-toe products in fall
2010.
Chaco®
footwear is sold primarily through specialty outdoor retailers
and department stores.
|
|
|
|
2.
|
Wolverine Footwear Group The Wolverine
Footwear Group markets footwear, apparel and accessories
products under the
Wolverine®
brand and footwear under the
Bates®
and
HyTest®
brands. Wolverine Footwear Group products incorporate
performance and comfort features to serve a variety of work,
outdoor and lifestyle functions.
|
Wolverine®
Footwear: The
Wolverine®
brand offers high quality work boots and shoes that incorporate
innovative technologies to deliver comfort and durability. The
Wolverine®
brand, which has been in existence for 128 years, markets
work and outdoor footwear in three categories: (i) work and
industrial; (ii) outdoor sport; and (iii) rugged
casual. The development of
DuraShocks®,
MultiShox®,
Wolverine
Fusion®
and Wolverine
Compressor®
technologies as well as the development of the Contour
Welt®
line have allowed the
Wolverine®
brand to introduce a broad line of work footwear with a focus on
comfort. The
Wolverine®
work product line features work boots and shoes with protective
features such as toe caps, metatarsal guards and electrical
hazard protection; the target consumers for the
Wolverine®
work product line are industrial and farm workers. The
Wolverine®
rugged casual and outdoor sport product lines incorporate
DuraShocks®,
Wolverine
iCStm
and other technologies and comfort features into products
designed for casual and outdoor sport use. The target consumers
for the
5
rugged casual line products have active lifestyles. The outdoor
sport line is designed to meet the needs of hunters, fishermen
and other active outdoor sports enthusiasts.
Wolverine®
Apparel and Licensing: The Wolverine Footwear
Group markets a line of work and rugged casual
Wolverine®
brand apparel. In addition, the Company licenses its
Wolverine®
brand for use on eyewear and gloves.
Bates®
Uniform Footwear: The Bates Uniform Footwear
Division is a leader in supplying footwear to military and
civilian uniform users. The Bates Uniform Footwear Division
utilizes
DuraShocks®,
DuraShocks
SRtm,
CoolTech, Wolverine
iCStm
and other proprietary comfort technologies in the design of its
military-style boots and oxfords. The Bates Uniform Footwear
Division contracts with the U.S. Department of Defense and
the military branches of several foreign countries to supply
military footwear. Civilian uniform users include individuals in
police, security, postal, restaurant and other industrial
occupations. The Bates Uniform Footwear Divisions products
are also distributed through specialty retailers and catalogs.
HyTest®
Safety Footwear: The
HyTest®
product line consists primarily of high-quality work boots and
shoes that incorporate various specialty safety features
designed to protect against hazards of the workplace, including
steel toe, composite toe, metatarsal guards, and electrical
hazard, static dissipating and conductive footwear.
HyTest®
footwear is distributed primarily through a network of
independently owned
Shoemobile®
mobile truck retail outlets providing direct sales of the
Companys occupational and work footwear brands to workers
at industrial facilities and also through direct sales
arrangements with large industrial customers.
|
|
|
|
3.
|
The Heritage Brands Group The Heritage
Brands Group consists of
Cat®
Footwear,
Harley-Davidson®
Footwear and the
Sebago®
product line.
|
Cat®
Footwear: Pursuant to a license arrangement
with Caterpillar Inc., the Company has exclusive footwear
marketing and distribution rights under
Caterpillar®,
Cat®,
Cat & Design, Walking
Machines®
and other trademarks. The Company believes the association with
Cat®
equipment encourages customers to characterize the footwear as
high-quality, rugged and durable.
Cat®
brand footwear products include work boots and shoes, sport
boots, rugged casual and lifestyle footwear, including lines of
work and casual footwear featuring
iTechnologytm
and Hidden
Tracks®
comfort features.
Cat®
footwear targets work and industrial users and active lifestyle
users.
Cat®
footwear is marketed in approximately 145 countries and
territories worldwide.
Cat®,
Caterpillar®,
Cat & Design and Walking
Machines®
are registered trademarks of Caterpillar Inc.
Harley-Davidson®
Footwear: Pursuant to a license arrangement
with the Harley-Davidson Motor Company, the Company has the
exclusive footwear marketing and distribution rights for
Harley-Davidson®
branded footwear.
Harley-Davidson®
branded footwear products include motorcycle, casual, fashion,
work and western footwear for men, women and children.
Harley-Davidson®
footwear is sold globally through a network of independent
Harley-Davidson®
dealerships, department stores and specialty retailers.
Harley-Davidson®
is a registered trademark of H-D Michigan, Inc.
Sebago®: The
Sebago®
product line has been marketed since 1946 and consists primarily
of performance nautical and American-inspired casual footwear
for men and women, such as boat shoes and hand sewn loafers.
Highly recognized
Sebago®
line extensions include Sebago
Docksidestm,
Drysidestm
and Athletic Marine. The
Sebago®
product line is marketed in approximately 125 countries and
territories worldwide. The
Sebago®
manufacturing and design tradition of quality components,
durability, comfort and Americana heritage is
further supported by targeted distribution to better-grade
independent, marine and department store retailers throughout
the world. The Company also markets a classic and marine
Sebago®
apparel line.
6
|
|
|
|
4.
|
The Hush Puppies Group
|
Hush
Puppies®: Since
1958, the Hush
Puppies®
brand has been a leader in casual footwear. The brand offers
shoes, sandals and boots for men, women and children, and is
marketed in approximately 140 countries and territories. The
modern styling is complemented by a variety of comfort features
and proprietary technologies that have earned the brand its
reputation for comfort, style and value. In addition, the
Hush
Puppies®
brand is licensed for use on certain items, including apparel,
eyewear, handbags, socks, watches and plush toys.
Soft
Style®: The
Soft
Style®
product line consists primarily of womens dress and casual
footwear.
Cushe®: The
Cushe®
business was acquired in January 2009 and focuses on relaxed,
design-led footwear for active men and women. The
Cushe®
Footwear business targets younger adult consumers and
better-grade retailers with products ranging from sport casual
footwear to sandals.
Cushe®
is marketed under three primary collections: Universal Traveler,
Urban Safari and Coastal Supremacy.
Other
Businesses
In addition to its branded footwear, apparel and licensing
operations, the Company also (i) operates 81 retail stores
in North America and 7 retail stores in the United Kingdom that
feature footwear and apparel, (ii) operates a performance
leathers business through its Wolverine Leathers Division; and
(iii) purchased and cured raw pigskins for sale to various
customers through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Wolverine
Procurement, Inc.
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Wolverine Retail The Companys
consumer-direct business operates 81 North American and
7 United Kingdom-based retail stores as of February 2011.
These stores are operated under the Hush
Puppies®,
Hush Puppies and
FamilySM,
TrackN
Trail®,
Rockford Footwear
Depot®
and
Merrell®
names. The Rockford Footwear
Depot®,
TrackN
Trail®,
Hush
Puppies®
and Hush Puppies and
FamilySM
retail formats carry a large selection of Company-branded
products, featuring such brands as
Wolverine®,
Merrell®,
Hush
Puppies®,
Cat®,
Chaco®,
Cushe®,
Patagonia®,
Sebago®
and
Harley-Davidson®.
The Company also operates
Merrell®
concept stores and Hush
Puppies®
concept stores, providing a platform to showcase these brands
exclusively. In addition, the Company operates 38
consumer-direct retail websites, including, www.merrell.com,
www.wolverine.com, www.hushpuppies.com, www.chacousa.com,
www.cushe.com, www.catfootwear.com, www.sebago.com, and
www.batesfootwear.com.
|
|
|
2.
|
The Wolverine Leathers Division The
Wolverine Leathers Division markets pigskin leather primarily
for use in the footwear industry. The Company believes pigskin
leather offers superior performance and other advantages over
cowhide leather. The Companys waterproof and stain
resistant leathers are featured in some of the Companys
footwear lines and many products offered by the Companys
international licensees and distributors.
|
|
|
3.
|
Wolverine Procurement, Inc. Wolverine
Procurement, Inc. performs skinning operations and purchases raw
pigskins from third parties, which it cures and sells to outside
customers for processing into pigskin leather products.
Substantially all of the assets of Wolverine Procurement, Inc.
were sold to a third-party buyer on December 29, 2010.
|
Marketing
The Companys marketing strategy is to develop
brand-specific plans and related promotional materials for
U.S. and international markets to foster a consistent
message for each of the Companys core brands. Each brand
group has dedicated marketing personnel who develop the
marketing strategy for brands within that group. Marketing
campaigns and strategies vary by brand and are designed to
target accounts
and/or end
users as the brand groups
7
strive to increase awareness of, and affinity for, the
Companys brands. The Companys advertisements
typically emphasize fashion, comfort, quality, durability,
functionality and other performance and lifestyle aspects of the
Companys products. Components of the brand-specific plans
vary and may include print, radio and television advertising,
social networking sites, event sponsorships, in-store
point-of-purchase
displays, promotional materials, and sales and technical
assistance.
The Companys brand groups provide its licensees and
distributors with creative direction, brand images and other
materials to convey consistent brand messaging, including
(i) direction on the categories of footwear to be promoted,
(ii) photography and layouts, (iii) broadcast
advertising, including commercials and film footage,
(iv) point-of-purchase
presentation specifications, blueprints and packaging,
(v) sales materials and (vi) consulting services
regarding retail store layout and design. The Company believes
its brand names provide it with a competitive advantage and the
Company makes significant expenditures on marketing and
promotion to support the position of its products and enhance
brand awareness.
Domestic
Sales and Distribution
The Company uses a wide variety of domestic distribution
channels and strategies to distribute its branded products:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company uses a dedicated sales force and customer service
team, advertising and
point-of-purchase
support and maintains in-stock inventories to service
consumer-direct business, department stores, national chains,
specialty retailers, catalogs, independent retailers and uniform
outlets.
|
|
|
Volume direct programs ship products directly to the retail
customer without going through a Company distribution center and
provide products at competitive prices with limited marketing
support. The Company uses these programs to service major
retail, catalogs, mass merchant and government customers.
|
|
|
A network of independent
Shoemobile®
distribution outlets distributes the Companys work and
occupational footwear at industrial facilities.
|
|
|
The Company solicits all branches of the United States military
and submits bids for contracts to supply specific footwear
products. Such contracts typically contain future purchase
options that are not required to be exercised.
|
In addition to its wholesale activities, the Company also
operates a consumer-direct business as described above. The
Company continues to develop new programs, both independently
and in conjunction with its consumer-direct customers, for the
distribution of its products.
A broad distribution base insulates the Company from dependence
on any one customer. No customer of the Company accounted for
more than 10% of the Companys revenue in fiscal 2010.
The Company experiences moderate fluctuations in sales volume
during the year as reflected in quarterly revenue (and taking
into consideration the 16 weeks or 17 weeks included
in the Companys fourth accounting quarter versus the
12 weeks included in the first three accounting quarters).
The Company expects current seasonal sales patterns to continue
in future years. The Company also experiences some fluctuation
in its levels of working capital, typically including an
increase in working capital requirements near the end of the
first and third quarters. The Company meets its working capital
requirements through effective cash generation and, as needed, a
revolving credit agreement.
International
Operations and Global Licensing
The Companys foreign-sourced revenue is generated from a
combination of (i) sales of branded footwear and apparel
through the Companys owned operations in Canada, the
United Kingdom and approximately eight branch offices in Europe;
(ii) sales to third-party distributors for certain markets
and businesses; and (iii) royalty income from a network of
third-party licensees and distributors. The Companys owned
operations are located in markets where the Company believes it
can gain a strategic advantage by directly controlling the sale
of its products into
8
retail accounts. License and distribution arrangements enable
the Company to develop sales in other markets without the
capital commitment required to maintain related foreign
operations, employees, inventories or localized marketing
programs.
The Company continues to develop its network of licensees and
distributors to market its branded products. The Company assists
its licensees in designing products that are appropriate to each
foreign market, but consistent with the global brand position.
Pursuant to distribution or license agreements, third-party
licensees and distributors either purchase goods from the
Company or authorized third-party manufacturers or manufacture
branded products consistent with Company standards. Distributors
and licensees are responsible for independently marketing and
distributing Company branded products in their respective
territories, with product and marketing support from the Company.
Manufacturing
and Sourcing
The Company directly controls the majority of the units of
footwear and apparel manufactured or sourced under the
Companys brand names. The balance is controlled directly
by the Companys licensees. A substantial majority of the
units sourced
and/or
manufactured by the Company are purchased or sourced from third
parties, with the remainder produced at Company-owned
facilities. The Company sources a majority of its footwear from
numerous third-party manufacturers in the Asia-Pacific region,
South America and India. The Company maintains offices in the
Asia-Pacific region to facilitate and develop strategies for the
sourcing and importation of quality footwear and apparel. The
Company has established guidelines for each of its third-party
manufacturers in order to monitor product quality, labor
practices and financial viability. The Company has adopted
Engagement Criteria for Partners &
Sources, a policy that requires that the Companys
domestic and foreign manufacturers, licensees and distributors
use ethical business standards; comply with all applicable
health and safety laws and regulations; commit to use
environmentally safe practices; treat employees fairly with
respect to wages, benefits and working conditions; and not use
child or prison labor. Footwear produced by the Company is
manufactured at Company-operated facilities located in Michigan
and the Dominican Republic.
The Companys owned manufacturing operations allow the
Company to (i) reduce its production lead time, enabling it
to more quickly respond to market demand and reduce inventory
risk, (ii) lower freight, shipping and duty costs for sales
to certain markets, and (iii) more closely monitor product
quality. The Companys third-party sourcing strategy allows
the Company to (i) benefit from lower manufacturing costs
and
state-of-the-art
manufacturing facilities, (ii) source high quality raw
materials from around the world, and (iii) avoid capital
expenditures necessary for additional owned factories. The
Company believes that its overall global manufacturing strategy
provides the flexibility to properly balance the need for timely
shipments, high quality products and competitive pricing.
The Companys principal required raw material is quality
leather, which it purchases from a select group of domestic and
foreign suppliers. The global availability of common upper
materials and specialty leathers eliminates any reliance by the
Company on a sole supplier.
The Company currently purchases all of the raw pigskins used for
its Wolverine Leathers Division from one domestic source, which
has been a reliable and consistent supplier for over
30 years. Alternative sources of raw pigskin are available,
but with less advantageous pricing, quality and compatibility
with the Companys processing method. The Company purchases
all of its other raw materials and component parts from a
variety of sources and does not believe that any of these
sources are a dominant supplier.
The Company is subject to the normal risks of doing business
abroad due to its international operations, including the risk
of expropriation, acts of war or terrorism, political
disturbances and similar events, the imposition of trade
barriers, quotas, tariffs and duties, loss of most favored
nation trading status and currency and exchange rate
fluctuations. With respect to international sourcing activities,
management believes that over a period of time, it could arrange
adequate alternative sources of supply for the products
currently obtained from its foreign suppliers, but that a
sustained disruption of such sources of supply could have an
adverse impact on the Companys results of operations and
financial position.
9
Trademarks,
Licenses and Patents
The Company holds a significant portfolio of registered and
common law trademarks that identify its branded products. The
Companys owned trademarks include Hush
Puppies®,
Wolverine®,
Bates®,
Cushe®,
Chaco®,
Soft
Style®,
Wolverine
Fusion®,
DuraShocks®,
MultiShox®,
Wolverine
Compressor®,
Hidden
Tracks®,
iTechnologytm,
Bounce®,
Comfort
Curve®,
HyTest®,
Merrell®,
M Circle Design (registered design trademark),
Continuum®,
Sebago®,
Q
Form®
and Track N
Trail®.
The Companys Wolverine Leathers Division markets its
pigskin leathers under the trademarks Wolverine Warrior
Leather®,
Weather
Tight®
and All Season Weather
Leatherstm.
The Company has exclusive footwear marketing and distribution
rights under the
Cat®,
Harley-Davidson® and
Patagonia®
trademarks pursuant to license arrangements with the respective
trademark owners. The
Cat®,
Harley-Davidson®,
and
Patagonia®
licenses extend for five or more years and are subject to early
termination for breach.
The Company believes that consumers identify its products by the
Companys trademarks and that its trademarks are valuable
assets. The Company is not aware of any infringing uses or any
prior claims of ownership of its trademarks that could
materially affect its current business. The Company has a policy
of registering its primary trademarks and vigorously defending
its trademarks against infringement or other threats whenever
practicable. The Company also holds many design and utility
patents, copyrights and various other proprietary rights. The
Company vigorously protects its proprietary rights under
applicable laws.
Order
Backlog
At February 19, 2011, the Company had an order backlog of
approximately $628 million compared to an order backlog of
approximately $424 million at February 20, 2010,
determined on a consistent basis. All of the backlog relates to
orders for products expected to be shipped in 2011. Orders in
the backlog are subject to cancellation by customers and to
changes in planned customer demand or at-once orders. The
backlog at any particular time is affected by a number of
factors, including seasonality, retail conditions, expected
customer demand, product availability and the schedule for the
manufacture and shipment of products. Accordingly, a comparison
of backlog from period to period is not necessarily meaningful
and may not be predictive of eventual actual shipments.
Competition
The Company markets its footwear and apparel lines in a highly
competitive and fragmented environment. The Company competes
with numerous domestic and international marketers and
importers, some of which are larger and have greater resources
than the Company. The Company has at least forty major
competitors for its brands of footwear and apparel. Product
performance and quality, including technological improvements,
product identity, competitive pricing and ability to control
costs, and the ability to adapt to style changes are all
important elements of competition in the footwear and apparel
markets served by the Company. The footwear and apparel
industries in general are subject to changes in consumer
preferences. The Company strives to maintain its competitive
position through promotions designed to increase brand
awareness, manufacturing and sourcing efficiencies, and the
style, comfort and value of its products. Future sales by the
Company will be affected by its continued ability to sell its
products at competitive prices and to meet shifts in consumer
preferences.
Because of the lack of reliable published statistics, the
Company is unable to state with certainty its competitive
position in the footwear and apparel industries. Market shares
in the non-athletic footwear and apparel industry are highly
fragmented and no one company has a dominant market position.
Research
and Development
In addition to normal and recurring product development, design
and styling activities, the Company engages in research and
development activities related to the development of new
production techniques and to the improvement of the function,
performance, reliability and quality of its branded footwear and
other products. For example, the Companys continuing
relationship with the Biomechanics Evaluation Laboratory at
Michigan
10
State University has helped validate and refine specific
biomechanical design concepts, such as
Bounce®,
DuraShocks®
and Hidden
Tracks®
comfort technologies, which have been incorporated in the
Companys footwear. While the Company expects to continue
to be a leading developer of footwear innovations, research and
development costs do not represent a material portion of
operating expenses.
Environmental
Matters
Compliance with domestic and foreign federal, state and local
requirements regulating the discharge of materials into the
environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the
environment have not had, nor are they expected to have, any
material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or
competitive position of the Company. The Company uses and
generates certain substances and wastes that are regulated or
may be deemed hazardous under certain federal, state and local
regulations with respect to the environment. The Company works
with domestic and foreign federal, state and local agencies from
time to time to resolve cleanup issues at various waste sites
and other regulatory issues.
Employees
As of January 1, 2011, the Company had approximately 4,139
domestic and foreign production, office and sales employees.
Approximately 51 employees were covered by a single union
contract that expires on March 31, 2011. The Company
presently considers its employee relations to be good.
Available
Information
Information about the Company, including the Companys Code
of Conduct & Compliance, Corporate Governance
Guidelines, Director Independence Standards, Accounting and
Finance Code of Ethics, Audit Committee Charter, Compensation
Committee Charter, and Governance Committee Charter, is
available at its website at
www.wolverineworldwide.com/investor-relations/corporate-governance.
Printed copies of the documents listed above are available,
without charge, by writing to the Company at 9341 Courtland
Drive, N.E., Rockford, Michigan 49351, Attention: General
Counsel.
The Company also makes available on or through its website, free
of charge, the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q
and current reports on
Form 8-K,
and amendments to those reports (along with certain other
Company filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC)) as soon as reasonably practicable after
electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to,
the SEC. These materials are also accessible on the SECs
website at www.sec.gov.
Changes in general economic conditions and other factors
affecting consumer spending could adversely affect the
Companys sales, operating results or financial position
The Companys global operations depend on factors affecting
consumer disposable income and spending patterns. These factors
include general economic conditions, employment, business
conditions, interest rates and taxation. Customers may defer or
cancel purchases of the Companys products due to
uncertainty about global economic conditions. Consumer
confidence may decline due to recessionary economic cycles, high
interest rates on consumer or business borrowings, restricted
credit availability, inflation, high levels of unemployment or
consumer debt, high tax rates or other economic factors.
Declining consumer confidence could adversely affect demand for
the Companys products. Changes in the amount or severity
of bad weather and the growth or decline of global footwear,
apparel or consumer-direct markets could affect negatively
consumer spending patterns. A decline in demand for the
Companys products could reduce the Companys revenues
or profit margins.
11
General economic conditions and regulatory factors such as those
listed above, as well as increased costs of fuel, labor,
commodities, insurance and health care, may increase the
Companys cost of sales and operating expenses. Such
increases could adversely affect the Companys financial
position and results of operations.
The Company operates in competitive industries and
markets.
The Company competes with a large number of marketers of
footwear or apparel, and consumer-direct companies. Some of
these competitors are larger and have greater resources than the
Company. Important elements of such competition include product
performance and quality, including technological improvements,
product identity, competitive pricing and the ability to adapt
to style changes. Consumer preferences for and the popularity of
particular designs and categories of footwear and apparel
generally change. The Company strives to maintain and improve
its competitive position through increasing brand awareness,
gaining sourcing efficiencies, and enhancing the style, comfort
and perceived value of its products. The Companys
continued ability to sell its products at competitive prices and
to meet shifts in consumer preferences will affect its future
sales. If the Company is unable to respond effectively to
competitive pressures and changes in consumer spending, its
results of operations and financial position may be adversely
affected.
Many of the Companys competitors have more developed
consumer and customer bases, lower prices, or greater financial,
technical or marketing resources than the Company, particularly
in the apparel and consumer-direct businesses. The
Companys competitors may implement more effective
marketing campaigns; adopt more aggressive pricing policies;
make more attractive offers to potential employees, distribution
partners and manufacturers; or respond more quickly to changes
in consumer preferences, than the Company. The Companys
results of operations and financial position could be adversely
affected if the Companys businesses are not successful.
The Companys operating results depend on effectively
managing inventory levels.
The Companys ability to manage its inventories effectively
is an important factor in its operations. Inventory shortages
can impede the Companys ability to meet orders, adversely
affect the timing of shipments to customers, and, consequently,
diminish brand loyalty. Conversely, excess inventories can
result in lower gross margins if the Company lowers prices in
order to liquidate excess inventories. Excess inventories can
also drive increased interest costs. The Companys
business, results of operations and financial position could be
adversely affected if the Company is unable to effectively
manage its inventory.
Increases or changes in duties, quotas, tariffs and other
trade restrictions could adversely impact the Companys
sales and profitability.
All of the Companys products manufactured overseas and
imported into the U.S., the European Union and other countries
are subject to customs duties collected by customs authorities.
Customs information submitted by the Company is routinely
subject to review by customs authorities. Additional
U.S. or foreign customs duties, quotas, tariffs,
anti-dumping duties, safeguard measures, cargo restrictions to
prevent terrorism or other trade restrictions may be imposed on
the importation of the Companys products in the future.
The imposition of such costs or restrictions in foreign
countries where the Company operates, as well as in countries
where the Companys
third-party
distributors and licensees operate, could result in increases in
the cost of the Companys products generally and could
adversely affect the sales and profitability of the Company.
In December 2009, the European Union approved a
15-month
extension of anti-dumping duties on specific types of leather
upper footwear originating in China and Vietnam and imported
into member states of the European Union. Because the Company
sources a substantial portion of its products from suppliers
located in China and Vietnam, these anti-dumping duties
negatively affected the Companys sales and gross margin in
the European Union. The European Union announced in January 2011
that the anti-dumping duties described above will be removed on
March 31, 2011.
12
Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely
impact the Companys business.
Foreign currency fluctuations affect the Companys reported
revenue and profitability. In addition, because the Company may
employ hedging strategies over time, changes in currency
exchange rates may impact the Companys financial results
positively or negatively in one period and not another, which
may make it difficult to compare the Companys operating
results from different periods. Currency exchange rate
fluctuations may also adversely impact third parties who
manufacture the Companys products by making their
purchases of raw materials or other production costs more
expensive and more difficult to finance, thereby raising prices
for the Company, its distributors and licensees. For a more
detailed discussion of risk relating to foreign currency
fluctuation, see Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk.
Significant raw material shortages, supplier capacity
constraints, supplier production disruptions, supplier quality
issues or price increases could increase the Companys
operating costs and adversely impact the competitive position of
the Companys products.
The Company currently sources most of its products from
third-party manufacturers in foreign countries, predominantly
China. As is common in the industry, the Company does not have
long-term contracts with its third-party suppliers. There can be
no assurance that the Company will not experience difficulties
with such suppliers, including reduction in the availability of
production capacity, failure to meet production deadlines or
increases in manufacturing costs. The Companys future
results will depend partly on its ability to maintain positive
working relationships with third-party suppliers.
Foreign manufacturing is subject to a number of risks, including
work stoppages, transportation delays and interruptions,
political instability, foreign currency fluctuations, changing
economic conditions, expropriation, nationalization, the
imposition of tariffs, import and export controls and other
non-tariff barriers and changes in governmental policies.
Various factors could significantly interfere with the
Companys ability to source its products, including adverse
developments in trade or political relations with China or other
countries where the Company sources its products, or a shift in
Chinas manufacturing capacity away from footwear and
apparel to other industries. Any of these events could have an
adverse effect on the Companys business, results of
operations and financial position and in particular on the
Companys ability to meet customer demands and produce its
products in a cost-effective manner.
The Companys ability to competitively price its products
depends on the cost of components, services, labor, equipment
and raw materials, including leather and materials used in the
production of footwear outsoles. The cost of services and
materials is subject to change based on availability and market
conditions that are difficult to predict. Various conditions,
such as diseases affecting the availability of leather, affect
the cost of the footwear marketed by the Company. In addition,
fuel prices and numerous other factors, such as the possibility
of service interruptions at shipping and receiving ports, affect
the Companys shipping costs. Increases in cost for
services and materials used in production could have a negative
impact on the Companys results of operations and financial
position.
The Company purchases raw pigskins for its leathers operations
from a single domestic source pursuant to
short-term
contracts. Although this source has been a reliable and
consistent supplier for over 30 years, there are no
assurances that it will continue as a supplier. Failure of this
source to continue to supply the Company with raw pigskin or to
supply the Company with raw pigskin on less favorable terms
could increase the Companys cost of raw materials for its
leather business and, as a result, have a negative impact on the
Companys results of operations and financial position.
A significant reduction in customer purchases of the
Companys products or failure of customers to pay for the
Companys products in a timely manner could adversely
affect the Companys business.
The Companys financial success is directly related to its
customers continuing to purchase its products. The Company does
not typically have long-term contracts with its customers. Sales
to the Companys customers are generally on an
order-by-order
basis and are subject to rights of cancellation and rescheduling
by the customers.
13
Failure to fill customers orders in a timely manner could
harm the Companys relationships with its customers.
Furthermore, if any of the Companys major customers
experience a significant downturn in its business, or fail to
remain committed to the Companys products or brands, they
may reduce or discontinue purchases from the Company, which
could have an adverse effect on the Companys results of
operations and financial position.
The Company sells its products to customers and extends credit
based on an evaluation of each customers financial
condition. The financial difficulties of a customer could cause
the Company to stop doing business with that customer or reduce
its business with that customer. The Companys inability to
collect from its customers or a cessation or reduction of sales
to certain customers because of credit concerns could have an
adverse effect on the Companys business, results of
operations and financial position.
The general trend toward consolidation in retail and specialty
retail could lead to fewer customers, customers seeking more
favorable terms of purchase from the Company and could lead to a
decrease in the number of stores that carry the Companys
products. In addition, changes in the channels of distribution,
such as the continued growth of Internet commerce and the trend
toward the sale of private label products by major retailers,
could have an adverse effect on the Companys results of
operations and financial position.
The Company has been awarded a number of U.S. Department of
Defense contracts that include future purchase options for
Bates®
footwear. Failure by the Department of Defense to exercise these
purchase options or the failure of the Company to secure future
U.S. Department of Defense contracts could have an adverse
effect on the Companys results of operations and financial
position.
Changes in the credit markets could adversely affect the
Companys financial success.
Changes in credit markets could adversely impact the
Companys future results of operations and financial
position. If the Companys third-party distributors,
suppliers and retailers are not able to obtain financing on
favorable terms, or at all, they may delay or cancel orders for
the Companys products, or fail to meet their obligations
to the Company in a timely manner, either of which could
adversely impact the Companys sales, cash flow and
operating results. In addition, any lack of available credit
and/or the
increased cost of credit may significantly impair the
Companys ability to obtain additional credit to finance
future expansion plans, or refinance existing credit, on
favorable terms, or at all.
Unfavorable findings resulting from a government audit could
subject the Company to a variety of penalties and sanctions, and
could negatively impact the Companys future revenues.
The federal government has the right to audit the Companys
performance under its government contracts. If a government
audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, the Company could
be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative
sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of
profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or
debarment from doing business with U.S. federal government
agencies. The Company could also suffer serious harm to its
reputation if the government alleges that the Company acted in
an improper or illegal manner, whether or not any such
allegations have merit. If, as the result of an audit or for any
other reason, the Company is suspended or barred from
contracting with the federal government generally, or any
specific agency, if the Companys reputation or
relationship with government agencies is impaired, or if the
government otherwise ceases doing business with the Company or
significantly decreases the amount of business it does with the
Company, the Companys revenue and profitability could
decrease. The Company is also subject to customs and other
audits in various jurisdictions where it operates. Negative
audit findings could have an adverse effect on the
Companys results of operations and financial position.
14
Failure of the Companys international licensees and
distributors to meet sales goals or to make timely payments on
amounts owed to the Company could adversely affect the
Companys financial performance.
In many international markets, independent licensees or
distributors sell the Companys products. Failure by the
Companys licensees or distributors to meet planned annual
sales goals or to make timely payments on amounts owed to the
Company could have an adverse effect on the Companys
business, results of operations and financial position, and it
may be difficult and costly to locate an acceptable substitute
distributor or licensee. If a change in licensee or distributor
becomes necessary, the Company may experience increased costs,
as well as substantial disruption and a resulting loss of sales
and brand equity in the market where such licensee or
distributor operates.
The Companys reputation and competitive position are
dependent on its third-party manufacturers, distributors,
licensees and others complying with applicable laws and the
Companys ethical standards.
The Company requires its independent contract manufacturers,
distributors, licensees and others with which it does business
to comply with the Companys ethical standards and
applicable laws relating to working conditions and other
matters. If a party with whom the Company does business is found
to have violated the Companys ethical standards or
applicable laws, the Company could receive negative publicity
that could damage its reputation and negatively affect the value
of its brands.
Global political and economic uncertainty could adversely
impact the Companys business.
Concerns regarding acts of terrorism and international conflict
have created significant global economic and political
uncertainties that may have material and adverse effects on
consumer demand, acceptance of U.S. brands in international
markets, foreign sourcing of products, shipping and
transportation, product imports and exports and the sale of
products in foreign markets, any of which could adversely affect
the Companys ability to source, manufacture, distribute
and sell its products. The Company is subject to risks of doing
business in developing countries and economically volatile
areas. These risks include social, political and economic
instability; nationalization of the Companys assets and
operations in a developing country by local government
authorities; slower payment of invoices; and restrictions on the
Companys ability to repatriate foreign currency. In
addition, commercial laws in these areas may not be
well-developed or consistently administered, and new laws may be
retroactively applied. Any of these risks could have an adverse
impact on the Companys prospects and results of operations
in these areas.
Unsuccessful efforts by the Company to establish and protect
its intellectual property could adversely affect the value of
its brands.
The Company invests significant resources to develop and protect
its intellectual property, and believes that its trademarks and
other intellectual property rights are important to its future
success. The Companys ability to remain competitive is
dependent upon its continued ability to secure and protect
trademarks, patents and other intellectual property rights in
the United States and internationally for all of its lines of
business. The Company relies on a combination of trade secret,
patent, trademark, copyright and other laws, license agreements
and other contractual provisions and technical measures to
protect its intellectual property rights; however, some
countries laws do not protect intellectual property rights
to the same extent as do U.S. laws. The Companys
business could be significantly harmed if it is not able to
protect its intellectual property, or if a court found that the
Company was infringing on other persons intellectual
property rights. Any intellectual property lawsuits or
threatened lawsuits in which the Company is involved, either as
a plaintiff or as a defendant, could cost the Company a
significant amount of time and money and distract
managements attention from operating the Companys
business. In addition, if the Company does not prevail on any
intellectual property claims, the Company may have to change its
manufacturing processes, products or trade names, any of which
could reduce its profitability.
In addition, some of the Companys branded footwear
operations are operated pursuant to licensing agreements with
third-party trademark owners. These agreements are subject to
early termination for breach. Expiration or early
15
termination of any of these license agreements by the licensor
could have a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, results of operations and financial position.
The Company periodically discovers products that are counterfeit
reproductions of its products or that otherwise infringe on its
intellectual property rights. The Company has not always been
able to stop production and sales of counterfeit products and
infringement of the Companys intellectual property rights.
The actions the Company takes to establish and protect
trademarks, patents and other intellectual property rights both
inside and outside of the United States may not be adequate to
prevent imitation of its products by others. If the Company is
unsuccessful in challenging a partys products on the basis
of infringement of the Companys intellectual property
rights, continued sales of these products could adversely affect
the Companys sales, devalue its brands and result in the
shift of consumer preference away from the Companys
products.
The Companys inability to attract and retain executive
managers and other key employees, or the loss of one or more
executive managers or other key employees, could adversely
affect the Companys business.
The Company depends on its executive management and other key
employees. In the footwear, apparel and consumer-direct
industries, competition for qualified employees is intense, and
the Companys failure to identify, attract or retain
executive managers or other key employees could adversely affect
its business. The Company must offer and maintain competitive
compensation packages to effectively recruit and retain such
individuals. Further, the loss of one or more executive managers
or other key employees, or the Companys failure to
successfully implement succession planning, could adversely
affect the Company, its results of operations or financial
position.
Inflationary and other pressures may lead to higher
employment and pension costs for the Company.
General inflationary pressures, changes in employment laws and
regulations, and other factors could increase the Companys
overall employment costs. The Companys employment costs
include costs relating to health care benefits and benefits
under the Companys retirement plans, including a
U.S.-based
defined benefit plan. The annual cost of benefits can vary
significantly depending on a number of factors, including
changes in the assumed or actual rate of return on pension plan
assets, a change in the discount rate used to determine the
present value of pension obligations, a change in method or
timing of meeting pension funding obligations and the rate of
health care cost inflation. Increases in the Companys
overall employment and pension costs could have an adverse
effect on the Companys business, results of operations and
financial position.
Disruption of the Companys technology systems could
adversely affect the Companys business.
The Companys technology systems are critical to the
operations of its business. Any interruption, impairment or loss
of data integrity or malfunction of these systems could severely
impact the Companys business, including delays in product
fulfillment and reduced efficiency in operations. In addition,
costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with
the implementation of new or upgraded systems, or with
maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could
disrupt or reduce the efficiency of the Companys
operations.
The Company faces risks associated with its growth strategy
and acquiring or disposing of businesses.
The Company may make strategic acquisitions in the future, and
the Company cannot provide assurance that it will be able to
successfully integrate the operations of these newly-acquired
businesses into the Companys operations. Acquisitions
involve numerous risks, including risks inherent in entering new
markets in which the Company may not have prior experience;
potential loss of significant customers or key personnel of the
acquired business; managing geographically-remote operations;
and potential diversion of managements attention from
other aspects of the Companys business operations.
Acquisitions may also result in incurrence of debt, dilutive
issuances of the Companys equity securities and write-offs
of goodwill and substantial amortization expenses of other
intangible assets. The failure to integrate newly-acquired
businesses or the inability to make suitable strategic
acquisitions in the future could have an adverse effect on the
Companys results of operations and financial position.
16
Maintenance and growth of the Companys business depends
upon the availability of adequate capital.
The maintenance and growth of the Companys business
depends on the availability of adequate capital, which in turn
depends in large part on cash flow generated by its business and
the availability of equity and debt financing. The Company
cannot provide assurance that its operations will generate
positive cash flow or that it will be able to obtain equity or
debt financing on acceptable terms or at all. Further, the
Company cannot provide assurance that it will be able to finance
any expansion plans.
Expanding the Companys brands into new markets may be
difficult and costly, and unsuccessful efforts to do so may
adversely affect the Companys brands or business.
As part of its growth strategy, the Company seeks to enhance the
positioning of its brands, to extend its brands into
complementary product categories, to expand geographically, to
expand its owned consumer-direct operations and to improve
operational performance. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to successfully implement any or all of
these growth strategies, which could have an adverse effect on
the Companys results of operations and financial position.
Changes in government regulation may increase the costs of
compliance.
The Companys business is affected by changes in government
and regulatory policies in the United States and in foreign
jurisdictions. New requirements relating to product safety and
testing and new environmental requirements, as well as changes
in tax laws, duties, tariffs and quotas could have a negative
impact on the Companys ability to produce and market
footwear at competitive prices.
The disruption, expense, and potential liability associated
with existing and future litigation against the Company could
adversely affect the Companys reputation, financial
position or results of operations.
The Company is a defendant from time to time in lawsuits and
regulatory actions relating to its business. Due to the inherent
uncertainties of litigation and regulatory proceedings, the
Company cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any
such proceedings. An unfavorable outcome could have an adverse
impact on the Companys business, financial position and
results of operations. In addition, regardless of the outcome of
any litigation or regulatory proceedings, such proceedings are
expensive and may require that the Company devote substantial
resources and executive time to defend the Company.
Provisions of Delaware law and the Companys certificate
of incorporation and bylaws could prevent or delay a change in
control or change in management that could be beneficial to the
Companys stockholders.
Provisions of the Companys certificate of incorporation
and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could
discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other
change in control of the Company. These provisions are intended
to protect stockholders interests by providing the Board
of Directors a means to attempt to deny coercive takeover
attempts or to negotiate with a potential acquirer in order to
obtain more favorable terms. Such provisions include a board of
directors that is classified so that only one-third of directors
stand for election each year. These provisions could also
discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for
stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions.
There are risks, including stock market volatility, inherent
in owning the Companys common stock.
The market price and volume of the Companys common stock
have been, and may continue to be, subject to significant
fluctuations. These fluctuations may arise from general stock
market conditions, the impact of risk factors described in this
Item 1A on the Companys financial condition and
results of operations, a change in sentiment in the market
regarding the Companys business prospects or from other
factors, many of which may be outside the Companys
control. Changes in the amounts and frequency of share
repurchases or dividends could adversely affect the value of the
Companys common stock.
17
|
|
Item 1B.
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments
|
None.
The Company operates its domestic administration, sales and
marketing operations primarily from an owned facility of
approximately 225,000 square feet in Rockford, Michigan.
The Companys manufacturing operations are conducted
primarily at a combination of leased and owned facilities in
Michigan and the Dominican Republic. The Company operates its
U.S. distribution operations primarily through an owned
distribution center in Rockford, Michigan, of approximately
305,000 square feet, a leased distribution center in Cedar
Springs, Michigan, of approximately 356,000 square feet and
a leased distribution center in Howard City, Michigan, of
approximately 460,000 square feet.
The Company also leases and owns various other offices and
distribution centers to meet its operational requirements. In
addition, the Company operates retail stores through leases with
various third-party landlords. The Company conducts
international operations in Canada, the United Kingdom, China,
Hong Kong and Europe through leased distribution centers,
offices
and/or
showrooms. The Company believes that its current facilities are
suitable and adequate for its current needs.
|
|
Item 3.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
The Company is involved in litigation and various legal matters
arising in the normal course of business, including certain
environmental compliance activities. The Company has considered
facts related to legal and regulatory matters and opinions of
counsel handling these matters, and does not believe the
ultimate resolution of such proceedings will have a material
adverse effect on the Companys financial position, results
of operations, or cash flows.
18
Supplemental
Item. Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following table lists the names and ages of the Executive
Officers of the Company and the positions presently held with
the Company. The information provided below the table lists the
business experience of each such Executive Officer for at least
the past five years. All Executive Officers serve at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company, or if not
appointed by the Board of Directors, they serve at the pleasure
of management.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
|
Positions held with the
Company
|
|
Kenneth A. Grady
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
General Counsel and Secretary
|
Donald T. Grimes
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
|
Robin J. Kleinjans-McKee
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
Corporate Controller
|
Blake W. Krueger
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
|
Pamela L. Linton
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources
|
Michael F. McBreen
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
President, Global Operations Group
|
Michael D. Stornant
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Vice President, Corporate Planning and Analysis
|
James D. Zwiers
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and President, Outdoor Group
|
Kenneth A. Grady has served the Company as General Counsel and
Secretary since October 2006. During 2006, he was President and
shareholder of the law firm K.A. Grady PC. During 2005, he
served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of PC
Connection, Inc., a direct marketer of information technology
products and solutions. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Grady served
as Executive Vice President of Administration, General Counsel
and Secretary of KB Toys, Inc., a specialty toy retailer. From
2001 to 2004, he served as Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary of KB Toys, Inc.
Donald T. Grimes has served the Company as Senior Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since May 2008.
From 2007 to 2008, he was the Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer for Keystone Automotive Operations, Inc., a
distributor of automotive accessories and equipment. Prior to
Keystone, Mr. Grimes held a series of senior corporate and
divisional finance roles at Brown-Forman Corporation, a
manufacturer and marketer of premium wines and spirits. During
his employment at Brown-Forman, Mr. Grimes was Vice
President, Director of Beverage Finance from 2006 to 2007; Vice
President, Director of Corporate Planning and Analysis from 2003
to 2006; and Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of
Brown-Forman Spirits America from 1999 to 2003.
Robin J. Kleinjans-McKee has served the Company as Corporate
Controller since February 2009. From 2006 to 2009, she was the
Companys Director of Financial Reporting. From 2004 to
2006, Ms. Kleinjans-McKee served as Assurance Senior
Manager at BDO Seidman, LLP, a professional services firm. From
1997 to 2004, Ms. Kleinjans-McKee served in various audit
positions at BDO Seidman, LLP.
Blake W. Krueger has served the Company as Chairman since
January 2010 and as Chief Executive Officer and President since
April 2007. From October 2005 to April 2007, he served as Chief
Operating Officer and President. From August 2004 to October
2005, he served as Executive Vice President and Secretary of the
Company and President of the Heritage Brands Group. From
November 2003 to August 2004, he served the Company as Executive
Vice President, Secretary, and President of Caterpillar
Footwear. From April 1996 to November 2003, he served the
Company as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary. From 1993 to April 1996, he served as General Counsel
and Secretary. From 1985 to 1996, he was a partner with the law
firm of Warner Norcross & Judd LLP.
Pamela L. Linton has served the Company as Senior Vice
President, Global Human Resources since December 2007. From 2005
to 2007, she was an independent consultant. From 2001 to 2005,
she was Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources of
American Greetings Corporation, a greeting card and gift wrap
company.
Michael F. McBreen has served the Company as President, Global
Operations Group of Wolverine since June 2008. From 2007 to
2008, he was Vice President, Supply Chain & Logistics
for Furniture Brands International, a home furnishings company.
Prior to Furniture Brands International, Mr. McBreen held a
series of senior supply chain roles with Nike, Inc., a marketer
of athletic footwear and apparel. During his employment at Nike,
Mr. McBreen was
19
Director, Global Apparel Operations from 2004 to 2007; Director,
Global Apparel Operations & Corporate Responsibility
from 2002 to 2004; and Director, Global Supply Chain Operations
from 2000 to 2002.
Michael D. Stornant has served the Company as Vice President,
Corporate Planning and Analysis since February 2009. He served
the Company as Corporate Controller from May 2008 until February
2009. From 2007 to 2008, he served as Senior Vice President of
Owned Operations for the Global Operations Group. From 2006 to
2007, he was Wolverines Vice President of Finance for the
Global Operations Group. From 2003 to 2006, he served the
Company as the Director of Internal Audit. From 1996 to 2003, he
held various finance-related positions at the Company.
James D. Zwiers has served the Company as Senior Vice President
and President, Outdoor Group since March 2009. From January 2008
until March 2009, he served as Senior Vice President of the
Company. From October 2006 to December 2007, he served as
President of the Companys Hush Puppies U.S. Division.
From October 2005 to October 2006, he served as the
Companys General Counsel and Secretary. From December 2003
to October 2005, he served as General Counsel and Assistant
Secretary. From January 1998 to December 2003, he served the
Company as Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary.
From 1995 to 1998, he was an attorney with the law firm of
Warner Norcross & Judd LLP.
|
|
Item 4.
|
(Removed
and Reserved)
|
PART II
|
|
Item 5.
|
Market
for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities
|
The Companys common stock is traded on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol WWW. The following table
shows the high and low stock prices on the New York Stock
Exchange and dividends declared by calendar quarter for 2010 and
2009. The number of stockholders of record on February 25,
2011, was 1,612.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Price
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
29.76
|
|
|
$
|
23.51
|
|
|
$
|
21.87
|
|
|
$
|
13.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
$
|
32.38
|
|
|
$
|
26.33
|
|
|
$
|
23.90
|
|
|
$
|
15.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
$
|
29.99
|
|
|
$
|
24.25
|
|
|
$
|
27.25
|
|
|
$
|
21.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
$
|
33.00
|
|
|
$
|
26.89
|
|
|
$
|
28.31
|
|
|
$
|
23.94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Dividends Declared Per
Share
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
A quarterly dividend of $0.12 per share was declared during the
first quarter of fiscal 2011. The Company currently expects that
comparable cash dividends will be paid in future quarters in
2011.
The Companys credit agreement imposes certain restrictions
on the Companys ability to pay cash dividends. As long as
no default under the credit agreement exists or would be caused
by the payment of the dividend, the Company may pay cash
dividends (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$80 million per fiscal year and (ii) in an aggregate
amount greater than $80 million per fiscal year if the
Company maintains a prescribed leverage ratio.
See Item 12 for information with respect to the
Companys equity compensation plans.
20
Stock
Performance Graph
The following graph compares the five year cumulative total
stockholder return on Wolverine common stock to the
Standard & Poors Small Cap 600 Index and the
Standard & Poors 600 Footwear Index, assuming an
investment of $100 at the beginning of the period indicated.
Wolverine is part of the Standard & Poors Small
Cap 600 Index and the Standard & Poors Footwear
Index. This Stock Performance Graph shall not be deemed to be
incorporated by reference into the Companys SEC filings
and shall not constitute soliciting material or otherwise be
considered filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
21
The following table provides information regarding the
Companys purchases of its own common stock during the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2010:
Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Dollar Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Part of
|
|
|
that
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Publicly
|
|
|
May Yet
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Average
|
|
Announced
|
|
|
Be Purchased
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Price Paid
|
|
Plans or
|
|
|
Under the Plans
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
per Share
|
|
Programs
|
|
|
or Programs
|
|
|
|
Period 1 (September 12, 2010 to October 9, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock Repurchase
Program(1)
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
154,110,117
|
|
Employee
Transactions(2)
|
|
178
|
|
28.95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period 2 (October 10, 2010 to November 6, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock Repurchase
Program(1)
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
154,110,117
|
|
Employee
Transactions(2)
|
|
308
|
|
29.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period 3 (November 7, 2010 to December 4, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock Repurchase
Program(1)
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
154,110,117
|
|
Employee
Transactions(2)
|
|
3,274
|
|
31.89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period 4 (December 5, 2010 to January 1, 2011)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock Repurchase
Program(1)
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
154,110,117
|
|
Employee
Transactions(2)
|
|
21,176
|
|
31.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total for Fourth Quarter ended January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock Repurchase
Program(1)
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
154,110,117
|
|
Employee
Transactions(2)
|
|
24,936
|
|
31.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Companys Board of Directors approved a common stock
repurchase program on February 11, 2010. This program
authorized the repurchase of up to $200.0 million of common
stock over a four-year period, commencing on the effective date
of the program. There were no shares repurchased during fourth
quarter of fiscal 2010, other than repurchases pursuant to the
Employee Transactions set forth above. |
|
(2) |
|
Employee transactions include: (1) shares delivered or
attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax
withholding obligations by holders of employee stock options who
exercised options, and (2) restricted shares withheld to
offset statutory minimum tax withholding that occurs upon
vesting of restricted shares. The Companys employee stock
compensation plans provide that the shares delivered or attested
to, or withheld, shall be valued at the closing price of the
Companys common stock on the date the relevant transaction
occurs. |
22
|
|
Item 6.
|
Selected
Financial Data
|
Five-Year Operating and Financial Summary
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Thousands of Dollars, Except Per Share Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Summary of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,248,517
|
|
|
$
|
1,101,056
|
|
|
$
|
1,220,568
|
|
|
$
|
1,198,972
|
|
|
$
|
1,141,887
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
104,470
|
|
|
|
61,912
|
|
|
|
95,821
|
|
|
|
92,886
|
|
|
|
83,647
|
|
Per share of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net
earnings(2)(3)
|
|
$
|
2.15
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
1.94
|
|
|
$
|
1.75
|
|
|
$
|
1.50
|
|
Diluted net
earnings(2)(3)
|
|
|
2.11
|
|
|
|
1.24
|
|
|
|
1.90
|
|
|
|
1.70
|
|
|
|
1.46
|
|
Cash dividends declared
|
|
|
0.44
|
|
|
|
0.44
|
|
|
|
0.44
|
|
|
|
0.36
|
|
|
|
0.30
|
|
Financial Position at Year End
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
786,575
|
|
|
$
|
712,076
|
|
|
$
|
664,780
|
|
|
$
|
638,378
|
|
|
$
|
671,092
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
1,034
|
|
|
|
1,615
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
10,731
|
|
|
|
21,471
|
|
Notes to
Five-Year Operating and Financial Summary
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This summary should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements and the related notes, which are attached
as Appendix A to this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. |
|
(2) |
|
Basic earnings per share are based on the weighted average
number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year
after adjustment for nonvested restricted common stock. Diluted
earnings per share assume the exercise of dilutive stock options
and the vesting of all outstanding restricted stock. |
|
(3) |
|
Basic and diluted net earnings per share have been retroactively
adjusted to reflect the adoption of FASB ASC Topic 260,
Earnings Per Share on January 4, 2009, for
participating securities which represent unvested restricted
common stock which contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or
dividend equivalents. |
23
|
|
Item 7.
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
OVERVIEW
BUSINESS OVERVIEW
Wolverine World Wide, Inc. (the Company) is a
leading global designer, manufacturer and marketer of branded
footwear, apparel and accessories. The Companys stated
mission is to Excite Consumers Around the World with
Innovative Footwear and Apparel that Bring Style to
Purpose. The Company pursues this mission by offering
innovative products and compelling brand propositions,
delivering supply chain excellence, complementing its footwear
brands with strong apparel and accessories offerings and
building a more substantial global consumer-direct footprint.
The Companys portfolio consists of 12 brands that were
marketed in approximately 190 countries and territories as of
January 1, 2011. This diverse portfolio and broad
geographic reach position the Company for robust organic growth.
The Company controls distribution of its brands into the retail
channel via subsidiary operations in the United States, Canada,
the United Kingdom and certain other countries in continental
Europe. In other markets, the Company relies on a network of
third-party distributors and licensees to market its brands. The
Company also owned and operated 88
brick-and-mortar
retail stores in the United States, Canada and the United
Kingdom and operated 38 consumer-direct internet sites at the
end of fiscal 2010.
2010
FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
|
|
|
|
|
The Company ended 2010 with $150.4 million of cash and cash
equivalents and interest-bearing debt of only $1.0 million.
|
|
|
|
Revenue for 2010 was $1.249 billion, 13.4% above 2009
revenue of $1.101 billion, reflecting strong organic growth
from all of the Companys operating divisions.
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable increased 20.0% in 2010 compared to 2009,
driven primarily by the 23.2% increase in fourth quarter
revenue. Days sales outstanding decreased from 63.3 days in
2009 to 60.5 days in 2010.
|
|
|
|
Inventory increased $50.6 million, or 32.0%, in 2010
compared to 2009, reflecting both the excellent outlook for the
first half of 2011 and strategic purchases ahead of announced
price increases from
third-party
suppliers.
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share for 2010 were $2.11 per share
compared to $1.24 per share for 2009, including the impact of
$0.06 and $0.53 per share of restructuring and other transition
costs in 2010 and 2009, respectively.
|
|
|
|
The full year effective tax rate decreased to 27.1% from 27.8%
in 2009, reflecting the net benefit from adjustments and the
settlement of a foreign tax audit.
|
|
|
|
The Company declared cash dividends of $0.44 per share in 2010,
equal to the total dividends declared in 2009.
|
|
|
|
The Company repurchased approximately 1,795,000 shares of
common stock in 2010 for approximately $51.2 million and
repurchased approximately 406,000 shares in 2009 for
approximately $5.6 million, both of which lowered the
average shares outstanding.
|
2010
DEVELOPMENTS
Strategic
Restructuring Plan
On January 7, 2009, the Board of Directors of the Company
approved a strategic restructuring plan designed to create
significant operating efficiencies, improve the Companys
supply chain and create a stronger global platform. On
October 7, 2009, the Company announced that two initiatives
in its restructuring plan had been expanded to enable the
consolidation of two domestic manufacturing facilities into one
and to finalize realignment of certain product creation
organizations. The strategic restructuring plan and all actions
under the plan, except for certain cash payments, were completed
as of June 19, 2010.
24
OUTLOOK
FOR 2011
Fiscal year 2011 revenue is expected to increase based on
continued positive momentum across all brands. Based on the
favorable outlook for the business, the Company anticipates
revenue growth in the high single digits to low teens.
The Company expects the fiscal 2011 gross margin to be
similar to the fiscal 2010 gross margin of 39.5%, as higher
product costs are expected to be offset by strategic price
increases and anticipated favorable product mix. The Company
anticipates modest operating expense leverage, a full year
effective tax rate of 29.0% and fully diluted earnings per share
growth in the high single digits to mid teens.
The following is a discussion of the Companys results of
operations and liquidity and capital resources. This section
should be read in conjunction with the Companys
consolidated financial statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this Annual Report.
RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS FISCAL 2010 COMPARED TO FISCAL
2009
FINANCIAL
SUMMARY 2010 VERSUS 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
(Millions of Dollars, Except Per Share Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Branded footwear, apparel and licensing
|
|
|
$
|
1,117.6
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
.5%
|
|
|
$
|
991.2
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
.0%
|
|
|
$
|
126
|
.4
|
|
|
|
12
|
.8%
|
Other business units
|
|
|
|
130.9
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.5%
|
|
|
|
109.9
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.0%
|
|
|
|
21
|
.0
|
|
|
|
19
|
.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
1,248.5
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0%
|
|
|
$
|
1,101.1
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0%
|
|
|
$
|
147
|
.4
|
|
|
|
13
|
.4%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Branded footwear, apparel and licensing
|
|
|
$
|
440.1
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
.4%
|
|
|
$
|
390.8
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
.4%
|
|
|
$
|
49
|
.3
|
|
|
|
12
|
.6%
|
Other business units
|
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
.1%
|
|
|
|
40.9
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
.2%
|
|
|
|
11
|
.6
|
|
|
|
28
|
.4%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Gross Profit
|
|
|
$
|
492.6
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
.5%
|
|
|
$
|
431.7
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
.2%
|
|
|
$
|
60
|
.9
|
|
|
|
14
|
.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
$
|
347.5
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
.8%
|
|
|
$
|
316.4
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
.7%
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
.1
|
|
|
|
9
|
.8%
|
Restructuring and other transition costs
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
.2%
|
|
|
|
29.7
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
.7%
|
|
|
|
(26
|
.9)
|
|
|
|
(90
|
.6%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Expenses
|
|
|
$
|
350.3
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
.1%
|
|
|
$
|
346.1
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
.4%
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
.2
|
|
|
|
1
|
.2%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense net
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
.0%
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
.0%
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
.3
|
|
|
|
300
|
.0%
|
Other (income) net
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
0
|
.1%
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
0
|
.0%
|
|
|
|
1
|
.1
|
|
|
|
550
|
.0%
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
|
|
143.2
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
.5%
|
|
|
|
85.7
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
.8%
|
|
|
|
57
|
.5
|
|
|
|
67
|
.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Earnings
|
|
|
$
|
104.5
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
.4%
|
|
|
$
|
61.9
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
.6%
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
.6
|
|
|
|
68
|
.8%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share
|
|
|
$
|
2.11
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.24
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
.87
|
|
|
|
70
|
.2%
|
25
The Company has one reportable segment that is engaged in
designing, manufacturing, sourcing, marketing, licensing and
distributing branded footwear, apparel and accessories. In
fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, this reportable segment was
organized into four primary wholesale operating segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Outdoor Group, consisting of
Merrell®,
Chaco®
and
Patagonia®
footwear, and
Merrell®
brand apparel;
|
|
|
Wolverine Footwear Group, consisting of
Bates®,
HyTest®,
and
Wolverine®
boots and shoes and
Wolverine®
brand apparel;
|
|
|
Heritage Brands Group, consisting of
Cat®
footwear,
Harley-Davidson®
footwear and
Sebago®
footwear and apparel; and
|
|
|
Hush Puppies Group, consisting of Hush
Puppies®,
Soft
Style®
and
Cushe®.
|
The Companys other operating segments, which do not
collectively comprise a separate reportable segment, consisted
of: Wolverine Retail, the Companys consumer-direct
business; Wolverine Leathers, which markets pigskin leather; and
Wolverine Procurement, which includes pigskin procurement
operations.
The following is supplemental information on total revenue:
TOTAL
REVENUE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
(Millions of Dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outdoor Group
|
|
|
$
|
467.6
|
|
|
|
|
37.5%
|
|
|
|
$
|
416.2
|
|
|
|
|
37.8%
|
|
|
|
$
|
51.4
|
|
|
|
|
12.3%
|
|
Wolverine Footwear Group
|
|
|
|
274.9
|
|
|
|
|
22.0%
|
|
|
|
|
233.2
|
|
|
|
|
21.2%
|
|
|
|
|
41.7
|
|
|
|
|
17.9%
|
|
Heritage Brands Group
|
|
|
|
222.3
|
|
|
|
|
17.8%
|
|
|
|
|
198.3
|
|
|
|
|
18.0%
|
|
|
|
|
24.0
|
|
|
|
|
12.1%
|
|
Hush Puppies Group
|
|
|
|
140.3
|
|
|
|
|
11.2%
|
|
|
|
|
131.6
|
|
|
|
|
12.0%
|
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
|
6.6%
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
|
1.0%
|
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
|
1.1%
|
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
5.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total branded footwear, apparel
and licensing revenue
|
|
|
$
|
1,117.6
|
|
|
|
|
89.5%
|
|
|
|
$
|
991.2
|
|
|
|
|
90.0%
|
|
|
|
$
|
126.4
|
|
|
|
|
12.8%
|
|
Other business units
|
|
|
|
130.9
|
|
|
|
|
10.5%
|
|
|
|
|
109.9
|
|
|
|
|
10.0%
|
|
|
|
|
21.0
|
|
|
|
|
19.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
1,248.5
|
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,101.1
|
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
$
|
147.4
|
|
|
|
|
13.4%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVENUE
Revenue for 2010 increased $147.4 million from 2009, to
$1.249 billion. Strong organic growth in unit volume and
higher average selling price for the branded footwear, apparel
and licensing operations resulted in $122.1 million of the
increase with every significant region delivering double digit
revenue growth in 2010 compared to 2009. Changes in foreign
exchange rates increased reported revenue by $4.3 million.
Revenue from the other business units increased
$21.0 million, led by strong organic growth in the
consumer-direct business and strong demand for proprietary
leather from customers of the Wolverine Leathers business.
International revenue represented 38.4% of total revenue in 2010
compared to 37.3% in 2009.
The Outdoor Group generated revenue of $467.6 million in
2010, a $51.4 million increase from 2009. The
Merrell®
brands revenue increased at a rate in the low teens
compared to 2009, primarily as a result of increased market
penetration in every geography, category and channel and
successful at-once programs.
Patagonia®
Footwears revenue increased at a rate in the mid thirties
in 2010 compared to 2009, due to continued strong demand from
key outdoor retailers. The
Chaco®
brand grew at a rate in the high teens compared to 2009, due
primarily to the brands expanded distribution in the
U.S. and the introduction of closed-toe product designed to
evolve the brand into a four-season offering.
The Wolverine Footwear Group recorded revenue of
$274.9 million in 2010, a $41.7 million increase from
2009. Revenue for the
Wolverine®
brand increased at a rate in the low twenties due primarily to
continued growth in the brands core work business as well
as significant growth in the rugged casual business. The
Bates®
footwear business
26
grew revenue at a high single digit rate as it began shipping
military boots under a major contract awarded in the third
quarter of 2010.
HyTest®s
revenue increased at a rate in the low thirties due to a rebound
in the safety footwear market.
The Heritage Brands Group generated revenue of
$222.3 million during 2010, a $24.0 million increase
over 2009.
Cat®
Footwears revenue increased at a rate in the mid teens
compared to 2009, reflecting stronger sales in both the
U.S. and European markets and an increase in sales to
premium retailers.
Harley-Davidson®
Footwear revenue increased at a mid single digit rate compared
to 2009 due primarily to organic growth in the European market.
The
Sebago®
brand experienced an increase in revenue at a rate in the mid
teens for 2010 as a result of solid organic growth in the
European and third-party distributor markets, driven by
investments designed to increase brand awareness.
The Hush Puppies Group recorded revenue of $140.3 million
in 2010, an $8.7 million increase from 2009. Hush
Puppies®
revenue increased at a low single digit rate as growth in the
United States and the third-party licensing business was
partially offset by declines in the Canadian and European
markets. The Soft
Style®
brand grew its revenue at a mid single digit rate as a result of
growth in the department store channel, independent retailers
and
e-commerce.
The
Cushe®
brand more than doubled compared to 2009, driven by the
excellent placement the brand has secured in specialty, outdoor
and surf retail venues along with the addition of more
international distributors and independent retailers.
Within the Companys other business units, Wolverine Retail
reported a sales increase in the mid teens compared to 2009 as a
result of growth from the Companys
e-commerce
channel and mid single-digit growth in comparable store sales
from Company-owned stores. Wolverine Retail operated 88 retail
stores worldwide at the end of both 2010 and 2009, with 7 new
store openings in 2010 offset by the Companys decision to
close 7 underperforming locations in order to improve financial
results. The Wolverine Leathers business reported a revenue
increase at a rate in the low thirties, primarily due to strong
demand for Wolverines proprietary pigskin leather from
third-party customers.
GROSS MARGIN
Gross margin in 2010 of 39.5% was 30 basis points higher
than the prior year. The increase primarily resulted from
restructuring and other transition costs included in the cost of
sales of $1.4 million compared to $5.9 million in the
prior year, positive shift in product mix and selected selling
price increases, which were partially offset by the
year-end
LIFO adjustment and higher
year-over-year
product and freight costs.
OPERATING
EXPENSES
Operating expenses of $350.3 million in 2010 increased
$4.2 million from $346.1 million in 2009. The increase
was related primarily to increases in advertising and marketing
expenses designed to increase brand awareness; increases in
operating expenses that vary with revenue, such as selling
commissions and distribution costs; and higher compensation
costs. These increases were partially offset by continued
discipline in lowering general and administrative expenses and a
$26.9 million dollar reduction in restructuring and other
transition costs.
INTEREST,
OTHER AND TAXES
The increase in net interest expense reflected increased
facility fees under the new credit agreement and increased
amortization of closing costs offset by a reduction in revolver
borrowings in 2010.
The increase in other income is primarily related to the sale of
Wolverine Procurement assets in the fourth quarter of 2010,
which resulted in a $1.1 million gain and the change in
realized gains or losses on foreign denominated assets and
liabilities.
The Companys full year effective tax rate in fiscal year
2010 was 27.1%, compared to 27.8% in fiscal year 2009. The lower
effective tax rate reflects benefits from the favorable
settlement of a foreign tax audit and a higher percentage of the
Companys earnings being attributable to foreign
jurisdictions where tax rates are lower than in the U.S. or
nontaxable based on specific tax rulings and legislation.
27
NET
EARNINGS AND EARNINGS PER SHARE
As a result of the revenue, gross margin and expense changes
discussed above, the Company had net earnings of
$104.5 million in 2010 compared to $61.9 million in
2009, an increase of $42.6 million.
Diluted net earnings per share increased 70.2% in 2010 to $2.11
from $1.24 in 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to
increased revenues, improved gross margin and lower
restructuring and other transition costs. The Company
repurchased approximately 1,795,000 shares of common stock
in 2010 for approximately $51.2 million and repurchased
approximately 406,000 shares in 2009 for approximately
$5.6 million, both of which lowered the average shares
outstanding.
Inflation did not have a significant impact on revenue or net
earnings.
RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS FISCAL 2009 COMPARED TO FISCAL
2008
FINANCIAL
SUMMARY 2009 VERSUS 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
(Millions of Dollars, Except Per Share Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Branded footwear, apparel and licensing
|
|
|
$
|
991.2
|
|
|
|
|
90.0%
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,106.1
|
|
|
|
|
90.6%
|
|
|
|
$
|
(114.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
(10.4%
|
)
|
Other business units
|
|
|
|
109.9
|
|
|
|
|
10.0%
|
|
|
|
|
114.5
|
|
|
|
|
9.4%
|
|
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4.0%
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
1,101.1
|
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,220.6
|
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
$
|
(119.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
(9.8%
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Branded footwear, apparel and licensing
|
|
|
$
|
390.8
|
|
|
|
|
39.4%
|
|
|
|
$
|
444.7
|
|
|
|
|
40.2%
|
|
|
|
$
|
(53.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
(12.1%
|
)
|
Other business units
|
|
|
|
40.9
|
|
|
|
|
37.2%
|
|
|
|
|
41.3
|
|
|
|
|
36.1%
|
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
(0.9%
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Gross Profit
|
|
|
$
|
431.7
|
|
|
|
|
39.2%
|
|
|
|
$
|
486.0
|
|
|
|
|
39.8%
|
|
|
|
$
|
(54.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
(11.2%
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
$
|
316.4
|
|
|
|
|
28.7%
|
|
|
|
$
|
345.2
|
|
|
|
|
28.3%
|
|
|
|
$
|
(28.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8.3%
|
)
|
Restructuring and other transition costs
|
|
|
|
29.7
|
|
|
|
|
2.7%
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
|
29.7
|
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Expenses
|
|
|
$
|
346.1
|
|
|
|
|
31.4%
|
|
|
|
$
|
345.2
|
|
|
|
|
28.3%
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
0.3%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense net
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
0.1%
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
(89.8%
|
)
|
Other (income) net
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
0.1%
|
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
78.3%
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
|
|
85.7
|
|
|
|
|
7.8%
|
|
|
|
|
140.6
|
|
|
|
|
11.5%
|
|
|
|
|
(54.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
(39.0%
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Earnings
|
|
|
$
|
61.9
|
|
|
|
|
5.6%
|
|
|
|
$
|
95.8
|
|
|
|
|
7.9%
|
|
|
|
$
|
(33.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
(35.4%
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share
|
|
|
$
|
1.24
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.90
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.66
|
)
|
|
|
|
(34.7%
|
)
|
28
The following is supplemental information on total revenue:
TOTAL
REVENUE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
(Millions of Dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outdoor Group
|
|
|
$
|
416.2
|
|
|
|
|
37.8%
|
|
|
|
$
|
428.4
|
|
|
|
|
35.1%
|
|
|
|
$
|
(12.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
(2.8%
|
)
|
Wolverine Footwear Group
|
|
|
|
233.2
|
|
|
|
|
21.2%
|
|
|
|
|
261.9
|
|
|
|
|
21.5%
|
|
|
|
|
(28.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
(10.9%
|
)
|
Heritage Brands Group
|
|
|
|
198.3
|
|
|
|
|
18.0%
|
|
|
|
|
242.3
|
|
|
|
|
19.8%
|
|
|
|
|
(44.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
(18.2%
|
)
|
Hush Puppies Group
|
|
|
|
131.6
|
|
|
|
|
12.0%
|
|
|
|
|
160.9
|
|
|
|
|
13.2%
|
|
|
|
|
(29.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
(18.2%
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
|
1.1%
|
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
|
1.0%
|
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
(6.1%
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total branded footwear, apparel and licensing revenue
|
|
|
$
|
991.2
|
|
|
|
|
90.0%
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,106.1
|
|
|
|
|
90.6%
|
|
|
|
$
|
(114.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
(10.4%
|
)
|
Other business units
|
|
|
|
109.9
|
|
|
|
|
10.0%
|
|
|
|
|
114.5
|
|
|
|
|
9.4%
|
|
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4.0%
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
1,101.1
|
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,220.6
|
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
$
|
(119.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
(9.8%
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVENUE
Revenue for 2009 decreased $119.5 million from 2008, to
$1,101.1 million. Declines in unit volume for the branded
footwear, apparel and licensing operations were primarily due to
tough market conditions brought about by the global recession.
These declines were only partially offset by price increases for
selected brands, causing revenue to decrease $76.7 million.
Changes in foreign exchange rates decreased revenue by
$38.2 million. Revenue from the other business units
decreased $4.6 million. International revenue represented
37.3% of total reported revenue in 2009 compared to 40.2% in
2008, with the decline resulting primarily from the stronger
U.S. dollar.
The Outdoor Group generated revenue of $416.2 million for
2009, a $12.2 million decrease from 2008. The
Merrell®
brands revenue decreased at a mid single-digit rate over
the prior year, primarily as a result of the strengthening of
the U.S. dollar and tough economic conditions in the
brands international markets.
Patagonia®
Footwears revenue decreased at a rate in the low
single-digits in 2009 compared to 2008, due primarily to tough
economic conditions. The addition and successful integration of
the
Chaco®
brand early in the fiscal year contributed to the groups
overall revenue performance in 2009.
The Wolverine Footwear Group recorded revenue of
$233.2 million in 2009, a $28.7 million decrease from
2008. Revenue for the
Wolverine®
brand declined at a high single-digit rate due primarily to
negative economic conditions in the U.S. work sector. The
Bates®
uniform footwear business realized a decrease in revenue at a
rate in the low teens, due primarily to planned reduction in
purchases by the U.S. Department of Defense.
HyTest®s
revenue declined at a rate in the low thirties due to factory
closures and high unemployment rates among the brands
target consumers.
The Heritage Brands Group recorded revenue of
$198.3 million during 2009, a $44.0 million decrease
over 2008.
Cat®
Footwears revenue decreased at a rate in the low twenties
compared to 2008, reflecting challenging economic conditions in
many of the brands major markets and the impact of the
stronger U.S. dollar.
Harley-Davidson®
Footwear revenue decreased at rate in the mid teens due
primarily to declines in the dealer and retail market. The
Sebago®
brand experienced a decline in revenue at a rate in the low
teens for 2009 as a result of tough economic conditions in many
of the brands most important markets and the stronger
U.S. dollar.
The Hush Puppies Group recorded revenue of $131.6 million
in 2009, a $29.3 million decrease from 2008.
Hush Puppies®
revenue decreased at a rate in the high teens due primarily to
continued retail consolidation in Europe caused by weaker
consumer spending and the strengthening of the U.S. dollar
compared to 2008. The Soft
Style®
brand experienced a decline in revenue at a rate in the mid
thirties as a result of a weak retail environment and
29
production delays at third-party factories. Revenue generated by
the
Cushe®
brand, acquired in early fiscal 2009, partially offset these
revenue declines.
Within the Companys other business units, Wolverine Retail
reported a high single-digit sales increase versus 2008 as a
result of growth from the Companys
e-commerce
channel and low single-digit growth in comparable store sales
from Company-owned stores. Wolverine Retail operated 88 retail
stores worldwide at the end of 2009 compared to 90 at the end of
2008, as 9 new store openings were more than offset by the
Companys decision to close 11 underperforming locations in
order to improve financial results. The Wolverine Leathers
business reported a revenue decline at a rate in the mid
twenties for 2009, primarily due to a decline in demand for its
proprietary products and a significant decline in the market
price for finished leather.
GROSS
MARGIN
Gross margin in 2009 of 39.2% was 60 basis points lower
than the prior year. Restructuring and other transition costs of
$5.9 million included in cost of goods sold in 2009
accounted for 50 basis points of the decline, with the
remainder of the decrease resulting from the negative impact of
foreign exchange, increases in product costs and a higher mix of
lower margin product sales in 2009.
OPERATING
EXPENSES
Operating expenses of $346.1 million in 2009 increased
$0.9 million from $345.2 million in 2008. The increase
was related to restructuring and other transition costs of
$29.7 million, operating expenses associated with recently
acquired brands of $6.9 million and increased pension
expense of $8.8 million. These increases were offset by the
favorable impact of foreign exchange of $8.6 million, lower
general and administrative costs as a result of the
Companys restructuring and cost-savings initiatives and
decreases in certain operating expenses that vary with revenue,
such as selling commissions and distribution costs.
INTEREST,
OTHER AND TAXES
The decrease in net interest expense reflected lower outstanding
debt as a result of the repayment in full of the Companys
senior notes during the fourth quarter of 2008 and lower average
balances outstanding on the Companys revolving line of
credit during 2009.
The decrease in other income is related primarily to the change
in realized gains or losses on foreign denominated assets and
liabilities.
The Companys full year effective tax rate for fiscal year
2009 was 27.8%, compared to 31.8% for fiscal year 2008. The
lower effective tax rate reflects benefits from the
Companys strategic restructuring plan, the cumulative full
year benefits from various tax planning strategies related
primarily to the Companys international operations and a
higher percentage of the Companys earnings being
attributable to foreign jurisdictions where tax rates are lower
than in the U.S. or nontaxable based on specific tax
rulings and legislation.
NET
EARNINGS AND EARNINGS PER SHARE
As a result of the revenue, gross margin and expense changes
discussed above, the Company had net earnings of
$61.9 million in 2009 compared to $95.8 million in
2008, a decrease of $33.9 million.
Diluted net earnings per share decreased 34.7% in 2009 to $1.24
from $1.90 in 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to
the global recession, restructuring and other transition costs,
increased pension expense and the negative effect of foreign
exchange rates.
Inflation did not have a significant impact on revenue or net
earnings.
30
LIQUIDITY
AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
(Millions of Dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
$
|
150.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
160.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
(10
|
.0)
|
|
|
|
(6
|
.2%)
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
|
196.5
|
|
|
|
|
163.8
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.7
|
|
|
|
20
|
.0%
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
208.7
|
|
|
|
|
158.1
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
.6
|
|
|
|
32
|
.0%
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
|
64.1
|
|
|
|
|
42.3
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
.8
|
|
|
|
51
|
.5%
|
Current accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
77.1
|
|
|
|
|
86.3
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
.2)
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.7%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing debt
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
|
(0
|
.6)
|
|
|
|
(37
|
.5%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
|
67.9
|
|
|
|
|
168.6
|
|
|
|
|
(100
|
.7)
|
|
|
|
(59
|
.7%)
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.7
|
|
|
|
40
|
.2%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
|
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
.4)
|
|
|
|
(8
|
.0%)
|
Cash and cash equivalents was $150.4 million as of
January 1, 2011 a decrease of $10.0 million versus the
balance at January 2, 2010, due primarily to incremental
investments in working capital and other operating assets to
support future growth, partially offset by improved revenue and
profit. Accounts receivable increased 20.0% compared to the end
of fiscal year 2009 on a 23.2% increase in fourth quarter
revenue. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the
outstanding accounts receivable balance at January 1, 2011.
As expected, inventory levels at year end increased
substantially from 2009, up 32.0%. The increase is primarily due
to the strong outlook for the first half of 2011 and strategic
purchases ahead of announced cost increases on core product.
The increase in accounts payable as of January 1, 2011
compared to January 2, 2010 was primarily attributable to
the increase in inventory levels and the timing of cash payments
to vendors. The decrease in current accrued liabilities was due
primarily to decreased restructuring accruals and changes in
timing of payments, which resulted in a decrease in taxes
payable and liabilities related to foreign exchange contracts.
These decreases were partially offset by increases in incentive
compensation and advertising accruals.
The Companys credit agreement with a bank syndicate
provides the Company with access to capital under a revolving
credit facility, including a swing-line facility and letter of
credit facility, in an initial aggregate amount of up to
$150.0 million. This amount is subject to increase up to a
maximum aggregate amount of $225.0 million under certain
circumstances. The revolving credit facility is used to support
working capital requirements and other business needs. There
were no amounts outstanding at January 1, 2011 under the
current revolving credit facility or at January 2, 2010
under the Companys previous revolving credit facility. The
Company considers balances drawn on the revolving credit
facility, if any, to be short-term in nature. The Company was in
compliance with all debt covenant requirements at
January 1, 2011 under the current revolving credit facility
and at January 2, 2010 under the Companys previous
revolving credit facility. Proceeds from the revolving credit
facility, along with cash flows from operations, are expected to
be sufficient to meet working capital needs for the foreseeable
future. Any excess cash flows from operating activities are
expected to be used to purchase property, plant and equipment,
pay down debt, fund internal and external growth initiatives,
pay dividends or repurchase the Companys common stock.
Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2010 was
$67.9 million versus $168.6 million in fiscal 2009, a
decrease of $100.7 million. Stronger earnings performance
and lower cash payments for restructuring were more than offset
by additional investments in working capital and the timing of
tax and operating expense payments.
The majority of capital expenditures for the year were for
information system enhancements, manufacturing equipment and
building improvements. The Company leases machinery, equipment
and certain warehouse, office and retail store space under
operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through
2023.
The Companys Board of Directors approved a common stock
repurchase program on April 19, 2007. The program
authorized the repurchase of up to 7.0 million shares of
common stock over a
36-month
period beginning on the
31
effective date of the program. The Company repurchased
199,996 shares at an average price of $26.52 per share
during the first quarter of 2010, which exhausted the number of
shares authorized for repurchase under the program. The
Companys Board of Directors approved a new common stock
repurchase program on February 11, 2010. This program
authorizes the repurchase of up to $200.0 million in common
stock over a four-year period. The Company repurchased
683,808 shares at an average price of $28.18 in the first
quarter of 2010, 752,643 shares at an average price of
$29.99 per share during the second quarter of 2010,
158,700 shares at an average price of $25.51 per share
during the third quarter and repurchased no shares during the
fourth quarter of 2010 under this new program. The primary
purpose of the stock repurchase programs is to increase
stockholder value. The Company intends to continue to repurchase
shares of its common stock under the new program from time to
time in open market or privately negotiated transactions,
depending upon market conditions and other factors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
(Thousands of Dollars, Except Share Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market price
|
|
|
|
Market price
|
|
|
|
Market price
|
|
|
Authorization
|
|
Shares
|
|
of shares
|
|
Shares
|
|
of shares
|
|
Shares
|
|
of shares
|
|
|
effective date
|
|
repurchased
|
|
repurchased
|
|
repurchased
|
|
repurchased
|
|
repurchased
|
|
repurchased
|
|
|
|
April 19, 2007
|
|
199,996
|
|
$
|
5,304
|
|
|
|
406,200
|
|
|
$
|
5,593
|
|
|
|
7,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
180,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 11, 2010
|
|
1,595,151
|
|
$
|
45,890
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,595,151
|
|
|
$
|
45,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company declared total dividends of $0.44 per share for
fiscal years 2010 and 2009. On February 11, 2011, the
Company declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.12 per share of
common stock, to be paid on May 2, 2011 to shareholders of
record on April 1, 2011.
NEW
ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU)
No. 2010-06,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820):
Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements
(ASU
No. 2010-06).
ASU
No. 2010-06
amends existing disclosure requirements under ASC 820 by
adding required disclosures about items transferring into and
out of Levels 1 and 2 in the fair value hierarchy; adding
separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and
settlements relative to Level 3 measurements; and
clarifying the existing fair value disclosures about the level
of disaggregation. ASU
No. 2010-06
was effective for financial statements issued for interim and
annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009 (first
quarter 2010 for the Company), except for the requirement to
provide Level 3 activity, which is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2010 (first quarter 2011
for the Company). The Company adopted the applicable disclosure
requirements of this ASU in the first quarter of 2010, and the
adoption did not affect the Companys consolidated
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2010-09,
Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain
Recognition and Disclosure Requirements. This ASU, which was
effective immediately, removed the requirement for an SEC filer
to disclose a date through which subsequent events have been
evaluated. The Company adopted this standard in the first
quarter of 2010.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU
2010-28,
Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the
Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or
Negative Carrying Amounts. ASU
2010-28
modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting
units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those
reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the
goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a
goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more
likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, an entity must
consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors
indicating an impairment may exist. ASU
2010-28 is
effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those
years, beginning December 15, 2010 (the first quarter of
fiscal 2011 for the Company). The adoption of this ASU is not
expected to have a material impact on the Companys
goodwill impairment evaluation as the Company does not currently
have reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU
2010-29,
Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of
Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business
Combinations. ASU
2010-29
requires that if a public entity presents comparative financial
statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of
the
32
combined entity as though the business combination(s) that
occurred during the current year had occurred as of the
beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only.
This ASU also expands the supplemental pro forma adjustments to
include a description of the nature and amount of material,
nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the
business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue
and earnings. ASU
2010-29 is
effective prospectively for business combinations for which the
acquisition date is on or after the first annual reporting
period beginning on or after December 15, 2010 (fiscal 2011
for the Company). The Company will provide the supplementary pro
forma information when completing future business combinations.
CRITICAL
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The preparation of the Companys consolidated financial
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States,
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates
these estimates. Estimates are based on historical experience
and on various other assumptions that are believed to be
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form
the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other
sources. Historically, actual results have not been materially
different from the Companys estimates. However, actual
results may differ materially from these estimates under
different assumptions or conditions.
The Company has identified the following critical accounting
policies used in determining estimates and assumptions in the
amounts reported. Management believes that an understanding of
these policies is important to an overall understanding of the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
REVENUE
RECOGNITION
Revenue is recognized on the sale of products manufactured or
sourced by the Company when the related goods have been shipped,
legal title has passed to the customer and collectability is
reasonably assured. Revenue generated through programs with
licensees and distributors involving products bearing the
Companys trademarks is recognized as earned according to
stated contractual terms upon either the purchase or shipment of
branded products by licensees and distributors.
The Company records provisions against gross revenue for
estimated returns and cash discounts in the period when the
related revenue is recorded. These estimates are based on
factors that include, but are not limited to, historical returns
experiences, historical discounts taken and analysis of credit
memorandum activity. The actual amount of customer returns or
allowances may differ from the Companys estimates. The
Company records either an increase or decrease to gross sales in
the period in which it determines an adjustment to be
appropriate.
ACCOUNTS
RECEIVABLE
The Company maintains an allowance for uncollectible accounts
receivable for estimated losses resulting from its
customers inability to make required payments. Company
management evaluates the allowance for uncollectible accounts
receivable based on a review of current customer status and
historical collection experience. Historically, losses have been
within the Companys expectations. Adjustments to these
estimates may be required if the financial condition of the
Companys customers were to change. If the Company were to
determine that increases or decreases to the allowance for
uncollectible accounts were appropriate, the Company would
record either an increase or decrease to general and
administrative expenses in the period in which the Company made
such a determination. At January 1, 2011 and
January 2, 2010, management believed that it had provided
sufficient reserves to address future collection uncertainties.
INVENTORY
The Company values its inventory at the lower of cost or market.
Cost is determined by the
last-in,
first-out (LIFO) method for all domestic raw
materials and
work-in-process
inventories and certain domestic finished goods inventories.
Cost is determined using the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method for all raw materials,
work-in-process
and finished goods inventories in foreign countries. The FIFO
method is also used for all finished goods inventories of the
Companys retail business, due to the unique nature of
those operations, and for certain domestic finished goods
inventories. The Company has applied these inventory cost
valuation methods consistently from year to year.
33
The Company reduces the carrying value of its inventories to the
lower of cost or market for excess or obsolete inventories based
upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If
the Company were to determine that the estimated market value of
its inventory is less than the carrying value of such inventory,
the Company would provide a reserve for such difference as a
charge to cost of sales. If actual market conditions are
different from those projected, adjustments to those inventory
reserves may be required. The adjustments would increase or
decrease the Companys cost of sales and net income in the
period in which they were realized or recorded. Inventory
quantities are verified at various times throughout the year by
performing physical inventory observations and perpetual
inventory cycle count procedures. If the Company determines that
adjustments to the inventory quantities are appropriate, an
increase or decrease to the Companys cost of sales and
inventory is recorded in the period in which such determination
was made. At January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010,
management believed that it had provided sufficient reserves for
excess or obsolete inventories.
GOODWILL
AND OTHER
NON-AMORTIZABLE
INTANGIBLES
Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives
are not amortized, but are subject to impairment tests at least
annually or when indicators of impairment exist. The first step
of the goodwill impairment test requires that the estimated fair
value of the applicable reporting unit be compared with its
recorded value. The Company establishes fair value by
calculating the present value of the expected future cash flows
of the reporting unit and by completing a market analysis. The
Company uses assumptions about expected future operating
performance in determining estimates of those cash flows, which
may differ from actual cash flows. If the recorded values of
these assets are not recoverable, based on the discounted cash
flow and market approach analyses, management performs the next
step, which compares the fair value of the reporting unit
calculated in step one to the fair value of the tangible and
intangible assets of the reporting unit, which results in an
implied fair value of goodwill. Goodwill is reduced by any
shortfall of implied goodwill to its carrying value. Impairment
tests for other
non-amortizable
intangibles require the determination of the fair value of the
intangible asset. The carrying value is reduced by any excess
over fair value. The Company reviewed the carrying amounts of
goodwill and other
non-amortizable
intangible assets and determined that there was no impairment
for the years ended January 1, 2011 and January 2,
2010.
INCOME
TAXES
The Company operates in multiple tax jurisdictions, both inside
and outside the United States. Accordingly, management must
determine the appropriate allocation of income in accordance
with local law for each of these jurisdictions. Income tax
audits associated with the allocation of this income and other
complex issues may require an extended period of time to resolve
and may result in income tax adjustments if changes to the
income allocation are required between jurisdictions with
different income tax rates. Because income tax adjustments in
certain jurisdictions can be significant, the Company records
accruals representing managements best estimate of the
resolution of these matters. To the extent additional
information becomes available, such accruals are adjusted to
reflect the revised estimated outcome. The Company believes its
tax accruals are adequate to cover exposures related to changes
in income allocation between tax jurisdictions. The carrying
value of the Companys deferred tax assets assumes that the
Company will be able to generate sufficient taxable income in
future years to utilize these deferred tax assets. If these
assumptions change, the Company may be required to record
valuation allowances against its gross deferred tax assets in
future years, which would cause the Company to record additional
income tax expense in the Companys consolidated statements
of operations. Management evaluates the potential the Company
will be able to realize its gross deferred tax assets and
assesses the need for valuation allowances on a quarterly basis.
On a periodic basis, the Company estimates what the effective
tax rate will be for the full fiscal year and records a
quarterly income tax provision in accordance with the
anticipated annual rate. As the fiscal year progresses, that
estimate is refined based upon actual events and the
distribution of earnings in each tax jurisdiction during the
year. This continual estimation process periodically results in
a change to the expected effective tax rate for the fiscal year.
When this occurs, the Company adjusts the income tax provision
during the quarter in which the change in estimate occurs so
that the
year-to-date
provision reflects the revised anticipated annual rate.
RETIREMENT
BENEFITS
The determination of the obligation and expense for retirement
benefits is dependent on the selection of certain actuarial
assumptions used in calculating such amounts. These assumptions
include, among others, the discount
34
rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and rates
of increase in compensation. These assumptions are reviewed with
the Companys actuaries and updated annually based on
relevant external and internal factors and information,
including but not limited to, long-term expected asset returns,
rates of termination, regulatory requirements and plan changes.
The Company utilizes a bond matching calculation to determine
the discount rate used to calculate its year-end pension
liability and subsequent year pension expense. A hypothetical
bond portfolio is created based on a presumed purchase of
individual bonds to settle the plans expected future
benefit payments. The discount rate is the resulting yield of
the hypothetical bond portfolio. The bonds selected are rated
AA- or higher by at least two recognized ratings agency and are
non-callable, currently purchasable and non-prepayable. The
discount rate at year end 2010 was 5.94%. Pension expense is
also impacted by the expected long-term rate of return on plan
assets, which the Company determined to be 8.5% in 2010. This
determination is based on both actual historical rates of return
experienced by the pension assets and the long-term rate of
return of a composite portfolio of equity and fixed income
securities that reflects the approximate diversification of the
pension assets.
STOCK-BASED
COMPENSATION
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance
with the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC Topic
718, Compensation Stock Compensation. The
Company utilizes the Black-Scholes model, which requires the
input of subjective assumptions. These assumptions include
estimating (a) the length of time employees will retain
their vested stock options before exercising them
(expected term), (b) the volatility of the
Companys common stock price over the expected term and
(c) the number of options that will be forfeited. Changes
in these assumptions can materially affect the estimate of fair
value of stock-based compensation and, consequently, the related
expense amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of
operations.
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The Company faces market risk to the extent that changes in
foreign currency exchange rates affect the Companys
foreign assets, liabilities and inventory purchase commitments
and to the extent that its long-term debt requirements are
affected by changes in interest rates. The Company manages these
risks by attempting to denominate contractual and other foreign
arrangements in U.S. dollars. The Company does not believe
that there has been a material change during 2010 in the nature
of the Companys primary market risk exposures, including
the categories of market risk to which the Company is exposed
and the particular markets that present the primary risk of loss
to the Company. As of the date of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
the Company does not know of or expect there to be any material
change in the near-term in the general nature of its primary
market risk exposure.
Under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and
Hedging, the Company is required to recognize all
derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that
are not qualifying hedges must be adjusted to fair value through
earnings. If a derivative is a qualifying hedge, depending on
the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of
derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value
of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through
earnings or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
until the hedged item is recognized in earnings.
The Company conducts wholesale operations outside of the United
States in the United Kingdom, continental Europe and Canada
where the functional currencies are primarily the British pound,
euro and Canadian dollar, respectively. The Company utilizes
foreign currency forward exchange contracts to manage the
volatility associated with U.S. dollar inventory purchases
made by
non-U.S. wholesale
operations in the normal course of business. At January 1,
2011 and January 2, 2010, the Company had outstanding
forward currency exchange contracts to purchase
$111.8 million and $69.6 million, respectively, of
U.S. dollars with maturities ranging up to 364 days.
The Company also has production facilities in the Dominican
Republic and sourcing locations in Asia, where financial
statements reflect the U.S. dollar as the functional
currency. However, operating costs are paid in the local
currency. Royalty revenue generated by the Company from
third-party foreign licensees is calculated in the
licensees local currencies, but paid in U.S. dollars.
Accordingly, the Companys reported results are subject to
foreign currency exposure for this stream of revenue and
expenses.
35
Assets and liabilities outside the United States are primarily
located in the United Kingdom, Canada and the Netherlands. The
Companys investments in foreign subsidiaries with a
functional currency other than the U.S. dollar are
generally considered long-term. Accordingly, the Company does
not hedge these net investments. For the year ended
January 1, 2011, the strengthening of the U.S. dollar
compared to foreign currencies decreased the value of these
investments in net assets by $2.9 million. For the year
ended January 2, 2010, the weakening of the
U.S. dollar compared to foreign currencies increased the
value of these investments in net assets by $15.3 million.
These changes resulted in cumulative foreign currency
translation adjustments at January 1, 2011 and
January 2, 2010 of $11.5 million and
$14.5 million, respectively, that are deferred and recorded
as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in
stockholders equity.
Because the Company markets, sells and licenses its products
throughout the world, it could be affected by weak economic
conditions in foreign markets that could reduce demand for its
products.
The Company is exposed to changes in interest rates primarily as
a result of its revolving credit agreement. As of
January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, the Company had
no outstanding balances on its revolving credit.
The Company does not enter into contracts for speculative or
trading purposes, nor is it a party to any leveraged derivative
instruments.
OFF-BALANCE
SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements as of
January 1, 2011.
CONTRACTUAL
OBLIGATIONS
The Company has the following payments under contractual
obligations due by period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 year
|
|
|
1-3 years
|
|
|
3-5 years
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
(Thousands of Dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
$
|
118,134
|
|
|
|
16,926
|
|
|
|
28,138
|
|
|
|
23,387
|
|
|
|
49,683
|
|
Short- and long-term debt obligations
|
|
|
1,034
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Purchase
obligations (1)
|
|
|
206,889
|
|
|
|
206,889
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Restructuring related obligations
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
Pension (2)
|
|
|
31,800
|
|
|
|
31,800
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
SERP
|
|
|
27,048
|
|
|
|
1,961
|
|
|
|
3,955
|
|
|
|
5,982
|
|
|
|
15,150
|
|
Dividends declared
|
|
|
5,925
|
|
|
|
5,925
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Minimum royalties
|
|
|
6,275
|
|
|
|
1,693
|
|
|
|
1,778
|
|
|
|
1,850
|
|
|
|
954
|
|
Minimum advertising
|
|
|
12,554
|
|
|
|
1,941
|
|
|
|
4,058
|
|
|
|
4,305
|
|
|
|
2,250
|
|
|
|
Total (3)
|
|
$
|
410,838
|
|
|
$
|
268,265
|
|
|
$
|
38,770
|
|
|
$
|
35,587
|
|
|
$
|
68,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Purchase obligations primarily relate to inventory and capital
expenditure commitments. |
(2) |
|
Pension obligations reflect only expected pension funding as
there are currently no required funding obligations under
government regulation. Funding amounts are calculated on an
annual basis and no required or planned funding beyond one year
has been determined. |
(3) |
|
The Company adopted FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, on
December 31, 2006. The total amount of unrecognized tax
benefits on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at January 1,
2011 is $9.7 million. At this time, the Company is unable
to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments
in individual years beyond 12 months due to uncertainties
in the timing of tax audit outcomes. As a result, this amount is
not included in the table above. |
At January 1, 2011, the Company had $150.0 million of
additional borrowing capacity available under a revolving credit
agreement with a termination date of June 7, 2014 and
$1.4 million of additional borrowing capacity under three
standby letters of credit.
36
|
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
The response to this Item is set forth under the caption
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk in Item 7, Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
The response to this Item is set forth in Appendix A of
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 9.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
|
None.
|
|
Item 9A.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
Evaluation
of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the
participation of the Companys management, including the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the
effectiveness of the design and operation of the Companys
disclosure controls and procedures. Based on and as of the time
of such evaluation, the Companys management, including the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded
that the Companys disclosure controls and procedures were
effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.
Managements
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term
is defined in Securities Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(f).
Under the supervision and with the participation of management,
including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting as of January 1,
2011, based on the framework in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
Based on that evaluation, management concluded that internal
control over financial reporting was effective as of
January 1, 2011.
The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of January 1, 2011, has been audited
by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in its report, which is included in
Appendix A and is incorporated into this Item 9A by
reference.
Changes
in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There was no change in the Companys internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the sixteen-week period
ended January 1, 2011 that has materially affected, or that
is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys
internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
Item 9B.
|
Other
Information
|
None.
37
PART III
|
|
Item 10.
|
Directors,
Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
|
The Companys Audit Committee is comprised of four Board
members, all of whom are independent under independence
standards adopted by the Board and applicable SEC regulations
and New York Stock Exchange standards (including independence
standards related specifically to Audit Committee membership).
The Audit Committee members each have financial and business
experience with companies of substantial size and complexity and
have an understanding of financial statements, internal controls
and audit committee functions. The Companys Board of
Directors has determined that Jeffrey M. Boromisa and William K.
Gerber are audit committee financial experts, as defined by the
SEC. Additional information regarding the Audit Committee is
provided in the Definitive Proxy Statement of the Company with
respect to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on
April 21, 2011, under the caption Corporate
Governance under the subheading Board of Directors
and Committees.
The Company has adopted an Accounting and Finance Code of Ethics
that applies to the Companys principal executive officer,
principal financial officer and principal accounting officer,
and has adopted a Code of Conduct & Compliance that
applies to the Companys directors and employees. The
Accounting and Finance Code of Ethics and the Code of
Conduct & Compliance are available on the
Companys website at
www.wolverineworldwide.com/investor-relations/corporate-governance.
Any waiver from the Accounting and Finance Code of Ethics or the
Code of Conduct & Compliance with respect to the
Companys executive officers and directors will be
disclosed on the Companys website. Any amendment to the
Accounting and Finance Code of Ethics and the Code of
Conduct & Compliance will be disclosed on the
Companys website.
The information regarding directors of the Company contained
under the caption Directors in the Definitive Proxy
Statement of the Company with respect to the Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be held on April 21, 2011, is incorporated
herein by reference.
The information regarding directors and executive officers of
the Company under the caption Additional Information
under the subheading Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance in the Definitive Proxy
Statement of the Company with respect to the Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be held on April 21, 2011, is incorporated
herein by reference.
|
|
Item 11.
|
Executive
Compensation
|
The information contained under the captions Non-Employee
Director Compensation in Fiscal Year 2010,
Compensation Discussion and Analysis,
Compensation Committee Report, 2010 Summary
Compensation Table, Grants of Plan-Based Awards in
Fiscal 2010, Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010
Fiscal Year-End, Option Exercises and Stock Vested
in Fiscal 2010, Pension Plans and 2010 Pension
Benefits and Potential Payments upon Termination or
Change in Control in the Definitive Proxy Statement of the
Company with respect to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
held on April 21, 2011, is incorporated herein by
reference. The information contained under the caption
Corporate Governance under the subheadings
Risk Considerations in Compensation Programs and
Board of Directors and Committees in the Definitive
Proxy Statement of the Company with respect to the Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 21, 2011, is
also incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 12.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
|
The information contained under the caption Securities
Ownership of Officers and Directors and Certain Beneficial
Owners contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement of the
Company with respect to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
held on April 21, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference.
38
Equity
Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information about the
Companys equity compensation plans as of January 1,
2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining Available for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
Future Issuance under
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities to be
|
|
|
Exercise Price of
|
|
|
Equity Compensation
|
|
|
|
Issued Upon Exercise of
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Plans (Excluding
|
|
|
|
Outstanding Options,
|
|
|
Options, Warrants
|
|
|
Securities Reflected in
|
|
|
|
Warrants and Rights
|
|
|
and Rights
|
|
|
Column (a))
|
|
Plan
Category1
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
|
|
|
4,248,9102,3
|
|
|
$
|
21.47
|
|
|
|
4,945,3794
|
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,248,910
|
|
|
$
|
21.47
|
|
|
|
4,945,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
Each plan for which aggregated information is provided contains
customary anti-dilution provisions that are applicable in the
event of a stock split, stock dividend or certain other changes
in the Companys capitalization.
|
2
|
Includes: (i) 3,822,087 stock options awarded to employees
under the 1993 Stock Incentive Plan, the 1995 Stock Incentive
Plan, the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, the Amended and Restated
Stock Incentive Plan of 1999, the Amended and Restated Stock
Incentive Plan of 2001, the Amended and Restated Stock Incentive
Plan of 2003, the Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan of
2005 and the Stock Incentive Plan of 2010; and (ii) and
426,823 stock options awarded to non-employee directors under
the Stock Incentive Plan of 2010, the Amended and Restated Stock
Incentive Plan of 2005 and the Amended and Restated
Directors Stock Option Plan last approved by stockholders
in 2002. Column (a) does not include stock units credited
to outside directors fee accounts or retirement accounts
under the Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan.
Stock units do not have an exercise price. Each stock unit
credited to a directors fee account and retirement account
under the Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan
will be converted into one share of common stock upon
distribution. Column (a) also does not include shares of
restricted or unrestricted common stock previously issued under
the Companys equity compensation plans.
|
3
|
Of this amount, 1,114,325 options were not exercisable as of
January 1, 2011, due to vesting restrictions.
|
4
|
Comprised of: (i) 427,265 shares available for
issuance under the Outside Directors Deferred Compensation
Plan upon the retirement of the current directors or upon a
change in control; and (ii) 4,518,114 shares issuable
under the Stock Incentive Plan of 2010.
|
The Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan is a
supplemental, unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan
for non-employee directors. Beginning in 2006, the Company began
paying an annual equity retainer to non-management directors in
the form of a contribution under the Outside Directors
Deferred Compensation Plan. Participation in the plan in
addition to the annual equity retainer is voluntary. The plan
allows participating directors to receive, in lieu of some or
all directors fees, a number of stock units equal to the
amount of the deferred directors fees divided by the fair
market value of the Companys common stock on the date of
payment of the next cash dividend on the Companys common
stock. These stock units are increased by a dividend equivalent
based on dividends paid by the Company and the amount of stock
units credited to the participating directors fee account
and retirement account. Upon distribution, the participating
directors receive a number of shares of the Companys
common stock equal to the number of stock units to be
distributed at that time. Distribution is triggered by
termination of service as a director or by a change in control
of the Company and can occur in a lump sum, in installments or
on another deferred basis. Of the 427,265 shares issuable
under the Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan,
211,655 shares have been issued to a trust to satisfy the
Companys obligations when distribution is triggered and
are included in shares reported as issued and outstanding as of
the record date.
39
|
|
|
The Stock Incentive Plan of 2010 is an equity-based incentive
plans for officers, key employees, and directors. The Stock
Incentive Plan of 2010 authorizes awards of stock options,
restricted common stock, common stock, restricted stock units,
and/or stock
appreciation rights. The Stock Incentive Plan of 2010 provides
that each share of restricted or unrestricted common stock and
each restricted stock unit is counted as two shares against the
total number of shares authorized for issuance under the plan.
The number of securities listed as remaining available in column
(c) of the table assumes the grant of all stock options,
which count as only one share against the total number of shares
authorized for issuance under the plan. Actual shares available
under the plan will be less to the extent that the Company
awards restricted common stock, unrestricted common stock or
restricted stock units under the plan. The numbers provided in
this footnote and in column (c) will increase to the extent
that options relating to the number of shares listed in column
(a) of the table or other outstanding awards (e.g., shares
of restricted or unrestricted stock, restricted stock units or
stock appreciation rights) previously issued under the plan are
canceled, surrendered, modified, exchanged for substitutes or
expire or terminate prior to exercise or vesting because the
number of shares underlying any such awards will again become
available for issuance under the plan under which the award was
granted.
|
|
|
Of the total number of shares available under column (C), the
number of shares with respect to the following plans may be
issued other than upon the exercise of an option, warrant or
right outstanding as of January 1, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan: 427,265
|
|
|
Stock Incentive Plan of 2010: 2,259,057
|
|
|
Item 13.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
|
The information contained under the caption Related Party
Matters under the subheadings Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions and Related Person
Transactions Policy contained in the Definitive Proxy
Statement of the Company with respect to the Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be held on April 21, 2011, is incorporated
herein by reference. The information contained under the caption
Corporate Governance under the subheading
Director Independence contained in the Definitive
Proxy Statement of the Company with respect to the Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 21, 2011, is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 14.
|
Principal
Accountant Fees and Services
|
The information contained under the caption Independent
Auditor in the Definitive Proxy Statement of the Company
with respect to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on
April 21, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference.
40
PART IV
|
|
Item 15.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
|
Item 15(a)(1).
|
Financial
Statements
Attached as Appendix A
|
The following consolidated financial statements of Wolverine
World Wide, Inc. and its subsidiaries are filed as a part of
this report:
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 1, 2011 and
January 2, 2010.
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity and
Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended January 1,
2011, January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009.
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended
January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and January 3,
2009.
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended
January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and January 3,
2009.
|
|
|
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements as of
January 1, 2011.
|
|
|
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
|
|
|
Item 15(a)(2).
|
Financial
Statement
Schedules
Attached
as Appendix B
|
The following consolidated financial statement schedule of
Wolverine World Wide, Inc. and its subsidiaries is filed as a
part of this report:
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule IIValuation and Qualifying Accounts.
|
All other schedules (I, III, IV, and V) for which
provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of
the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are
inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.
41
The following exhibits are filed as part of this report:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Document
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Previously filed as
Exhibit 3.1 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the period ended December 30, 2006. Here incorporated by
reference.
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated By-laws. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to
the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December
15, 2010. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
The Registrant has other long-term debt instruments outstanding
in addition to those described in Exhibit 4.2. The authorized
amount of none of these classes of debt exceeds 10% of the
Companys total consolidated assets. The Company agrees to
furnish copies of any agreement defining the rights of holders
of any such long-term indebtedness to the Securities and
Exchange Commission upon request.
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2010, among Wolverine
World Wide, Inc., certain foreign subsidiaries of Wolverine
World Wide, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative
Agent, and the lenders party thereto. Previously filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on June 8, 2010. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
1993 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Incentive Plan.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan of 1999.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan of 2001.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan of 2003.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan of 2005.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Amended and Restated Directors Stock Option Plan.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009.
Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Amended and Restated Outside Directors Deferred
Compensation Plan.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 29, 2007. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Short-Term Incentive Plan (Annual
Bonus Plan).* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2009. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (3-Year
Bonus Plan).* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2009. Here incorporated by reference.
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Document
|
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Amended and Restated Stock Option Loan Program.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2007. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Executive Severance Agreement.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3
to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
December 17, 2008. Here incorporated by reference. A
participant schedule of current executive officers who are
parties to the agreement is attached as Exhibit 10.13.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement.* The Company has entered into
an Indemnification Agreement with each director and with Messrs.
Grady, Grimes, Krueger, McBreen and Zwiers and Ms. Linton.
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2007. Here incorporated by
reference.
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Amended and Restated Benefit Trust Agreement dated April 25,
2007.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25,
2007. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Employees Pension Plan (Restated as amended through
November 29, 2010).*
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement.* Previously filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on February 15, 2005. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Blake W.
Krueger and Timothy J. ODonovan.* Previously filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on February 15, 2005. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for executive
officers other than those to whom Exhibit 10.18 applies.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2005. Here incorporated
by reference.
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement.* Previously filed as Exhibit
10.4 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
February 15, 2005. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement.* Previously filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on February 17, 2006. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Blake W.
Krueger and Timothy J. ODonovan.* Previously filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on February 17, 2006. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for executive
officers other than those to whom Exhibit 10.22 applies.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on February 17, 2006. Here incorporated
by reference.
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement.* Previously filed as Exhibit
10.4 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
February 17, 2006. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement for non-employee directors.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2005.
Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
2009 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Donald T.
Grimes, Blake W. Krueger, Pamela L. Linton, Michael F. McBreen
and James D. Zwiers.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2009. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
2009 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for executive
officers other than those to whom Exhibit 10.26 applies.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here incorporated by
reference.
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (2009 2011
performance period).* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2009. Here incorporated by reference.
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Document
|
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (2010 2012
performance period).* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 2, 2010. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.30
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (2011 2013
performance period).*
|
|
10
|
.31
|
|
Separation Agreement between Wolverine World Wide, Inc. and
Blake W. Krueger, dated as of March 13, 2008, as amended.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the period ended March 22, 2008. Here incorporated by
reference.
|
|
10
|
.32
|
|
First Amendment to Separation Agreement between Wolverine World
Wide, Inc. and Blake W. Krueger, dated as of December 11, 2008.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009.
Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.33
|
|
409A Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.* Previously filed
as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on December 17, 2008. Here incorporated by reference. A
participant schedule of current executive officers who
participate in this plan is attached as Exhibit 10.33.
|
|
10
|
.34
|
|
Form of 409A Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation
Agreement with Blake W. Krueger.* Previously filed as Exhibit
10.32 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here incorporated by
reference.
|
|
10
|
.35
|
|
Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on December 17, 2008. Here incorporated by
reference.
|
|
10
|
.36
|
|
Stock Incentive Plan of 2010.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1
to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed
on March 4, 2010. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
21
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
|
|
23
|
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
|
|
24
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney.
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
|
|
32
|
|
|
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350.
|
|
101
|
|
|
The following materials from the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, formatted
in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of as of January 1, 2011 and
January 2, 2010, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for
the fiscal years ended January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and
January 3, 2009, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows for the fiscal years ended January 1, 2011, January 2,
2010 and January 3, 2009, and (iv) Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.**
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
|
** |
|
Pursuant to Rule 406T of
Regulation S-T,
the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed
not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for
purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section
18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections. |
The Company will furnish a copy of any exhibit listed above to
any stockholder without charge upon written request to
Mr. Kenneth A. Grady, General Counsel and Secretary, 9341
Courtland Drive N.E., Rockford, Michigan 49351.
44
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WOLVERINE WORLD WIDE, INC.
|
|
|
|
Dated: March 2, 2011
|
|
By: /s/ Blake
W. Krueger
Blake
W. Krueger
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Blake
W. Krueger
Blake
W. Krueger
|
|
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Donald
T. Grimes
Donald
T. Grimes
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
* /s/ Jeffrey
M. Boromisa
Jeffrey
M. Boromisa
|
|
Director
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
* /s/ William
K. Gerber
William
K. Gerber
|
|
Director
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
* /s/ Alberto
L. Grimoldi
Alberto
L. Grimoldi
|
|
Director
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
* /s/ Joseph
R. Gromek
Joseph
R. Gromek
|
|
Director
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
* /s/ David
T. Kollat
David
T. Kollat
|
|
Director
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Blake
W. Krueger
Blake
W. Krueger
|
|
Director
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
* /s/ Brenda
J. Lauderback
Brenda
J. Lauderback
|
|
Director
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
* /s/ David
P. Mehney
David
P. Mehney
|
|
Director
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
* /s/ Timothy
J. ODonovan
Timothy
J. ODonovan
|
|
Director
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
* /s/ Shirley
D. Peterson
Shirley
D. Peterson
|
|
Director
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
* /s/ Michael
A. Volkema
Michael
A. Volkema
|
|
Director
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By
/s/ Blake
W. Krueger
Blake
W. Krueger
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
|
|
March 2, 2011
|
45
APPENDIX A
Financial
Statements
46
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of Fiscal Year End
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
(Thousands of Dollars, Except Share and Per Share Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
150,400
|
|
|
$
|
160,439
|
|
Accounts receivable, less allowances (2010
$(11,413); 2009 $(13,946))
|
|
|
196,457
|
|
|
|
163,755
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finished products
|
|
|
188,647
|
|
|
|
140,124
|
|
Raw materials and
work-in-process
|
|
|
20,008
|
|
|
|
17,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
208,655
|
|
|
|
158,065
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
13,225
|
|
|
|
12,475
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
11,397
|
|
|
|
12,947
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
580,134
|
|
|
|
507,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
826
|
|
|
|
881
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
71,724
|
|
|
|
80,511
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
129,707
|
|
|
|
147,197
|
|
Software
|
|
|
79,307
|
|
|
|
74,559
|
|
|
|
|
|
281,564
|
|
|
|
303,148
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(207,167
|
)
|
|
|
(229,196
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
74,397
|
|
|
|
73,952
|
|
Other assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
39,014
|
|
|
|
39,972
|
|
Other
non-amortizable
intangibles
|
|
|
16,464
|
|
|
|
16,226
|
|
Cash surrender value of life insurance
|
|
|
36,042
|
|
|
|
35,405
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
37,602
|
|
|
|
35,094
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,922
|
|
|
|
3,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
132,044
|
|
|
|
130,443
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
786,575
|
|
|
$
|
712,076
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
64,080
|
|
|
$
|
42,262
|
|
Accrued salaries and wages
|
|
|
26,848
|
|
|
|
20,751
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
2,746
|
|
|
|
14,634
|
|
Taxes, other than income taxes
|
|
|
6,586
|
|
|
|
4,521
|
|
Restructuring reserve
|
|
|
1,314
|
|
|
|
5,926
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
37,046
|
|
|
|
37,922
|
|
Accrued pension liabilities
|
|
|
2,018
|
|
|
|
2,044
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
141,155
|
|
|
|
128,598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, less current maturities
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
1,077
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
4,410
|
|
|
|
5,870
|
|
Accrued pension liabilities
|
|
|
83,685
|
|
|
|
84,134
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
12,911
|
|
|
|
10,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $1 par value: authorized
160,000,000 shares; shares
issued, including treasury shares: 2010 63,976,387;
2009 62,763,924
|
|
|
63,976
|
|
|
|
62,764
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
108,286
|
|
|
|
81,021
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
789,684
|
|
|
|
706,439
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(41,123
|
)
|
|
|
(42,806
|
)
|
Cost of shares in treasury: 2010
14,976,835 shares; 2009 13,170,471 shares
|
|
|
(376,926
|
)
|
|
|
(325,385
|
)
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
543,897
|
|
|
|
482,033
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
786,575
|
|
|
$
|
712,076
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
A-1
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
(Thousands of Dollars, Except Share and Per Share Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMON STOCK OUTSTANDING
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of the year
|
|
|
$
|
62,764
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,656
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,085
|
|
Common stock issued under stock incentive plans
(2010 1,212,463 shares; 2009
1,108,112 shares; 2008 570,691 shares)
|
|
|
|
1,212
|
|
|
|
|
1,108
|
|
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
Balance at end of the year
|
|
|
|
63,976
|
|
|
|
|
62,764
|
|
|
|
|
61,656
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
81,021
|
|
|
|
|
64,696
|
|
|
|
|
47,786
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
11,543
|
|
|
|
|
8,649
|
|
|
|
|
8,164
|
|
Amounts associated with common stock issued
under stock incentive plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds over par value
|
|
|
|
6,289
|
|
|
|
|
2,050
|
|
|
|
|
5,859
|
|
Income tax benefits
|
|
|
|
4,094
|
|
|
|
|
1,427
|
|
|
|
|
2,842
|
|
Issuance of performance-based shares (2010
215,027 shares;
2009 286,006 shares)
|
|
|
|
5,197
|
|
|
|
|
4,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of treasury shares (2010
25,829 shares;
2009 32,455 shares; 2008
22,842 shares)
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Net change in employee notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(197
|
)
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of the year
|
|
|
|
108,286
|
|
|
|
|
81,021
|
|
|
|
|
64,696
|
|
|
RETAINED EARNINGS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
706,439
|
|
|
|
|
666,027
|
|
|
|
|
591,706
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
|
104,470
|
|
|
|
|
61,912
|
|
|
|
|
95,821
|
|
Cash dividends declared (2010 $0.44 per share;
2009 $0.44 per share; 2008 $0.44 per
share)
|
|
|
|
(21,225
|
)
|
|
|
|
(21,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
(21,500
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of the year
|
|
|
|
789,684
|
|
|
|
|
706,439
|
|
|
|
|
666,027
|
|
|
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
(42,806
|
)
|
|
|
|
(42,834
|
)
|
|
|
|
22,268
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
(2,929
|
)
|
|
|
|
15,349
|
|
|
|
|
(36,305
|
)
|
Change in fair value of foreign exchange contracts,
net of taxes (2010 $(750); 2009 $3,482;
2008 $(3,447))
|
|
|
|
1,731
|
|
|
|
|
(7,469
|
)
|
|
|
|
5,978
|
|
Pension adjustments, net of taxes (2010 $(1,551);
2009 $4,228; 2008 $18,963)
|
|
|
|
2,881
|
|
|
|
|
(7,852
|
)
|
|
|
|
(34,775
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of the year
|
|
|
|
(41,123
|
)
|
|
|
|
(42,806
|
)
|
|
|
|
(42,834
|
)
|
|
COST OF SHARES IN TREASURY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
(325,385
|
)
|
|
|
|
(319,623
|
)
|
|
|
|
(244,066
|
)
|
Common stock acquired for treasury (2010
1,832,193
shares; 2009 454,205 shares; 2008
2,921,264 shares)
|
|
|
|
(52,190
|
)
|
|
|
|
(6,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
(76,129
|
)
|
Issuance of treasury shares (2010
25,829 shares;
2009 32,455 shares; 2008
22,842 shares)
|
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
Balance at end of the year
|
|
|
|
(376,926
|
)
|
|
|
|
(325,385
|
)
|
|
|
|
(319,623
|
)
|
|
Total stockholders equity at end of the year
|
|
|
$
|
543,897
|
|
|
|
$
|
482,033
|
|
|
|
$
|
429,922
|
|
|
|
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
$
|
104,470
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,912
|
|
|
|
$
|
95,821
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
(2,929
|
)
|
|
|
|
15,349
|
|
|
|
|
(36,305
|
)
|
Change in fair value of foreign exchange contracts, net
of taxes
|
|
|
|
1,731
|
|
|
|
|
(7,469
|
)
|
|
|
|
5,978
|
)
|
Pension adjustments, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
2,881
|
|
|
|
|
(7,852
|
)
|
|
|
|
(34,775
|
)
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
$
|
106,153
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,940
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,719
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
A-2
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
(Thousands of Dollars, Except Per Share Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
1,248,517
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,101,056
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,220,568
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
754,537
|
|
|
|
|
663,461
|
|
|
|
|
734,547
|
|
Restructuring and other transition costs
|
|
|
|
1,406
|
|
|
|
|
5,873
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
492,574
|
|
|
|
|
431,722
|
|
|
|
|
486,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
347,499
|
|
|
|
|
316,378
|
|
|
|
|
345,183
|
|
Restructuring and other transition costs
|
|
|
|
2,828
|
|
|
|
|
29,723
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
142,247
|
|
|
|
|
85,621
|
|
|
|
|
140,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expenses (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
|
2,850
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
|
|
|
(383
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,757
|
)
|
Other income - net
|
|
|
|
(1,366
|
)
|
|
|
|
(182
|
)
|
|
|
|
(839
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(979
|
)
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
|
|
143,226
|
|
|
|
|
85,692
|
|
|
|
|
140,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
|
38,756
|
|
|
|
|
23,780
|
|
|
|
|
44,763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
$
|
104,470
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,912
|
|
|
|
$
|
95,821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings per share (see Note 1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
$
|
2.15
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.94
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
$
|
2.11
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.24
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.90
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
A-3
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
(Thousands of Dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
$
|
104,470
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,912
|
|
|
|
$
|
95,821
|
|
Adjustments necessary to reconcile net earnings
to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
14,509
|
|
|
|
|
15,932
|
|
|
|
|
18,460
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
1,692
|
|
|
|
|
1,689
|
|
|
|
|
2,236
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
(2,747
|
)
|
|
|
|
(7,845
|
)
|
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
11,543
|
|
|
|
|
8,649
|
|
|
|
|
8,164
|
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
(1,362
|
)
|
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,610
|
)
|
Pension expense
|
|
|
|
16,286
|
|
|
|
|
15,891
|
|
|
|
|
6,325
|
|
Restructuring and other transition costs
|
|
|
|
4,234
|
|
|
|
|
35,596
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cash payments related to restructuring and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
transition costs
|
|
|
|
(7,516
|
)
|
|
|
|
(20,653
|
)
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
4,060
|
|
|
|
|
(7,921
|
)
|
|
|
|
13,966
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
|
(32,466
|
)
|
|
|
|
9,817
|
|
|
|
|
3,419
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
(51,173
|
)
|
|
|
|
44,500
|
|
|
|
|
(39,201
|
)
|
Other operating assets
|
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
|
|
3,103
|
|
|
|
|
(386
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
|
21,672
|
|
|
|
|
(7,326
|
)
|
|
|
|
(5,064
|
)
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
|
(11,888
|
)
|
|
|
|
12,817
|
|
|
|
|
(2,094
|
)
|
Other operating liabilities
|
|
|
|
(4,137
|
)
|
|
|
|
2,910
|
|
|
|
|
(6,523
|
)
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
|
67,866
|
|
|
|
|
168,609
|
|
|
|
|
93,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business acquisitions
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(7,954
|
)
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
(16,370
|
)
|
|
|
|
(11,670
|
)
|
|
|
|
(24,126
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
1,756
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
849
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
(2,424
|
)
|
|
|
|
(2,679
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,982
|
)
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
|
(17,038
|
)
|
|
|
|
(22,303
|
)
|
|
|
|
(28,259
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net borrowings (repayments) under revolver
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(59,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
59,500
|
|
Payments of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
(538
|
)
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(10,714
|
)
|
Payments of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Cash dividends paid
|
|
|
|
(21,414
|
)
|
|
|
|
(21,502
|
)
|
|
|
|
(20,758
|
)
|
Purchase of common stock for treasury
|
|
|
|
(52,190
|
)
|
|
|
|
(6,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
(76,129
|
)
|
Proceeds from shares issued under stock incentive plans
|
|
|
|
13,631
|
|
|
|
|
7,867
|
|
|
|
|
7,047
|
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
1,362
|
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
|
1,610
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
|
(59,149
|
)
|
|
|
|
(79,244
|
)
|
|
|
|
(39,456
|
)
|
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
|
|
|
|
(1,718
|
)
|
|
|
|
3,875
|
|
|
|
|
(12,340
|
)
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
(10,039
|
)
|
|
|
|
70,937
|
|
|
|
|
13,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
160,439
|
|
|
|
|
89,502
|
|
|
|
|
76,087
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
|
|
|
$
|
150,400
|
|
|
|
$
|
160,439
|
|
|
|
$
|
89,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER CASH FLOW INFORMATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
|
$
|
192
|
|
|
|
$
|
486
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,365
|
|
Net income taxes paid
|
|
|
$
|
30,604
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,297
|
|
|
|
$
|
35,995
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
A-4
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
All amounts are in thousands of dollars except share and per
share data and elsewhere as noted.
|
|
1.
|
SUMMARY
OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
Nature of
Operations
Wolverine World Wide, Inc. is a leading designer, manufacturer
and marketer of a broad range of quality casual shoes,
performance outdoor footwear and apparel, industrial work shoes,
boots and apparel, and uniform shoes and boots. The
Companys portfolio of owned and licensed brands includes:
Bates®,
Cat®
Footwear,
Chaco®,
Cushe®,
Harley-Davidson®
Footwear, Hush
Puppies®,
HyTest®,
Merrell®,
Patagonia®
Footwear,
Sebago®,
Soft
Style®
and
Wolverine®.
Licensing and distribution arrangements with third parties
extend the global reach of the Companys brand portfolio.
The Company also operates a consumer-direct division to market
its own brands as well as branded footwear and apparel from
other manufacturers; a leathers division that markets
Wolverine Performance
Leatherstm;
and a pigskin procurement operation.
Principles
of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Wolverine World Wide, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries
(collectively, the Company). All intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Fiscal
Year
The Companys fiscal year is the 52- or 53-week period that
ends on the Saturday nearest to December 31. Fiscal years
presented in this report include the 52-week period ended
January 1, 2011, the 52-week period ended January 2,
2010 and the 53-week period ended January 3, 2009.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated
financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue is recognized on the sale of products manufactured or
sourced by the Company when the related goods have been shipped,
legal title has passed to the customer and collectability is
reasonably assured. Revenue generated through licensees and
distributors involving products bearing the Companys
trademarks is recognized as earned according to stated
contractual terms upon either the purchase or shipment of
branded products by licensees and distributors.
The Company records provisions against gross revenue for
estimated stock returns and cash discounts in the period when
the related revenue is recorded. These estimates are based on
factors that include, but are not limited to, historical stock
returns, historical discounts taken and analysis of credit
memorandum activity.
Cost of
Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold for the Companys operations include the
actual product costs, including inbound freight charges,
purchasing, sourcing, inspection and receiving costs.
Warehousing costs are included in selling, general and
administrative expenses.
Shipping
and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs that are charged to and reimbursed
by the customer are recognized as revenue, while the related
expenses incurred by the Company are recorded as cost of goods
sold.
A-5
Cash
Equivalents
Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of three months or less. Cash equivalents are
stated at cost, which approximates market.
Allowance
for Uncollectible Accounts
The Company maintains an allowance for uncollectible accounts
receivable for estimated losses resulting from its
customers inability to make required payments. Company
management evaluates the allowance for uncollectible accounts
receivable based on a review of current customer status and
historical collection experience. Adjustments to these estimates
may be required if the financial condition of the Companys
customers were to change.
Inventories
The Company values its inventory at the lower of cost or market.
Cost is determined by the
last-in,
first-out (LIFO) method for all domestic raw
materials and
work-in-process
inventories and certain domestic finished goods inventories.
Cost is determined using the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method for all raw materials,
work-in-process
and finished goods inventories in foreign countries; certain
domestic finished goods inventories; and for all finished goods
inventories of the Companys consumer-direct business, due
to the unique nature of those operations. The Company has
applied these inventory cost valuation methods consistently from
year to year.
Property,
Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated on the basis of cost
and include expenditures for computer hardware and software,
store furniture and fixtures, office furniture and machinery and
equipment. Normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as
incurred.
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is computed using
the straight-line method. The depreciable lives range from five
to forty years for buildings and improvements and from three to
ten years for machinery, equipment and software. Leasehold
improvements are depreciated at the lesser of the estimated
useful life or lease term, including reasonably-assured lease
renewals as determined at lease inception.
Goodwill
and Other Intangibles
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of
acquired businesses. Other intangibles consist primarily of
trademarks and patents. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to
have indefinite lives are not amortized, but are subject to
impairment tests at least annually in accordance with FASB
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other. The Company
reviews the carrying amounts of goodwill and other
non-amortizable
intangible assets at least annually, or when indicators of
impairment are present, by reporting unit to determine if such
assets may be impaired. If the carrying amounts of these assets
are not recoverable based upon discounted cash flow and market
approach analyses, the carrying amounts of such assets are
reduced by the estimated shortfall of fair value to recorded
value.
Inherent in the development of the present value of future cash
flow projections are assumptions and estimates the Company
derives from a review of its operating results, business plans,
expected growth rates, cost of capital and tax rates. The
Company also makes certain assumptions about future economic
conditions, interest rates and other market data that it relies
upon in determining the fair value of assets under the
discounted cash flow method. Many of the factors used in
assessing fair value are outside the control of the Company, and
these assumptions and estimates can change in future periods.
The market approach is the other primary method used for
estimating fair value of a reporting unit. This approach relies
on the market value (based on market capitalization) of
companies that are engaged in the same or a similar line of
business.
Other amortizable intangible assets (principally patents) are
amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated
useful lives (periods ranging from two to seven years). Other
amortizable intangible assets are included in
A-6
other assets on the consolidated balance sheets and have gross
carrying amounts of $8,614 and $8,223 for fiscal 2010 and fiscal
2009, respectively, and accumulated amortization of $6,472 and
$4,860 for fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively.
Estimated aggregate amortization expense for such intangibles
for each of the five fiscal years subsequent to 2010 is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
|
2015
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
$
|
1,245
|
|
|
|
$
|
361
|
|
|
|
$
|
233
|
|
|
|
$
|
135
|
|
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
The Company has performed the required annual impairment tests
as of the first day of the fourth quarter and has determined
that goodwill and other
non-amortizable
intangibles were not impaired at January 1, 2011 and
January 2, 2010.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and other
non-amortizable
intangibles for the years ended January 1, 2011 and
January 2, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Balance at January 3, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
32,310
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,257
|
|
|
|
$
|
41,567
|
|
Intangibles acquired
|
|
|
|
5,464
|
|
|
|
|
6,969
|
|
|
|
|
12,433
|
|
Foreign currency translation effects
|
|
|
|
2,198
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
2,198
|
|
|
Balance at January 2, 2010
|
|
|
$
|
39,972
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,226
|
|
|
|
$
|
56,198
|
|
Intangibles acquired
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
Foreign currency translation effects
|
|
|
|
(958
|
)
|
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,080
|
)
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
$
|
39,014
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,464
|
|
|
|
$
|
55,478
|
|
|
|
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset or an asset group may not be recoverable.
Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the carrying
amount of the asset or asset group to the future undiscounted
net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset
group. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment amount to be recognized is the amount by which the
carrying value of the assets exceeds their fair value.
Retirement
Benefits
The determination of the obligation and expense for retirement
benefits is dependent on the selection of certain actuarial
assumptions used in calculating such amounts. These assumptions
include, among others, the discount rate, expected long-term
rate of return on plan assets and rates of increase in
compensation. These assumptions are reviewed with the
Companys actuaries and updated annually based on relevant
external and internal factors and information, including, but
not limited to, long-term expected asset returns, rates of
termination, regulatory requirements and plan changes. See
Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements for
additional information.
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance
with the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC Topic
718, Compensation Stock Compensation
(ASC 718). The Company recognized compensation
expense of $11,543, $8,649, and $8,164 and related income tax
benefits of $3,552, $2,321, and $1,699 for grants under its
stock-based compensation plans in the statements of operations
for the years ended January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010,
and January 3, 2009, respectively.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated
condensed statements of operations for the years ended
January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010, and January 3,
2009, is based on awards ultimately expected to vest and, as
such, has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. ASC 718
requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and
revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were
estimated based on historical experience.
A-7
The Company estimated the fair value of employee stock options
on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. The
estimated weighted-average fair value for each option granted
was $6.97, $4.40, and $5.68 per share for fiscal years 2010,
2009, and 2008, respectively, with the following
weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
Expected market price volatility
(1)
|
|
|
37.9%
|
|
|
34.8%
|
|
|
28.9%
|
Risk-free interest rate
(2)
|
|
|
1.9%
|
|
|
1.6%
|
|
|
2.5%
|
Dividend yield
(3)
|
|
|
1.9%
|
|
|
1.8%
|
|
|
1.6%
|
Expected term
(4)
|
|
|
4 years
|
|
|
4 years
|
|
|
4 years
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Based on historical volatility of the Companys common
stock. The expected volatility is based on the daily percentage
change in the price of the stock over the four years prior to
the grant. |
(2) |
|
Represents the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect for the
expected term of the option at the time of grant. |
(3) |
|
Represents the Companys cash dividend yield for the
expected term. |
(4) |
|
Represents the period of time that options granted are expected
to be outstanding. As part of the determination of the expected
term, the Company concluded that all employee groups exhibit
similar exercise and
post-vesting
termination behavior. |
The Company issued 1,325,475 shares of common stock in
connection with the exercise of stock options and restricted
stock grants made during the fiscal year ended January 1,
2011. The Company cancelled 26,324 shares of common stock
issued under restricted stock awards as a result of forfeitures
during 2010.
Income
Taxes
The provision for income taxes is based on the geographic
dispersion of the earnings reported in the consolidated
financial statements. A deferred income tax asset or liability
is determined by applying currently-enacted tax laws and rates
to the cumulative temporary differences between the carrying
values of assets and liabilities for financial statement and
income tax purposes.
The Company records an increase in liabilities for income tax
accruals associated with tax benefits claimed on tax returns but
not recognized for financial statement purposes (unrecognized
tax benefits). The Company recognizes interest and penalties
related to unrecognized tax benefits through interest expense
and income tax expense, respectively.
Earnings
Per Share
The Company calculates earnings per share in accordance with
FASB ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share
(ASC 260). ASC 260 addresses whether
instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are
participating securities prior to vesting, and therefore need to
be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per
share under the two-class method. Under the guidance in
ASC 260, the Companys unvested share-based payment
awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or
dividend equivalents, whether paid or unpaid, are participating
securities and must be included in the computation of earnings
per share pursuant to the two-class method.
A-8
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and
diluted earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
$
|
104,470
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,912
|
|
|
|
$
|
95,821
|
|
Adjustment for earnings allocated to nonvested restricted common
stock
|
|
|
|
(1,608
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,036
|
)
|
|
|
|
(996
|
)
|
|
Net earnings used to calculate basic earnings per share
|
|
|
|
102,862
|
|
|
|
|
60,876
|
|
|
|
|
94,825
|
|
Adjustment for earnings reallocated to nonvested restricted
common stock
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
Net earnings used to calculate diluted earnings per share
|
|
|
$
|
102,900
|
|
|
|
$
|
60,884
|
|
|
|
$
|
94,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
49,051,739
|
|
|
|
|
49,192,662
|
|
|
|
|
49,381,789
|
|
Adjustment for nonvested restricted common stock
|
|
|
|
(1,206,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
(921,715
|
)
|
|
|
|
(513,063
|
)
|
|
Shares used to calculate basic earnings per share
|
|
|
|
47,845,279
|
|
|
|
|
48,270,947
|
|
|
|
|
48,868,726
|
|
Effect of dilutive stock options
|
|
|
|
1,011,731
|
|
|
|
|
708,485
|
|
|
|
|
1,151,565
|
|
|
Shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share
|
|
|
|
48,857,010
|
|
|
|
|
48,979,432
|
|
|
|
|
50,020,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
$
|
2.15
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.94
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
$
|
2.11
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.24
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.90
|
|
|
|
Options to purchase 865,072 shares of common stock in 2010,
2,353,412 shares in 2009 and 1,273,676 shares in 2008
have not been included in the denominator for the computation of
diluted earnings per share because the related exercise prices
were greater than the average market price for the year, and
they were, therefore, anti-dilutive.
Foreign
Currency
For most of the Companys international subsidiaries, the
local currency is the functional currency. Assets and
liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into
U.S. dollars at the year-end exchange rate. Operating
statement amounts are translated at average exchange rates for
each period. The cumulative translation adjustments resulting
from changes in exchange rates are included in the consolidated
balance sheets as a component of accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) in stockholders equity. Transaction gains
and losses are included in the consolidated statements of
operations and were not material for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and
2008.
Financial
Instruments and Risk Management
The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820), which
provides a consistent definition of fair value, focuses on exit
price, prioritizes the use of market-based inputs over
entity-specific inputs for measuring fair value and establishes
a three-tier hierarchy for fair value measurements. This topic
requires fair value measurements to be classified and disclosed
in one of the following three categories:
|
|
|
Level 1:
|
|
Fair value is measured using quoted prices (unadjusted) in
active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
|
Level 2:
|
|
Fair value is measured using either direct or indirect inputs,
other than quoted prices included within Level 1, which are
observable for similar assets or liabilities.
|
Level 3:
|
|
Fair value is measured using valuation techniques in which one
or more significant inputs are unobservable.
|
The Companys financial instruments consist of cash and
cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, accounts
payable, foreign currency forward exchange contracts, borrowings
under the Companys revolving credit agreement and
long-term debt. The carrying amount of the Companys
financial instruments is historical cost, which
A-9
approximates their fair value, except for the foreign currency
exchange contracts, which are carried at fair value. The Company
does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading
purposes.
As of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, liabilities
of $1,198 and $2,625, respectively, have been recognized for the
fair value of the Companys foreign currency forward
exchange contracts. In accordance with ASC 820, these
assets and liabilities fall within Level 2 of the fair
value hierarchy. The prices for the financial instruments are
determined using prices for recently-traded financial
instruments with similar underlying terms as well as directly or
indirectly observable inputs. The Company did not have any
additional assets or liabilities that were measured at fair
value on a recurring basis at January 1, 2011 and
January 2, 2010.
The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and
Hedging, which is intended to improve transparency in
financial reporting and requires that all derivative instruments
be recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value by
establishing criteria for designation and effectiveness of
hedging relationships. The Company utilizes foreign currency
forward exchange contracts to manage the volatility associated
with U.S. dollar inventory purchases made by
non-U.S. wholesale
operations in the normal course of business. At January 1,
2011 and January 2, 2010, foreign exchange contracts with a
notional value of $111,802 and $69,618, respectively, were
outstanding to purchase U.S. dollars with maturities
ranging up to 364 days. These contracts have been
designated as cash flow hedges.
The fair value of the foreign currency forward exchange
contracts represents the estimated receipts or payments
necessary to terminate the contracts. Hedge effectiveness is
evaluated by the hypothetical derivative method. Any hedge
ineffectiveness is reported within the cost of goods sold
caption of the consolidated condensed statements of operations.
Hedge ineffectiveness was not material to the Companys
consolidated condensed financial statements for fiscal years
2010, 2009, or 2008. If, in the future, the foreign exchange
contracts are determined to be ineffective hedges or terminated
before their contractual termination dates, the Company would be
required to reclassify into earnings all or a portion of the
unrealized amounts related to the cash flow hedges that are
currently included in accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) within stockholders equity.
For the fiscal years ended January 1, 2011, January 2,
2010, and January 3, 2009, the Company recognized a net
loss of $318, a net loss of $547 and a net gain of $434,
respectively, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
related to the effective portion of its foreign exchange
contracts. For the fiscal years ended January 1, 2011,
January 2, 2010, and January 3, 2009, the Company
reclassified a gain of $1,274, a loss of $2,996, and a gain of
$2,132, respectively, from accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) into cost of goods sold related to the effective
portion of its foreign exchange contracts designated and
qualifying as cash flow hedges.
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) represents net earnings and any
revenue, expenses, gains and losses that, under accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States, are excluded
from net earnings and recognized directly as a component of
stockholders equity.
The ending accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
$
|
11,548
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,477
|
|
Change in fair value of foreign exchange contracts,
net of taxes
(2010 $828; 2009 $1,578)
|
|
|
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,546
|
)
|
Pension adjustments, net of taxes
(2010 $26,908; 2009 $28,459)
|
|
|
|
(50,856
|
)
|
|
|
|
(53,737
|
)
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
$
|
(41,123
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(42,806
|
)
|
|
|
Reclassifications
Certain prior period amounts on the consolidated condensed
financial statements have been reclassified to conform to
current period presentation. These reclassifications did not
affect net earnings.
A-10
Inventories of $66,370 at January 1, 2011 and $48,800 at
January 2, 2010 have been valued using the LIFO method. If
the FIFO method had been used, inventories would have been
$11,071 and $9,838 higher than reported at January 1, 2011
and January 2, 2010, respectively.
Long-term debt consists of the following obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Notes payable
|
|
|
$
|
1,034
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,615
|
|
Current maturities
|
|
|
|
(517
|
)
|
|
|
|
(538
|
)
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
$
|
517
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,077
|
|
|
|
In 2009, the Company entered into a $1,615 note payable in
connection with the
Cushe®
acquisition. The note is payable over three years at a fixed
interest rate of 4.5%.
The Companys credit agreement with a bank syndicate
provides the Company with access to capital under a revolving
credit facility, including a swing-line facility and letter of
credit facility, in an initial aggregate amount of up to
$150.0 million and is set to expire June 17, 2014.
This amount is subject to increase up to a maximum aggregate
amount of $225.0 million under certain circumstances. The
revolving credit facility is used to support working capital
requirements and other business needs. There were no amounts
outstanding at January 1, 2011 under the current revolving
credit facility and there were no amounts outstanding at
January 2, 2010 under the Companys previous revolving
credit facility. The Company considers balances drawn on the
revolving credit facility, if any, to be short-term in nature.
The Company was in compliance with all debt covenant
requirements at January 1, 2011 under the current revolving
credit facility and January 2, 2010 under the
Companys previous revolving credit facility. Proceeds from
the revolving credit facility, along with cash flows from
operations, are expected to be sufficient to meet working
capital needs for the foreseeable future. Any excess cash flows
from operating activities are expected to be used to purchase
property, plant and equipment, reduce debt, fund internal and
external growth initiatives, pay dividends or repurchase the
Companys common stock. Interest is paid at a variable rate
based on one of the following options elected by the Company:
prime, LIBOR, or money market rate plus applicable spread.
The Company leases machinery, equipment, and certain warehouse,
office and retail store space under operating lease agreements
that expire at various dates through 2023. Certain leases
contain renewal provisions and generally require the Company to
pay utilities, insurance, taxes and other operating expenses.
At January 1, 2011, minimum rental payments due under all
non-cancelable leases were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
Minimum rental payments
|
|
|
$
|
16,926
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,730
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,408
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,985
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,402
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,683
|
|
Rental expense under all operating leases, consisting primarily
of minimum rentals, totaled $18,919 in fiscal year 2010, $19,187
in fiscal year 2009 and $18,255 in fiscal year 2008.
The Company has 2,000,000 authorized shares of $1 par value
preferred stock, of which none was issued or outstanding as of
January 1, 2011 or January 2, 2010. The Company has
designated 150,000 shares of preferred stock as
Series A junior participating preferred stock and
500,000 shares of preferred stock as Series B junior
participating preferred stock for possible future issuance.
As of January 1, 2011, the Company had stock options
outstanding under various stock incentive plans. As of
January 1, 2011, the Company had approximately 4,518,114
stock incentive units (stock options, stock appreciation
A-11
rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and common
stock) available for issuance. Each option or stock appreciation
right granted counts as one stock incentive unit and all other
awards granted, including restricted stock, count as two stock
incentive units. Options granted under each plan have an
exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying
stock on the grant date, expire no later than ten years from the
grant date, and generally vest over three years. Restricted
stock issued under these plans is subject to certain
restrictions, including a prohibition against any sale,
transfer, or other disposition by the officer or employee during
the vesting period (except for certain transfers for estate
planning purposes for certain officers), and a requirement to
forfeit all or a certain portion of the award upon certain
terminations of employment or upon failure to achieve
performance criteria in certain instances. These restrictions
typically lapse over a three- to five-year period from the date
of the award. The Company has elected to recognize expense for
these stock-based incentive plans ratably over the vesting term
on a straight-line basis. Certain option and restricted share
awards provide for accelerated vesting under various scenarios,
including retirement and upon a change in control of the
Company. With regard to acceleration of vesting upon retirement,
employees of eligible retirement age are vested in accordance
with plan provisions and applicable stock option and restricted
stock agreements. The Company issues shares to plan participants
upon exercise or vesting of stock-based incentive awards from
either authorized, but unissued, shares or treasury shares.
A summary of the transactions under the stock option plans is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Term
|
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
|
(Years)
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 29, 2007
|
|
|
|
4,588,245
|
|
|
|
$
|
18.46
|
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
845,843
|
|
|
|
|
25.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
(713,048
|
)
|
|
|
|
15.46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
|
(148,656
|
)
|
|
|
|
25.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
4,572,384
|
|
|
|
$
|
19.95
|
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
863,017
|
|
|
|
|
17.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
(582,318
|
)
|
|
|
|
13.56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
|
(233,737
|
)
|
|
|
|
20.91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
4,619,346
|
|
|
|
$
|
20.17
|
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
$
|
34,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
537,807
|
|
|
|
|
25.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
(848,106
|
)
|
|
|
|
16.83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
|
(60,137
|
)
|
|
|
|
23.84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
4,248,910
|
|
|
|
$
|
21.47
|
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated forfeitures
|
|
|
|
(4,827
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested or expected to vest at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
4,244,083
|
|
|
|
$
|
21.46
|
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and expected to vest
|
|
|
|
(1,109,498
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
3,134,585
|
|
|
|
$
|
21.24
|
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
$
|
33,346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total pretax intrinsic value of options exercised during the
years ended January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and
January 3, 2009 was $10,407, $5,745 and $8,593,
respectively. As of January 1, 2011, there was $2,393 of
unrecognized compensation expense related to stock option awards
that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period
of 1.1 years. As of January 2, 2010 and
January 3, 2009, there was $2,329 and $2,851, respectively,
of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock option
awards that were expected to be recognized over a
weighted-average period of 1.2 years.
The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents
the total pretax intrinsic value, based on the Companys
closing stock price of $31.88 as of January 1, 2011, which
would have been received by the option holders had all option
holders exercised
in-the-money
options as of that date. The total number of
in-the-money
options exercisable as of January 1, 2011 was 3,134,585 and
the weighted-average exercise price was $21.24. As of
A-12
January 2, 2010, 2,921,804 outstanding options were
exercisable and the weighted-average exercise price was $18.17.
A summary of the nonvested restricted shares issued under stock
award plans is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Nonvested at December 29, 2007
|
|
|
|
573,381
|
|
|
|
$
|
21.52
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
179,755
|
|
|
|
|
24.85
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
(234,581
|
)
|
|
|
|
18.36
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
(46,063
|
)
|
|
|
|
24.08
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
Nonvested at January 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
472,492
|
|
|
|
$
|
24.11
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
350,653
|
|
|
|
|
17.34
|
|
|
|
|
286,006
|
|
|
|
|
17.21
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
(145,797
|
)
|
|
|
|
20.31
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
(36,878
|
)
|
|
|
|
22.45
|
|
|
|
|
(22,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
17.11
|
|
|
Nonvested at January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
640,470
|
|
|
|
$
|
21.34
|
|
|
|
|
263,905
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.22
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
262,342
|
|
|
|
|
25.51
|
|
|
|
|
215,027
|
|
|
|
|
24.30
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
(117,438
|
)
|
|
|
|
22.71
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
(21,828
|
)
|
|
|
|
21.93
|
|
|
|
|
(4,407
|
)
|
|
|
|
17.11
|
|
|
Nonvested at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
763,546
|
|
|
|
$
|
22.55
|
|
|
|
|
474,525
|
|
|
|
$
|
20.43
|
|
|
|
Beginning in 2009, the Board of Directors has awarded an annual
grant of performance share awards to the officers of the
Company. The number of performance-based shares that will be
earned (and eligible to vest) during the performance period will
depend on the Companys level of success in achieving two
specifically identified performance targets. Any portion of the
performance shares that are not earned by the end of the
three-year measurement period will be forfeited. The final
determination of the number of shares to be issued in respect to
an award is determined by the Compensation Committee of the
Companys Board of Directors.
As of January 1, 2011, there was $6,194 of unrecognized
compensation expense related to nonvested share-based
compensation arrangements granted under restricted stock award
plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a
weighted-average period of 1.6 years. The total fair value
of shares vested during the year ended January 1, 2011 was
$3,012. As of January 2, 2010, there was $4,792 of
unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested
share-based
compensation arrangements granted under restricted stock award
plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a
weighted-average period of 2.0 years. The total fair value
of shares vested during the year ended January 2, 2010 was
$2,761. As of January 3, 2009, there was $4,072 of
unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based
compensation arrangements granted under restricted stock award
plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a
weighted-average period of 1.8 years. The total fair value
of shares vested during the year ended January 3, 2009 was
$6,300.
The Company has two non-contributory, defined benefit pension
plans covering a majority of its domestic employees. The
Companys principal defined benefit pension plan provides
benefits based on the employees years of service and final
average earnings (as defined in the plan), while the other plan
provides benefits at a fixed rate per year of service.
The Company has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the
SERP) for certain current and former employees that
entitles a participating employee to receive payments from the
Company following retirement based on the employees years
of service and final average earnings (as defined in the SERP).
Under the SERP, the employees can elect early retirement with a
corresponding reduction in benefits. The Company also has
individual deferred compensation agreements with certain former
employees that entitle these employees to receive payments from
the Company for a period of fifteen to eighteen years following
retirement. The Company maintains life insurance policies with a
cash surrender value of $36,042 at January 1, 2011 and
$35,405 at January 2, 2010 that are intended to fund
deferred compensation benefits under the SERP and deferred
compensation agreements.
A-13
The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan covering
substantially all domestic employees that provides for Company
contributions based on earnings. The Company recognized expense
for its defined contribution plan of $2,061 in fiscal year 2010,
$1,919 in fiscal year 2009 and $2,245 in fiscal year 2008.
The Company has certain defined contribution plans at foreign
subsidiaries. Contributions to these plans were $858 in fiscal
year 2010, $954 in fiscal year 2009 and $1,194 in fiscal year
2008. The Company also has a defined benefit plan at a foreign
location that provides for retirement benefits based on years of
service. The obligation recorded under this plan was $3,068 at
January 1, 2011, and $2,778 at January 2, 2010 and is
recognized as a deferred compensation liability on the
accompanying balance sheet.
The following summarizes the status of and changes in the
Companys assets and related obligations for its pension
plans (which include the Companys defined benefit pension
plans and the SERP) for the fiscal years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Change in projected benefit obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligations at beginning of the year
|
|
|
$
|
211,670
|
|
|
|
$
|
174,970
|
|
Service cost pertaining to benefits earned during the year
|
|
|
|
5,729
|
|
|
|
|
4,543
|
|
Interest cost on projected benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
12,719
|
|
|
|
|
12,232
|
|
Actuarial losses
|
|
|
|
10,955
|
|
|
|
|
30,521
|
|
Special termination benefits
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
Benefits paid to plan participants
|
|
|
|
(10,959
|
)
|
|
|
|
(10,735
|
)
|
|
Projected benefit obligations at end of the year
|
|
|
$
|
230,114
|
|
|
|
$
|
211,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of pension assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of pension assets at beginning of the year
|
|
|
$
|
125,492
|
|
|
|
$
|
112,049
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
|
17,549
|
|
|
|
|
19,464
|
|
Company contributions
|
|
|
|
12,329
|
|
|
|
|
4,714
|
|
Benefits paid to plan participants
|
|
|
|
(10,959
|
)
|
|
|
|
(10,735
|
)
|
|
Fair value of pension assets at end of the year
|
|
|
$
|
144,411
|
|
|
|
$
|
125,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
|
$
|
(85,703
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(86,178
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
$
|
(2,018
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(2,044
|
)
|
Non current liabilities
|
|
|
|
(83,685
|
)
|
|
|
|
(84,134
|
)
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
|
$
|
(85,703
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(86,178
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (net of tax: 2010 -
$(50,452); 2009 -$(53,165))
|
|
|
$
|
(76,258
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(80,432
|
)
|
Unrecognized prior service cost (net of tax: 2010 - $(404);
2009 - $(572))
|
|
|
|
(622
|
)
|
|
|
|
(880
|
)
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
|
$
|
(76,880
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(81,312
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status of pension plans and SERP (supplemental):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status of qualified defined benefit plans and SERP
|
|
|
$
|
(85,703
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(86,178
|
)
|
Nonqualified trust assets (cash surrender value of life
insurance) recorded in other assets and intended to satisfy the
projected benefit obligation of unfunded SERP
|
|
|
|
34,549
|
|
|
|
|
33,731
|
|
|
Net funded status of pension plans and SERP (supplemental)
|
|
|
$
|
(51,154
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(52,447
|
)
|
|
|
The accumulated benefit obligations for all defined benefit
pension plans and the SERP were $218,949 at January 1, 2011
and $202,428 at January 2, 2010.
A-14
The following is a summary of net pension and SERP expense
recognized by the Company:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Service cost pertaining to benefits earned during the year
|
|
|
$
|
(5,729
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(4,543
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(4,859
|
)
|
Interest cost on projected benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
(12,719
|
)
|
|
|
|
(12,233
|
)
|
|
|
|
(11,413
|
)
|
Expected return on pension assets
|
|
|
|
12,467
|
|
|
|
|
10,911
|
|
|
|
|
13,914
|
|
Net amortization loss
|
|
|
|
(10,305
|
)
|
|
|
|
(9,275
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,967
|
)
|
Curtailment (gain)
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(612
|
)
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Special termination benefit charge
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
Net pension expense
|
|
|
$
|
(16,286
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(15,891
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(6,325
|
)
|
|
|
The prior service cost and actuarial loss included in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and expected to be
recognized in net periodic pension expense during 2011 is $145
($94, net of tax) and $11,931 ($7,755, net of tax),
respectively. Expense for qualified defined benefit pension
plans was $11,903 in 2010, $12,871 in 2009 and $3,601 in 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit
obligations at fiscal year end:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
|
5.94
|
%
|
|
|
|
6.17%
|
|
Rate of compensation increase
|
|
|
|
3.25
|
%
|
|
|
|
3.25%
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic
benefit cost for the years ended:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
|
6.17
|
%
|
|
|
|
7.25%
|
|
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
|
|
|
|
8.50
|
%
|
|
|
|
8.50%
|
|
Rate of compensation increase
|
|
|
|
3.25
|
%
|
|
|
|
3.50%
|
|
Unrecognized net actuarial losses exceeding certain corridors
are amortized over a five-year period, unless the minimum
amortization method based on average remaining service periods
produces a higher amortization. The Company utilizes a bond
matching calculation to determine the discount rate. A
hypothetical bond portfolio is created based on a presumed
purchase of bonds with maturities that match the plans
expected future cash outflows. The discount rate is the
resulting yield of the hypothetical bond portfolio. The discount
rate is used in the calculation of the year end pension
liability and pension expense for the subsequent year.
The long-term rate of return is based on overall market
expectations for a balanced portfolio with an asset mix similar
to the Companys, utilizing historic returns for broad
market and fixed income indices.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Weighted average asset allocations at fiscal year end by asset
category are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
|
102,144
|
|
|
|
|
70.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
85,026
|
|
|
|
|
67.8%
|
|
Fixed income investments
|
|
|
|
37,038
|
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
36,302
|
|
|
|
|
29.0%
|
|
Cash and money market investments
|
|
|
|
5,229
|
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
4,164
|
|
|
|
|
3.2%
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
|
144,411
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
125,492
|
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
The Companys investment policy for plan assets uses a
blended approach of U.S. and foreign equities combined with
U.S. fixed income investments. Policy guidelines indicate
that total equities should not exceed 80% and fixed income
securities should not exceed 50%. Within the equity and fixed
income classifications, the investments are diversified.
In accordance with ASC 820, these assets fall within
Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Fair value is
determined using quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets
for identical assets.
The Company expects to contribute $31,800 to its qualified
defined benefit pension plans and $1,962 to the SERP in 2011.
A-15
Expected benefit payments for the five years subsequent to 2010
and the sum of the five years following those are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
|
2016-2020
|
|
Expected benefit payments
|
|
|
$
|
11,512
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,635
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,046
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,279
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,564
|
|
|
|
$
|
74,365
|
|
The geographic components of earnings before income taxes are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
United States
|
|
|
$
|
86,817
|
|
|
|
$
|
51,167
|
|
|
|
$
|
82,604
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
56,409
|
|
|
|
|
34,525
|
|
|
|
|
57,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
143,226
|
|
|
|
$
|
85,692
|
|
|
|
$
|
140,584
|
|
|
|
The provisions for income taxes consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Current expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
$
|
27,218
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,492
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,053
|
|
State
|
|
|
|
1,866
|
|
|
|
|
1,596
|
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
12,419
|
|
|
|
|
18,537
|
|
|
|
|
18,270
|
|
Deferred credit
|
|
|
|
(2,747
|
)
|
|
|
|
(7,845
|
)
|
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
38,756
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,780
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,763
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of the Companys total income tax expense
and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income
tax rate of 35% to earnings before income taxes is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Income taxes at U.S. statutory rate
|
|
|
$
|
50,129
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,992
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,204
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal income tax
|
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
|
375
|
|
Nontaxable earnings of foreign affiliates
|
|
|
|
(4,586
|
)
|
|
|
|
(2,981
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,555
|
)
|
Research and development credits
|
|
|
|
(600
|
)
|
|
|
|
(700
|
)
|
|
|
|
(875
|
)
|
Foreign earnings taxed at rates different from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the U.S. statutory rate
|
|
|
|
(9,226
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8,444
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,352
|
)
|
Adjustments for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
|
2,142
|
|
|
|
|
4,908
|
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
38,756
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,780
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,763
|
|
|
|
A-16
Significant components of the Companys deferred income tax
assets and liabilities as of the end of fiscal years 2010 and
2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Deferred income tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable and inventory valuation allowances
|
|
|
$
|
5,415
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,210
|
|
Deferred compensation accruals
|
|
|
|
2,073
|
|
|
|
|
2,466
|
|
Accrued pension expense
|
|
|
|
29,644
|
|
|
|
|
30,276
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
9,963
|
|
|
|
|
4,950
|
|
Net operating loss and foreign tax credit carryforward
|
|
|
|
1,397
|
|
|
|
|
1,026
|
|
Other amounts not deductible until paid
|
|
|
|
10,448
|
|
|
|
|
10,604
|
|
|
Total gross deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
|
58,940
|
|
|
|
|
54,532
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
(1,397
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,026
|
)
|
|
Net deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
|
57,543
|
|
|
|
|
53,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation
|
|
|
|
(4,347
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,107
|
)
|
Prepaid pension expense
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
(994
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
(2,369
|
)
|
|
|
|
(836
|
)
|
|
Total deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
(6,716
|
)
|
|
|
|
(5,937
|
)
|
|
Net deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
$
|
50,827
|
|
|
|
$
|
47,569
|
|
|
|
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of
January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, was $1,397 and
$1,026, respectively. The net change in the total valuation
allowance for each of the years ended January 1, 2011, and
January 2, 2010, was $371 and $380, respectively. The
valuation allowance was related to foreign net operating loss
carryforwards and foreign tax credit carryforwards that, in the
judgment of management, are not more likely than not to be
realized. The ultimate realization of the carryforwards depends
on the generation of future taxable income in the foreign tax
jurisdictions.
At January 1, 2011, the Company had foreign net operating
loss carryforwards of $2,432 and foreign tax credit
carryforwards of $545, which are available for an unlimited
carryforward period to offset future foreign taxable income.
The following table summarizes the activity related to the
Companys unrecognized tax benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
|
$
|
8,396
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,171
|
|
Increases related to current year tax positions
|
|
|
|
2,645
|
|
|
|
|
5,225
|
|
Decrease due to lapse of statute
|
|
|
|
(300
|
)
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
|
$
|
10,741
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,396
|
|
|
|
The portion of the unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized
currently would reduce the annual effective tax rate was $9,731
as of January 1, 2011, $7,588 as of January 2, 2010
and $2,646 as of January 3, 2009. The Company recognizes
interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits
through interest expense and income tax expense, respectively.
Interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits was $770
as of January 1, 2011 and $681 as of January 2, 2010.
The Company is subject to periodic audits by domestic and
foreign tax authorities. Currently, the Company is undergoing
routine periodic audits in both domestic and foreign tax
jurisdictions. It is reasonably possible that the amounts of
unrecognized tax benefits could change in the next
12 months as a result of the audits; however, any payment
of tax is not expected to be significant to the consolidated
financial statements.
For the majority of tax jurisdictions, the Company is no longer
subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or
non-U.S. income
tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006.
A-17
No provision has been made for U.S. federal and state
income taxes or foreign taxes that may result from future
remittances of the remaining undistributed earnings of foreign
subsidiaries of $199,767 at January 1, 2011, as the Company
expects such earnings will remain invested overseas
indefinitely. At January 2, 2010, undistributed foreign
earnings were $163,664.
|
|
8.
|
LITIGATION
AND CONTINGENCIES
|
The Company is involved in various environmental claims and
other legal actions arising in the normal course of business.
The environmental claims include sites where the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has notified the
Company that it is a potentially responsible party with respect
to environmental remediation. These remediation claims are
subject to ongoing environmental impact studies, assessment of
remediation alternatives, allocation of costs between
responsible parties and concurrence by regulatory authorities
and have not yet advanced to a stage where the Companys
liability is fixed. However, after taking into consideration
legal counsels evaluation of all actions and claims
against the Company, management is currently of the opinion that
their outcome will not have a material adverse effect on the
Companys consolidated financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
The Company is involved in routine litigation incidental to its
business and is a party to legal actions and claims, including,
but not limited to, those related to employment and intellectual
property. Some of the legal proceedings include claims for
compensatory as well as punitive damages. While the final
outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty,
considering, among other things, the meritorious legal defenses
available and liabilities that have been recorded along with
applicable insurance, it is currently the opinion of the
Companys management that these items will not have a
material adverse effect on the Companys financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company has future minimum royalty and advertising
obligations due under the terms of certain licenses held by the
Company. These minimum future obligations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
Minimum royalties
|
|
|
1,693
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
934
|
Minimum advertising
|
|
|
1,941
|
|
|
1,999
|
|
|
2,059
|
|
|
2,121
|
|
|
2,184
|
Minimum royalties are based on both fixed obligations and
assumptions regarding the consumer price index. Royalty
obligations in excess of minimum requirements are based upon
future sales levels. In accordance with these agreements, the
Company incurred royalty expense of $3,028, $2,861 and $3,198
for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The terms of certain license agreements also require the Company
to make advertising expenditures based on the level of sales. In
accordance with these agreements, the Company incurred
advertising expense of $2,998, $2,682 and $3,018 for 2010, 2009
and 2008, respectively.
The Company had commercial letters of credit outstanding of $95
and $450 at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010,
respectively.
The Company has one reportable segment that is engaged in
designing, manufacturing, sourcing, marketing, licensing, and
distributing to the retail sector branded footwear, apparel and
accessories. Revenue earned from the operations of this segment
is derived from the sale of branded footwear, apparel and
accessories to external customers and royalty income from the
licensing of the Companys trademarks and brand names to
third-party licensees and distributors. The operating segments
aggregated into the branded footwear, apparel and licensing
segment all manufacture, source, market and distribute products
in a similar manner.
The other business units in the following tables consist of the
Companys retail, leather and pigskin procurement
operations. These other operations do not collectively form a
reportable segment because their respective operations are
dissimilar and they do not meet the applicable quantitative
requirements. At January 1, 2011, the Company operated 81
retail stores in North America and 7 retail stores in the United
Kingdom that sell Company-branded products, as well as footwear,
apparel and accessories products under brands that are owned by
unaffiliated
A-18
companies. The Company also has 38 consumer-direct internet
sites that sell Company-branded products. The other business
units distribute products through retail and wholesale channels.
The Company measures segment profits as earnings before income
taxes. The accounting policies used to determine profitability
and total assets of the branded footwear, apparel and licensing
segment and other business units are the same as disclosed in
Note 1.
Business segment information is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
Branded
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Footwear,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Apparel
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Licensing
|
|
|
Businesses
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,117,644
|
|
|
$
|
130,873
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
1,248,517
|
|
Intersegment revenue
|
|
|
44,721
|
|
|
|
2,789
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
47,510
|
|
Interest (income) expense net
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
387
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
6,067
|
|
|
|
3,373
|
|
|
|
5,069
|
|
|
|
14,509
|
|
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
174,563
|
|
|
|
12,987
|
|
|
|
(44,324
|
)
|
|
|
143,226
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
599,354
|
|
|
|
41,980
|
|
|
|
141,490
|
|
|
|
782,824
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
8,282
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
3,759
|
|
|
|
16,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Branded
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Footwear,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Apparel,
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Licensing
|
|
|
Businesses
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
991,168
|
|
|
$
|
109,888
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
1,101,056
|
|
Intersegment revenue
|
|
|
55,983
|
|
|
|
3,019
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
59,002
|
|
Interest (income) expense net
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
6,501
|
|
|
|
3,035
|
|
|
|
6,396
|
|
|
|
15,932
|
|
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
116,568
|
|
|
|
(8,092
|
)
|
|
|
(22,784
|
)
|
|
|
85,692
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
499,091
|
|
|
|
34,036
|
|
|
|
174,806
|
|
|
|
707,933
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
3,240
|
|
|
|
3,712
|
|
|
|
4,718
|
|
|
|
11,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Branded
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Footwear,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Apparel,
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Licensing
|
|
|
Businesses
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,106,081
|
|
|
$
|
114,487
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
1,220,568
|
|
Intersegment revenue
|
|
|
47,386
|
|
|
|
3,542
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
50,928
|
|
Interest (income) expense net
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,093
|
|
|
|
1,093
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
6,823
|
|
|
|
3,768
|
|
|
|
7,869
|
|
|
|
18,460
|
|
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
158,615
|
|
|
|
3,294
|
|
|
|
(21,325
|
)
|
|
|
140,584
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
483,041
|
|
|
|
57,049
|
|
|
|
124,690
|
|
|
|
664,780
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
11,443
|
|
|
|
4,654
|
|
|
|
8,029
|
|
|
|
24,126
|
|
A-19
Geographic information, based on shipping destination, related
to revenue from external customers included in the consolidated
statements of operations is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
United States
|
|
|
$
|
768,594
|
|
|
|
$
|
690,269
|
|
|
|
$
|
729,826
|
|
Foreign countries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
|
218,542
|
|
|
|
|
198,487
|
|
|
|
|
243,701
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
|
103,374
|
|
|
|
|
89,409
|
|
|
|
|
90,789
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
158,007
|
|
|
|
|
122,891
|
|
|
|
|
156,252
|
|
|
Total from foreign countries
|
|
|
|
479,923
|
|
|
|
|
410,787
|
|
|
|
|
490,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,248,517
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,101,056
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,220,568
|
|
|
|
The Companys long-lived assets (primarily property, plant
and equipment) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
$
|
69,545
|
|
|
|
$
|
68,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign countries
|
|
|
|
7,774
|
|
|
|
|
8,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
77,319
|
|
|
|
$
|
77,698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company does not believe that it is dependent upon any
single customer because no customer accounts for more than 10%
of consolidated revenue.
The Company sources approximately 94% (based on pairs) of its
footwear products from unrelated suppliers located primarily in
the Asia-Pacific region. The remainder is produced in
Company-owned manufacturing facilities in the United States and
the Dominican Republic. All apparel and accessories are sourced
from unrelated suppliers. While changes in suppliers could cause
delays in manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, management
believes that other suppliers could provide similar products on
comparable terms.
Revenue derived from the branded footwear, apparel and licensing
segment accounted for approximately 90% of revenue in 2010, 90%
in 2009 and 91% in 2008. No other product groups account for
more than 10% of consolidated revenue.
|
|
10.
|
RESTRUCTURING
AND OTHER TRANSITION COSTS
|
On January 7, 2009, the Board of Directors of the Company
approved a strategic restructuring plan designed to create
significant operating efficiencies, improve the Companys
supply chain and create a stronger global platform. On
October 7, 2009, the Company announced an expansion of its
restructuring plan to include the consolidation of two domestic
manufacturing facilities into one and to finalize realignment in
certain of the Companys product creation organizations.
The strategic restructuring plan and all actions under the plan,
except for certain cash payments, were completed as of
June 19, 2010. The Company incurred restructuring and other
transition costs of $4,234 ($3,087 on an after-tax basis) and
$35,596 ($25,700 on an after-tax basis), or $0.06 and $0.53 per
diluted share, for the years ended January 1, 2011 and
January 2, 2010, respectively. There were no restructuring
and other transition costs recognized for the year ended
January 3, 2009.
Restructuring
Prior to completion of the restructuring plan, the Company
incurred restructuring charges of $2,239 ($1,632 on an after-tax
basis) and $29,083 ($20,998 on an after-tax basis) for the years
ended January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010,
respectively.
A-20
The following is a summary of the activity with respect to a
reserve established by the Company in connection with the
restructuring plan, by category of costs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance and
|
|
|
|
charges related
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
employee
|
|
|
|
to property and
|
|
|
|
Facility exit
|
|
|
|
Other related
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
related
|
|
|
|
equipment
|
|
|
|
costs
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Balance at January 3, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Charges incurred
|
|
|
|
15,391
|
|
|
|
|
7,964
|
|
|
|
|
2,473
|
|
|
|
|
3,255
|
|
|
|
|
29,083
|
|
Amounts paid or utilized
|
|
|
|
(11,525
|
)
|
|
|
|
(7,964
|
)
|
|
|
|
(988
|
)
|
|
|
|
(2,680
|
)
|
|
|
|
(23,157
|
)
|
|
Balance at January 2, 2010
|
|
|
$
|
3,866
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,485
|
|
|
|
$
|
575
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,926
|
|
Charges incurred
|
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
|
|
803
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
2,239
|
|
Amounts paid or utilized
|
|
|
|
(4,150
|
)
|
|
|
|
(715
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,397
|
)
|
|
|
|
(589
|
)
|
|
|
|
(6,851
|
)
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
$
|
287
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
891
|
|
|
|
$
|
136
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,314
|
|
|
|
Other
Transition Costs
Incremental costs incurred related to the restructuring plan
that do not qualify as restructuring costs under the provisions
of FASB ASC Topic 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations,
have been included in the Companys consolidated condensed
statements of operations on the line items titled
Restructuring and other transition costs. These
primarily include costs related to closure of facilities, new
employee training and transition to outsourced services. All
costs included in this caption were solely related to the
transition and implementation of the restructuring plan and do
not include ongoing business operating costs. Other transition
costs for the years ended January 1, 2011, and
January 2, 2010, were, $1,995 ($1,454 on an after-tax
basis) and $6,513 ($4,702 on an after-tax basis), respectively.
|
|
11.
|
BUSINESS
ACQUISITIONS
|
The Company accounted for the following acquisitions under the
provisions of FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations.
On January 8, 2009, the Company announced the acquisition
of the
Cushe®
footwear brand. The purchase price consisted of $1,550 cash, a
$1,550 note payable over three years and contingent
consideration of $881. The Company acquired assets valued at
$287, consisting primarily of property, plant and equipment,
inventory, and assumed operating liabilities valued at $304,
resulting in goodwill and intangibles of $3,998 at
January 2, 2010. Amounts relating to the acquisition are
subject to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
On January 22, 2009, the Company acquired the
Chaco®
footwear brand and certain assets valued at $3,912, consisting
primarily of accounts receivable and inventory, for cash of
$6,910 and assumed operating liabilities valued at $4,662. The
purchase resulted in goodwill and intangibles recorded of $7,660.
Using the purchase method of accounting, the purchase price in
each of these acquisitions is allocated to the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as
of the effective date of the acquisition. The excess purchase
price over the assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill.
The purchase price allocation for each acquisition was finalized
during the third quarter of 2009 and a final determination of
all purchase accounting adjustments was made upon finalization
of asset valuations and acquisition costs. Pro forma results of
operations have not been presented because the effects of these
acquisitions, individually and in the aggregate, were not
material to the Companys consolidated results of
operations. Both of the brands have been consolidated into the
Companys results of operations since their respective
acquisition dates.
A-21
|
|
12.
|
QUARTERLY
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
|
The Company reports its quarterly results of operations on the
basis of 12-week periods for each of the first three quarters
and a 16- or 17-week period for the fourth quarter. The fourth
quarters of 2010 and 2009 consist of 16 weeks. The
aggregate quarterly earnings per share amounts disclosed in the
table below may not equal the annual per share amounts due to
rounding and the fact that results for each quarter are
calculated independently of the annual period.
The Companys unaudited quarterly results of operations are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
284,897
|
|
|
$
|
258,199
|
|
|
$
|
320,396
|
|
|
$
|
385,025
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
117,589
|
|
|
|
103,681
|
|
|
|
128,571
|
|
|
|
142,733
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
27,459
|
|
|
|
17,222
|
|
|
|
34,143
|
|
|
|
25,646
|
|
Net earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.55
|
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
$
|
0.71
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
0.54
|
|
|
|
0.35
|
|
|
|
0.70
|
|
|
|
0.52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
255,324
|
|
|
$
|
246,438
|
|
|
$
|
286,764
|
|
|
$
|
312,530
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
102,943
|
|
|
|
92,041
|
|
|
|
113,965
|
|
|
|
122,773
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
10,495
|
|
|
|
7,885
|
|
|
|
26,794
|
|
|
|
16,738
|
|
Net earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
0.54
|
|
|
|
0.33
|
|
A-22
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Wolverine World Wide,
Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Wolverine World Wide, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, and the related
consolidated statements of stockholders equity and
comprehensive income, operations, and cash flows for each of the
three fiscal years in the period ended January 1, 2011. Our
audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in
the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and
schedule are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. and
subsidiaries at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010,
and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended
January 1, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the
related financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set
forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Wolverine World Wide, Inc.s internal control over
financial reporting as of January 1, 2011, based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission and our report dated March 2, 2011
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Grand Rapids, Michigan
March 2, 2011
A-23
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Wolverine World Wide,
Inc.
We have audited Wolverine World Wide, Inc.s internal
control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2011,
based on criteria established in Internal
ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO
criteria). Wolverine World Wide, Inc.s management is
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting included in the
accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on the companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Wolverine World Wide, Inc. maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of January 1, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
the consolidated balance sheets of Wolverine World Wide, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of January 1, 2011 and January 2,
2010, and the related consolidated statements of
stockholders equity and comprehensive income, operations,
and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period
ended January 1, 2011 of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. and our
report dated March 2, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion
thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Grand Rapids, Michigan
March 2, 2011
A-24
APPENDIX B
Schedule II -
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Wolverine
World Wide, Inc. and Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Column A
|
|
Column B
|
|
|
Column C
|
|
|
Column D
|
|
|
Column E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
|
Costs and
|
|
|
Accounts
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
End of
|
|
Description
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
(Describe)
|
|
|
(Describe)
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deducted from asset accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
8,137,000
|
|
|
$
|
3,846,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,229,000
|
(A
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,754,000
|
|
Allowance for sales returns
|
|
|
4,649,000
|
|
|
|
29,606,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,781,000
|
(B
|
)
|
|
|
4,474,000
|
|
Allowance for cash discounts
|
|
|
1,160,000
|
|
|
|
10,568,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,543,000
|
(C
|
)
|
|
|
1,185,000
|
|
Inventory valuation allowances
|
|
|
6,350,000
|
|
|
|
8,276,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,007,000
|
(D
|
)
|
|
|
8,619,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,296,000
|
|
|
$
|
52,296,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
52,560,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,032,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deducted from asset accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
8,383,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,733,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,979,000
|
(A
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,137,000
|
|
Allowance for sales returns
|
|
|
5,311,000
|
|
|
|
28,386,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,048,000
|
(B
|
)
|
|
|
4,649,000
|
|
Allowance for cash discounts
|
|
|
1,467,000
|
|
|
|
11,717,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,024,000
|
(C
|
)
|
|
|
1,160,000
|
|
Inventory valuation allowances
|
|
|
8,912,000
|
|
|
|
6,419,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,981,000
|
(D
|
)
|
|
|
6,350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,073,000
|
|
|
$
|
48,255,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
52,032,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,296,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended January 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deducted from asset accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
6,866,000
|
|
|
$
|
2,266,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
749,000
|
(A
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,383,000
|
|
Allowance for sales returns
|
|
|
5,269,000
|
|
|
|
31,994,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,952,000
|
(B
|
)
|
|
|
5,311,000
|
|
Allowance for cash discounts
|
|
|
1,508,000
|
|
|
|
14,602,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,643,000
|
(C
|
)
|
|
|
1,467,000
|
|
Inventory valuation allowances
|
|
|
14,902,000
|
|
|
|
9,806,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,796,000
|
(D
|
)
|
|
|
8,912,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,545,000
|
|
|
$
|
58,668,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
63,140,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,073,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Accounts charged off, net of recoveries. |
(B) |
|
Actual customer returns. |
(C) |
|
Discounts given to customers. |
(D) |
|
Adjustment upon disposal of related inventories. |
1
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Document
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Previously filed as
Exhibit 3.1 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the period ended December 30, 2006. Here incorporated by
reference.
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated By-laws. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to
the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December
15, 2010. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
The Registrant has other long-term debt instruments outstanding
in addition to those described in Exhibit 4.2. The authorized
amount of none of these classes of debt exceeds 10% of the
Companys total consolidated assets. The Company agrees to
furnish copies of any agreement defining the rights of holders
of any such long-term indebtedness to the Securities and
Exchange Commission upon request.
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2010, among Wolverine
World Wide, Inc., certain foreign subsidiaries of Wolverine
World Wide, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative
Agent, and the lenders party thereto. Previously filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on June 8, 2010. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
1993 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Incentive Plan.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan of 1999.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan of 2001.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan of 2003.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan of 2005.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Amended and Restated Directors Stock Option Plan.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009.
Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Amended and Restated Outside Directors Deferred
Compensation Plan.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 29, 2007. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Short-Term Incentive Plan (Annual
Bonus Plan).* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2009. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (3-Year
Bonus Plan).* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2009. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Amended and Restated Stock Option Loan Program.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2007. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Executive Severance Agreement.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3
to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
December 17, 2008. Here incorporated by reference. A participant
schedule of current executive officers who are parties to the
agreement is attached as Exhibit 10.13.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement.* The Company has entered into
an Indemnification Agreement with each director and with Messrs.
Grady, Grimes, Krueger, McBreen and Zwiers and Ms. Linton.
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2007. Here incorporated by
reference.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Document
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Amended and Restated Benefit Trust Agreement dated April 25,
2007.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2007. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Employees Pension Plan (Restated as amended through
November 29, 2010).*
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement.* Previously filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on February 15, 2005. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Blake W.
Krueger and Timothy J. ODonovan.* Previously filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on February 15, 2005. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for executive
officers other than those to whom Exhibit 10.18 applies.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2005. Here incorporated
by reference.
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement.* Previously filed as Exhibit
10.4 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
February 15, 2005. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement.* Previously filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on February 17, 2006. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Blake W.
Krueger and Timothy J. ODonovan.* Previously filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on February 17, 2006. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for executive
officers other than those to whom Exhibit 10.22 applies.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on February 17, 2006. Here incorporated
by reference.
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement.* Previously filed as Exhibit
10.4 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
February 17, 2006. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement for non-employee directors.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2005.
Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
2009 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Donald T.
Grimes, Blake W. Krueger, Pamela L. Linton, Michael F. McBreen
and James D. Zwiers.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2009. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
2009 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for executive
officers other than those to whom Exhibit 10.26 applies.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009.
Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (2009 2011
performance period).* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2009. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (2010 2012
performance period).* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 2, 2010. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.30
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (2011 2013
performance period).*
|
|
10
|
.31
|
|
Separation Agreement between Wolverine World Wide, Inc. and
Blake W. Krueger, dated as of March 13, 2008, as amended.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 22, 2008. Here
incorporated by reference.
|
|
10
|
.32
|
|
First Amendment to Separation Agreement between Wolverine World
Wide, Inc. and Blake W. Krueger, dated as of December 11, 2008.*
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009.
Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Document
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.33
|
|
409A Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.* Previously filed
as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on December 17, 2008. Here incorporated by reference. A
participant schedule of current executive officers who
participate in this plan is attached as Exhibit 10.33.
|
|
10
|
.34
|
|
Form of 409A Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation
Agreement with Blake W. Krueger.* Previously filed as Exhibit
10.32 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended January 3, 2009. Here incorporated by
reference.
|
|
10
|
.35
|
|
Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan.* Previously
filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on December 17, 2008. Here incorporated by
reference.
|
|
10
|
.36
|
|
Stock Incentive Plan of 2010.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1
to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed
on March 4, 2010. Here incorporated by reference.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
|
|
23
|
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
|
|
24
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney.
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
|
|
32
|
|
|
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350.
|
|
101
|
|
|
The following materials from the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, formatted
in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language):
(i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of as of January 1, 2011
and January 2, 2010, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the fiscal years ended January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and
January 3, 2009, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows for the fiscal years ended January 1, 2011, January 2,
2010 and January 3, 2009, and (iv) Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.**
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
|
|
** |
|
Pursuant to Rule 406T of
Regulation S-T,
the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed
not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for
purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of
Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those
sections. |
exv10w13
Exhibit 10.13
Exhibit 10.13
The following current executive officers have entered into Executive Severance Agreements with
the Company in the form filed herewith. The information listed below is inserted into the blanks
for the respective executive officers Executive Severance Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary Multiplier |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change of Control |
|
|
|
Rate |
|
|
Termination Period |
|
|
Continuation Period |
|
|
|
(Section 4(a)(4)) |
|
|
(Section 1(a)) |
|
|
(Section 2) |
|
Blake W. Krueger |
|
|
3 |
|
|
3 years |
|
36 months |
Kenneth A. Grady |
|
|
2 |
|
|
2 years |
|
24 months |
Donald T. Grimes |
|
|
2 |
|
|
2 years |
|
24 months |
Pamela L. Linton |
|
|
2 |
|
|
2 years |
|
24 months |
Michael F. McBreen |
|
|
2 |
|
|
2 years |
|
24 months |
James D. Zwiers |
|
|
2 |
|
|
2 years |
|
24 months |
exv10w16
Exhibit 10.16
WOLVERINE
EMPLOYEES PENSION PLAN
(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1997)
Warner
Norcross & Judd llp
400 Terrace Plaza
P.O. Box 900
Muskegon, Michigan 49443-0900
WOLVERINE
EMPLOYEES PENSION PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 1 - Establishment of Plan and Trust |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
Establishment of Plan |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Employer |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Plan History |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Adoption by Affiliated Employer |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Administration |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
Declaration of Trust |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
Compliance With Law |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
Effective Dates of Plan Provisions |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
Application to Inactive and Former Participants |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 2 - Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
Break in Service |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
Employer Contributions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
5% Owner |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Corporation |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Partnership |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Proprietorship |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
Highly Compensated Employee |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Definition |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Determination Rules |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Hour of Service |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Definition |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Back Pay |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
No Duties Performed |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Qualified Maternity or Paternity Absence |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Qualified Military Service |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
No Duplication |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Non-Covered Employment |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(h) |
|
Periods Credited |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
Additional Hours |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(j) |
|
Predecessor Plan |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(k) |
|
Leased Employee |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(l) |
|
Equivalency |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
Person |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
Plan Year |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
Related Employer |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
Valuation Date |
|
|
6 |
|
-i-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 3 - Eligibility to Participate |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Eligibility Requirements |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Employee Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Entry Date |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Year of Eligibility Service |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Eligibility Period |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Breaks in Service |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
Requirement of Covered Employment |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
Participation Rules |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Termination of Participation |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Cancellation of Years of Eligibility Service |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Resumption of Participation |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
Leased Employee |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Definition |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Exceptions |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 4 - Contributions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
Contributions/Amount |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Limits on Employer Contributions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
Return of Employer Contributions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Mistake of Fact |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Nondeductible |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Amount |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
Reduction of Contribution for Leased Employees |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
Timing of Contributions |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Quarterly Payments |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Final Payment |
|
|
2 |
|
-ii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 5 - Amount of Benefits |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
Normal Retirement |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Normal Retirement Date |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Normal Retirement Benefit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Accrued Benefit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Average Monthly Compensation |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Compensation |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Benefit Service |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
Early Retirement |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Early Retirement Date |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Early Retirement Benefit |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Early Payment |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
Late Retirement |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Late Retirement Date |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Late Retirement Benefit |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
Deferred Vested Retirement |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Deferred Vested Benefit |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Vested Accrued Benefit |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Early Payment |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
Death Benefits |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Death Before Vesting |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Death Before Annuity Starting Date |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Death After Annuity Starting Date |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Death While Performing Qualified Military Service |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
Pension Offsets |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Workers Compensation |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Disability Pension |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
Special Benefit Schedules |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
Benefit Rules |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Single Benefit |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Previously Paid Benefits |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Transfer |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
Maximum Annual Benefits |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Annual Benefit |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Defined Benefit Dollar Limit |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Compensation Limit |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Section 415 Compensation |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Limitation Year |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Related Employer Aggregation |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Aggregation Rules |
|
|
13 |
|
-iii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
5.10 |
|
Adjustments to Maximum Annual Benefits |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Annual Benefit Actuarial Adjustment |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Adjustments to Defined Benefit Dollar Limit and Compensation Limit |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
$10,000 Minimum Benefit |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Grandfathered Annual Benefit |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Cost of Living Adjustment |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
5.11 |
|
Maximum Combined Limitation |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Defined Benefit Plan Fraction |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Defined Contribution Plan Fraction |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Benefit Accrual Reduction |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Application of Limitations |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Maximum Limitations |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 6 - Determination of Vested Percentage |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Year of Vesting Service |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Credit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
No Credit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
Vested Percentage |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Vesting Schedule |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Normal Retirement Date |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
Cashout |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
Five Breaks in Service |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Cancellation of Vesting Service |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Forfeiture of Nonvested Accrued Benefit |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
Death After Termination/Lost Recipient |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Death After Termination |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Lost Recipient |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 7 - Payment of Benefits |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
Time of Payment |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Normal Retirement Benefit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Early Retirement Benefit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Late Retirement Benefit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Deferred Vested Benefit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Death Benefit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Disability Benefit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Immediate Payment |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(h) |
|
QDRO |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
Plan Termination; Partial Termination |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
Determination of Benefits |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Lump Sum |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Optional Forms |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
Form of Payment |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Standard Form |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Optional Forms of Payment |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Direct Transfer |
|
|
4 |
|
-iv-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
7.4 |
|
Required Distribution Rules Lifetime |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Required Beginning Date |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Annuity Payments |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Actuarial Increase |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
TEFRA Election |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
Required Distribution Rules Death |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Death Before Required Beginning Date |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Death After Required Beginning Date |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Beneficiary is Minor Child |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
TEFRA Election |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
Waiver of QJSA or QPSA; Election of Method and Time of Benefit Payments |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Waiver of QJSA |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Waiver of QPSA |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Spousal Consent |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Permitted Elections |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Participant Consent |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Exceptions |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Election Requirements |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
(h) |
|
Failure to Elect |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
Additional Information |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
(j) |
|
No Reduction or Delay of Payments |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
Designation of Beneficiary |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Beneficiary |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Spousal Consent |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Failure to Designate |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Death of Beneficiary |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
No Beneficiary |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Determination |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
7.8 |
|
Facility of Payment |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Minimum Payments |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Incapacity |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Legal Representative |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Determination |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Annuity Contract Purchase |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
Penalties |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Payment Before Age 59 1/2 |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Failure to Receive Minimum Payments |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
7.10 |
|
Suspension of Benefit Payments |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Normal/Early Retirement Benefits |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Disability |
|
|
17 |
|
-v-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 8 - Administration of the Plan |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
Duties, Powers, and Responsibilities of the Employer |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Required |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Discretionary |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
Employer Action |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
Plan Administrator |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
Administrative Committee |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Appointment |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Agent; Powers and Duties |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Not Fiduciary |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Membership |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Records |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Actions |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Report to Administrator |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(h) |
|
Compensation |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
Conflict of Interest |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
Duties, Powers, and Responsibilities of the Administrator |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Plan Interpretation |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Participant Rights |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Limits; Tests |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Benefits and Vesting |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Errors |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Claims and Elections |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Benefit Payments |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(h) |
|
QDRO Determination |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
Administration Information |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(j) |
|
Recordkeeping |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(k) |
|
Reporting and Disclosure |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(l) |
|
Penalties; Excise Taxes |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(m) |
|
Advisers |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(n) |
|
Expenses, Fees, and Charges |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(o) |
|
Nondiscrimination |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(p) |
|
Bonding |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(q) |
|
Other Powers and Duties |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
Delegation of Administrative Duties |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
In Writing |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Acceptance of Responsibility |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Conflict |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
8.7 |
|
Interrelationship of Fiduciaries; Discretionary Authority |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Performance of Duties |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Reliance on Others |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Discretionary Authority of Fiduciaries |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
8.8 |
|
Compensation; Indemnification |
|
|
6 |
|
-vi-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
Fiduciary Standards |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Prudence |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Exclusive Purpose |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Prohibited Transaction |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
8.10 |
|
Benefit Applications; Appeal Procedures |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Application for Benefits |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Notification of Adverse Determination for Application |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Appeal |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Final Decision |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Notification of Adverse Determination on Appeal |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Disability Claims |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Extensions |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
(h) |
|
Full and Fair Review |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
Authorized Representative; Hearings |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
8.11 |
|
Participants Responsibilities |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
8.12 |
|
Electronic Administration |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 9 - Investment of Funds |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
9.1 |
|
Investment Responsibility |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
9.2 |
|
Authorized Investments |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Specific Investments |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Right of Trustee To Hold Cash |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
Commingled Investment |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 10 - Administration of the Trust |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
Duties and Powers of the Trustee |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Duties of the Trustee |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Powers of the Trustee |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Limitation on Duties and Powers of the Trustee |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
Accounting |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Report |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Judicial Settlement |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
Appointment, Resignation, and Removal of Trustee |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Resignation |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Removal |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Successor Trustee |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Effective Date of Resignation or Removal |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Procedure Upon Transfer |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Earlier Transfer |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Final Transfer |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(h) |
|
In Kind Transfer |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
Limitation on Liability of Successor |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
Trustee Action |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
Exculpation of Nonfiduciary |
|
|
5 |
|
-vii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 11 - Amendment, Mergers, Successor Employer |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
Amendment |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Prohibitions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Notice |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
11.2 |
|
Merger of Plans |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Preservation of Accrued Benefits |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Actuarial Statement |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Authorization |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Special Restriction |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
11.3 |
|
Successor Employer |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
11.4 |
|
Amendment by WN&J |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Authorized Amendments |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Termination of Authority |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Authority Conditioned on Favorable Determination Letter |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 12 - Termination |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
12.1 |
|
Right to Terminate |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Cessation of Benefit Accrual |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Intent to Terminate |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
PBGC Certification |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Benefit Commitments |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
12.2 |
|
Automatic Termination |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
12.3 |
|
Termination or Partial Termination of Plan |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Termination |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Partial Termination |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Priorities |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Rules For Application |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
12.4 |
|
Effect of Termination or Partial Termination |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Nonforfeitability |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Distribution |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Recourse Only Against Trust Assets |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
12.5 |
|
Reversion of Assets |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
Highest Paid Restriction |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Restrictions on Termination |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Restrictions on Distributions |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Payment of Restricted Benefit in Full |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Payments Prior to January 1, 1994 |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
12.7 |
|
Special Restriction |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Restricted Date |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Change in Control |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Unrestricted Date |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Termination/Partial Termination |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Merger Consolidation |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Amendment |
|
|
8 |
|
-viii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 13 - General Provisions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
13.1 |
|
Spendthrift Provision |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Not Security |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Crimes and ERISA Violations |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Attempts Void |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
13.2 |
|
Effect Upon Employment Relationship |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
13.3 |
|
No Interest in Employer Assets |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
13.4 |
|
Construction |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
13.5 |
|
Severability |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
13.6 |
|
Governing Law |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
|
Nondiversion |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
13.8 |
|
Limitations for Underfunded Plans |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Limitation on Benefit Accruals |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Limitation on Benefit Payments |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Limitation on Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Limitation on Plan Amendments |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Automatic Resumption/Restoration |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Definitions |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 14 - Top-Heavy Plan Provisions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
14.1 |
|
Top-Heavy Determination |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Top-Heavy Plan |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Calculation |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
14.2 |
|
Top-Heavy Definitions |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Top-Heavy Ratio |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Present Value of Accrued Benefits |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Required Aggregation Group |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Permissive Aggregation Group |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Determination Date |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Key Employee |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Top-Heavy Valuation Date |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
14.3 |
|
Minimum Benefits |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Minimum Accrued Benefit |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Minimum Average Monthly Compensation |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
14.4 |
|
Vesting Schedule |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Cessation |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Vesting Schedule Change |
|
|
5 |
|
SCHEDULE A
SCHEDULE B
-ix-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
SCHEDULE C-1 - FORMER PARTICIPANTS UNDER WEBSTER MANUFACTURING UNIT HOURLY RATED EMPLOYEES PENSION PLAN |
|
SCHEDULE C-2 - BENEFITS FOR CERTAIN FORMER EMPLOYEES 1994 SPECIAL SEVERANCE PROGRAM |
|
SCHEDULE C-3 - NONDISCRIMINATORY EXECUTIVE BENEFITS |
|
SCHEDULE C-4 - BENEFITS FOR CERTAIN FORMER EMPLOYEES OF FROLIC FOOTWEAR DIVISION OR THE WOLVERINE SLIPPER GROUP |
|
SCHEDULE C-5 - 2000 EARLY RETIREMENT WINDOW |
|
SCHEDULE C-6 - HY-TEST MERGER |
|
SCHEDULE C-7 - 2001 EARLY RETIREMENT WINDOW/SPECIAL SEVERANCE PROGRAM |
|
SCHEDULE C-8 - SPECIAL SERVICE CREDIT TRU STITCH DIVISION/WOLVERINE PROCUREMENT INC |
|
SCHEDULE C-9 - SERVICE CREDIT AND INCLUSION OF CERTAIN FORMER SEBAGO, INC. EMPLOYEES |
|
SCHEDULE D - PLAN HISTORY |
-x-
TABLE OF DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
Term |
|
Location |
Accrued Benefit |
|
5.1(c) |
ACP |
|
4.7(b)(ii) |
ACP Contributions |
|
4.7(b)(iv) |
ACP Limit |
|
4.7(b) |
Actuarially Equivalent |
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
Actuaries |
|
8.5(m) |
Adjusted Accrued Benefit |
|
5.1(c)(iv)(B) |
Adjusted Net Income |
|
4.6(a)(iii) |
Administrator |
|
8.3 |
Affiliated Employer |
|
1.1(c)(ii) |
|
|
|
Annual Additions |
|
5.12(b)(ii) |
Annual Benefit |
|
5.10(a) |
Annual Compensation Limit |
|
5.1(e)(ii) |
Annuity Starting Date |
|
7.6(e)(ii) |
Average Assets |
|
4.6(b)(ii) |
|
|
|
Average Monthly Compensation |
|
5.1(d) |
Beneficiary |
|
7.7(a) |
Benefit Commitments |
|
12.1(d) |
Break in Service |
|
2.1 |
Change in Control |
|
12.79b) |
|
|
|
Code |
|
1.3 |
Compensation |
|
5.1(e) |
Compensation Limit |
|
5.10(c) |
Contribution Percentage |
|
4.7(b)(iii) |
Covered Compensation |
|
5.1(c)(iii) |
|
|
|
Covered Employment |
|
3.2 |
Deferred Vested Benefit |
|
5.4(a) |
Defined Benefit Dollar Limit |
|
5.10(b) |
Defined Benefit Plan Fraction |
|
5.12(a)(i) |
Defined Contribution Dollar Limit |
|
5.12(b)(iii) |
|
|
|
Defined Contribution Plan Fraction |
|
5.12(b)(i) |
Determination Date |
|
14.2(e) |
Disability |
|
5.6(b) |
Disability Benefit |
|
5.6(a) |
Early Retirement Benefit |
|
5.2(b) |
-xi-
|
|
|
Term |
|
Location |
Early Retirement Date |
|
5.2(a) |
Effective Date |
|
1.4 |
Elective Deferrals |
|
5.1(e)(i) |
Eligible Compensation |
|
4.6(a)(ii) |
Eligibility Period |
|
3.1(d) |
|
|
|
Employee |
|
3.1(a) |
Employer |
|
1.1(a) |
Employer Contributions |
|
2.2 |
Entry Date |
|
3.1(b) |
ERISA |
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
Excess Aggregate Contribution |
|
4.7(b)(viii) |
Final Average Compensation |
|
5.1(c)(iv) |
Final Implementation Date |
|
5.11(a)(i)(D) |
Future Service Benefit |
|
5.1(c)(vi)(C) |
5% Owner |
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
417(e) Mortality Table |
|
7.2(b) |
Highly Compensated Employee |
|
2.4(a) |
Hour of Service |
|
2.5(a) |
Investment Manager |
|
8.1(b)(i)(B) |
Key Employee |
|
14.2(f) |
|
|
|
Late Retirement Benefit |
|
5.3(b) |
Late Retirement Date |
|
5.3(a) |
Leased Employee |
|
3.4(a) |
Limitation Year |
|
5.10(e) |
Look-Back Year |
|
2.4(b)(i) |
|
|
|
Minimum Accrued Benefit |
|
14.3(a) |
Minimum Average Monthly Compensation |
|
14.3(b) |
Normal Retirement Benefit |
|
5.1(b) |
Normal Retirement Date |
|
5.1(a) |
Participant |
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
Participating Compensation |
|
4.6(a)(i) |
PBGC |
|
12.1 |
Permissive Aggregation Group |
|
14.2(d) |
Person |
|
2.6 |
Plan Year |
|
2.7 |
-xii-
|
|
|
Term |
|
Location |
Present Value of Accrued Benefits |
|
14.2(b)(i) |
Projected Annual Benefit |
|
5.12(a)(ii) |
QDRO |
|
7.1(h) |
QJSA |
|
7.3(a)(i)(A) |
QPSA |
|
5.5(b)(i)(C) |
|
|
|
Qualified Maternity or Paternity Absence |
|
2.5(d)(i) |
Qualified Military Service |
|
2.5(e)(i) |
Regular Employee |
|
3.1(a) |
Regulations |
|
1.3 |
Related Employer |
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
Required Aggregation Group |
|
14.2(c) |
Required Beginning Date |
|
7.4(a)(i) |
Restricted Date |
|
12.7(a) |
Restricted Period |
|
12.7 |
RPA94 Freeze Date |
|
5.11(a)(i)(A) |
|
|
|
RPA94 Old Law Benefit |
|
5.11(a)(i)(A) |
Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service |
|
7.10(a) |
Section 415 Compensation |
|
5.10(d) |
Single Life Annuity |
|
7.3(b)(i) |
Social Security Retirement Age |
|
5.11(c)(iii) |
|
|
|
Spouse |
|
5.5(b)(i)(A) |
Surviving Spouse |
|
5.5(b)(i)(B) |
TEFRA Election |
|
7.4(d) |
30-Year Treasury Rate |
|
7.2(a) |
Top-Heavy Plan |
|
14.1(a) |
|
|
|
Top-Heavy Ratio |
|
14.2(a) |
Top-Heavy Valuation Date |
|
14.2(g) |
TRA86 Accrued Benefit |
|
5.11(a)(ii) |
Trustee |
|
1.2 |
Unrestricted Date |
|
12.7(c) |
|
|
|
USERRA |
|
2.5(e)(ii) |
Valuation Date |
|
2.9 |
Vested Accrued Benefit |
|
5.4(b) |
Vesting Period |
|
6.1 |
Year of Benefit Service |
|
5.1(f) |
Year of Eligibility Service |
|
3.1(c) |
Year of Vesting Service |
|
6.1 |
-xiii-
WOLVERINE
EMPLOYEES PENSION PLAN
Wolverine World Wide, Inc., a Delaware corporation, amends and restates the Wolverine Employees Pension Plan.
ARTICLE 1
Establishment of Plan and Trust
1.1 Establishment of Plan.
This defined benefit plan is established by the Employer for the exclusive benefit of eligible
Employees and their beneficiaries.
(a) Employer. Employer means Wolverine World Wide, Inc.
(b) Plan History. A schedule of the effective dates of this plan and
certain amendments is attached as Schedule A.
(c) Adoption by Affiliated Employer. Adoption of this
plan by an Affiliated Employer shall be effective as of the date specified by the Employer in
Schedule A. Adoption of this plan by an Affiliated Employer shall not create a separate plan.
(i) Conditions/Special Provisions. In approving adoption of this plan by an Affiliated
Employer, the Employer may specify special eligibility rules, entry dates, prior service credits or
other provisions that apply to employees of the Affiliated Employer. The Employer may limit
participation to, or exclude from participation, employees of any division, facility, subsidiary or
other economic or administrative unit of the Employer or Affiliated Employer.
(ii) Affiliated Employer. An Affiliated Employer may be a subsidiary, which is an
entity of which 50% or more of the voting control is owned directly or indirectly by the Employer,
or an affiliate which is an entity of which 50% or more of the voting control is owned by owners of
50% or more of the voting stock of the Employer.
(d) Administration. For purposes of administration of this plan, Employer means only
Wolverine World Wide, Inc.
1-1
1.2 Declaration of Trust.
The Employer may establish one or more Trusts to fund the benefits under the Plan. The
Trustee (PW Trust Company or a successor Trustee) declares that plan assets delivered to it will
be held in trust and administered under the terms of this plan and trust. A trust so established
shall be operated for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries. Trust assets
shall not be used for any other purpose except payment of reasonable administrative expenses.
Former 414(k) assets separately held with CG Trust Company shall for all purposes be removed from
this Plan and merged with the assets of the Wolverine World Wide, Inc. Money Accumulation Plan.
1.3 Compliance With Law.
This benefit program is intended to continue a qualified retirement plan and trust under the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (Code) and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
(ERISA), as amended, and all applicable Regulations issued under the Code and ERISA
(Regulations).
1.4 Effective Dates of Plan Provisions.
Effective Date of this restated plan means January 1, 1997, unless a provision specifies a
different effective date. Each plan provision applies from its effective date until the effective
date of an amendment.
1.5 Application to Inactive and Former
Participants.
An amendment to this plan shall apply to former Participants and to Participants not employed
in Covered Employment on the effective date of the amendment only if it amends a provision of the
plan that continues to apply to those Participants or only to the extent it expressly states that
it is applicable. Except as specified in the preceding sentence, if a Participant is not employed
in Covered Employment on the effective date of an amendment, the amendment shall not become
applicable to the Participant unless the Participant has an Hour of Service in Covered Employment
after the effective date of the amendment.
1-2
ARTICLE 2
Definitions
Except for the following general definitions, defined terms are located at or near the first
major use of the term in this plan. A table showing the location of all definitions appears
immediately after the table of contents. When used as defined, the first letter of each defined
term is capitalized.
2.1 Break in Service.
Break in Service means an Employees failure to complete more than 500 Hours of Service
during a 12-consecutive-month period. An unpaid leave of absence under the Family and Medical
Leave Act of 1993 shall not be treated as or counted toward a Break in Service. Any other leave of
absence (for sickness, accident, vacation or similar reasons governed by rules uniformly applied to
similarly situated Employees by the Employer) shall not cause a Break in Service.
2.2 Employer Contributions.
Employer Contributions means all contributions paid to the trust by the Employer under
Article 4.
2.3 5% Owner.
5% Owner means:
(a) Corporation. An individual who owns (or is considered to own under Code
Section 318) either more than 5% of the outstanding stock of a corporate Employer or Related
Employer, or stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of a
corporate Employer or Related Employer;
(b) Partnership. A partner who owns more than 5% of the capital or profits
interest in an Employer or Related Employer that is a partnership; or
(c) Proprietorship. An Employer or Related Employer that is a sole proprietor.
Notwithstanding aggregation of the Employer and all Related Employers as required by Code
Sections 414(b), (c) and (m), the percentage of ownership for
purposes of this definition shall be determined separately for each entity that is an Employer
or Related Employer.
2-1
2.4 Highly Compensated Employee.
(a) Definition. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, Highly
Compensated Employee for a Plan Year means any Employee who:
(i) 5% Owner. Was a 5% Owner at any time during the current Plan Year or
the 12-month period immediately preceding the current Plan Year; or
(ii) Other. Is described in (A) and (B) during the Look-Back Year.
(A) Compensation. Received Section 415 Compensation in excess of $80,000 (as
adjusted under Code Section 415(d)); and
(B) Top-Paid 20%. Was among the top-paid 20% of Employees when ranked by
Section 415 Compensation.
(b) Determination Rules. The determination of who is a Highly Compensated
Employee for a Plan Year shall be made under Code Section 414(q) and Regulations, including the
following rules:
(i) Look-Back Year. Look-Back Year means the 12-month period
immediately preceding the current Plan Year.
(ii) Top-Paid 20%. The following Employees are excluded before
determining the top-paid 20% of Employees:
(A) Age and Service. Employees who have not attained age 21 or
completed six months of service by the last day of the Look-Back Year;
(B) Part-Time/Seasonal. Employees who normally work less than 17 1/2
hours per week or normally work six months or less in any Plan Year;
(C) Nonresident Aliens. Employees who are nonresident aliens receiving no
earned income from sources within the United States; and
(D) Collective Bargaining Employees. Employees covered by a
collective bargaining agreement if more than 90% of all Employees are covered by a collective
bargaining agreement and this plan excludes them.
(iii) Compensation. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998, for purposes
of determining compensation under (a) above, compensation means Section 415 Compensation plus
elective contributions that are excluded from gross income by Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).
2-2
(iv) Former Employees. A former Employee who was a Highly Compensated
Employee at termination of employment or at any time after attaining age 55 shall be a Highly
Compensated Employee at all times thereafter.
(v) Consistency. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1998, the
determination of Highly Compensated Employees shall be applied consistently to the determination
years of all qualified retirement plans maintained by the Employer (and any Related Employer) that
begin with or within the same calendar year. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000,
the consistency requirement applies to all qualified retirement and non-retirement plans. For
purposes of this provision, determination year means the plan year for which the determination of
Highly Compensated Employees is being made.
2.5 Hour of Service.
(a) Definition. Hour of Service means each hour that an Employee is directly or
indirectly paid or entitled to be paid by the Employer for the performance of duties during the
applicable period. These hours will be credited for the period in which the duties are performed.
(b) Back Pay. Hours of Service include each hour for which back pay,
irrespective of mitigation of damages, is awarded or agreed to by the Employer. Back pay hours
shall be credited to the Employee for the period or periods to which the award or agreement
pertains.
(c) No Duties Performed. For all purposes under this plan, an
Employee shall be credited with the first 501 Hours of Service for which the Employee is directly
or indirectly paid or entitled to be paid by the Employer (including back pay) for each single
period of absence from work, even if no duties are performed due to vacation, holiday, illness,
incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military service, leave of absence, or other
similar reasons, even if employment terminates. However, an Employee is not required to be
credited with Hours of Service for periods in which no duties are performed if the Employee is
compensated solely as required by workers compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability
insurance laws. Hours described in this subsection (c) shall be credited to the Employee for the
period in which payment is made or amounts payable to the Employee become due.
(d) Qualified Maternity or Paternity Absence.
Only for purposes of determining whether the Employee has a Break in Service, an Employee shall be
credited with the first 501 Hours of Service during a Qualified Maternity or Paternity Absence.
2-3
(i) Definition of Qualified Maternity or
Paternity Absence. Qualified Maternity or Paternity Absence means an absence
from work due to pregnancy of the Employee, birth of a child of the Employee, placement of a child
with the Employee in connection with adoption of the child, or caring for a child immediately after
the birth or placement of the child with the Employee.
(ii) Credit. If necessary to avoid a Break in Service, Hours of Service shall be
credited for the period in which the absence begins. If the hours are not necessary to prevent a
Break in Service for that period, the hours shall be credited for the next period. Hours of
Service are credited at the rate the Employee normally would have earned Hours of Service. If
these hours cannot be determined, the hours shall be credited at the rate of eight hours per day of
absence.
(e) Qualified Military Service. Effective December 12, 1994, if
employment terminates due to Qualified Military Service, the Employee shall be credited with Hours
of Service for the hours the Employee would have been scheduled to work during the period of
Qualified Military Service.
(i) Definition of Qualified Military Service.
Qualified Military Service means the performance of duty, on a voluntary or involuntary basis, in
a uniformed service under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training,
initial active duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and a
period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for the purpose of an examination
to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty. For purposes of this definition,
a uniformed service means the Armed Forces, the Army National Guard and the Air National Guard when
engaged in active duty for training, inactive duty training, or full-time National Guard duty, the
commissioned corps of the Public Health Service, or any other category of persons designated by the
President in time of war or national emergency.
(ii) Qualification/Reemployment. To qualify for this credit, the Employee
must return to employment with the Employer in accordance with and within the time limits
established by the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA)
(Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code).
(f) No Duplication. There shall be no duplication in the crediting of
Hours of Service. An Employee shall not be credited with more than one Hour of Service for each
hour paid at a premium rate.
(g) Non-Covered Employment. Hours of Service earned in employment with
the Employer or a Related Employer that is not Covered Employment count toward Years of Eligibility
and Vesting Service, but not toward Years of Benefit Service.
2-4
(h) Periods Credited. Generally, Hours of Service shall be credited as
provided in Section 2530.200b of the ERISA Regulations. Hours of Service under (c) above shall be
credited under the rules of this section and as provided in Section 2530.200b-2(b) of those
Regulations. Hours of Service shall be credited to appropriate periods determined under the rules
set forth in Section 2530.200b-2(c) of those Regulations.
(i) Additional Hours. The Administrator may adopt additional written,
uniform, and nondiscriminatory rules that credit more Hours of Service than those required under
the rules set forth in this section.
(j) Predecessor Plan. If this plan is required to be treated as a
continuation of the plan of a predecessor employer under Code Section 414(a), an Employee shall be
credited with all Hours of Service credited to the Employee under the predecessors plan.
(k) Leased Employee. Hours of Service shall be credited for any period
for which an individual is a Leased Employee or would have been a Leased Employee but for the
requirement that the individual perform services as described in Section 3.4(a)(i) on a full-time
basis for at least a one-year period.
(l) Equivalency. If an Employee is not paid on an hourly basis and records of
hours worked are not maintained, Hours of Service shall be credited at the rate of 10 hours per day
that the Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service under this section.
2.6 Person.
Person means an individual, committee, proprietorship, partnership, corporation, trust,
estate, association, organization, or similar entity.
2.7 Plan Year.
Plan Year means the 12-month period beginning each January 1.
2-5
2.8 Related Employer.
Related Employer means (i) each corporation, other than the Employer, that is a member of a
controlled group of corporations, as defined in Code Section 414(b), of which the Employer is a
member; (ii) each trade or business, other than the Employer, whether or not incorporated, under
common control of or with the Employer within the meaning of Code Section 414(c); (iii) each
member, other than the Employer, of an affiliated service group, as defined in Code Section 414(m),
of which the Employer is a member; and (iv) any other entity required to be aggregated with the
Employer by Regulations under Code Section 414(o). An entity shall not be considered a Related
Employer for any purpose under this plan during any period it is not described in (i), (ii), (iii),
or (iv) in the preceding sentence.
2.9 Valuation Date.
Valuation Date means the last day of the Plan Year and any other date specified as a
Valuation Date by the Administrator.
2-6
ARTICLE 3
Eligibility to Participate
3.1 Eligibility Requirements.
The eligibility requirements for participation in this plan are as to Regular Employees, the
completion of one Hour of Service and as to all other Employees the completion of one Year of
Eligibility Service. An Employee in Covered Employment shall become a Participant (Participant)
on the first Entry Date following the date the Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements.
(a) Employee Definitions. Employee means an individual who is employed by the Employer
or a Related Employer and who receives compensation for personal services to the Employer or
Related Employer that is subject to withholding for federal income tax purposes. Regular
Employee means an Employee who normally renders, or is scheduled to render, personal services for
at least 1,000 hours per Plan Year.
(b) Entry Date. Entry Date means each January 1, or July 1.
(c) Year of Eligibility Service. Year of Eligibility
Service means completion of at least 1,000 Hours of Service during an Eligibility Period. A Year
of Eligibility Service is credited only at the end of the Eligibility Period. An Employee who is
credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service in both the initial Eligibility Period and the second
Eligibility Period (the Plan Year beginning during the initial Eligibility Period) shall be
credited with two Years of Eligibility Service.
(d) Eligibility Period. The initial Eligibility Period means each
12-month period beginning on the date the Employee first has an Hour of Service. For an Employee
who has a Break in Service due to termination of employment before completing the eligibility
service requirements, the initial Eligibility Period begins on the date the Employee has an Hour of
Service due to reemployment. The second Eligibility Period means the Plan Year beginning within
the initial Eligibility Period. Each later Eligibility Period shall coincide with each later Plan
Year.
(e) Breaks in Service. Breaks in Service under this article shall
be determined by reference to Eligibility Periods.
3.2 Requirement of Covered Employment.
If an eligible Employee is not employed in Covered Employment on the applicable Entry Date and
the Employees Years of Eligibility Service are not canceled under Section 3.3(b), the Employee
shall become a Participant on the first subsequent day on which the Employee has an Hour of Service
in Covered Employment.
3-1
Covered Employment means all employment with the Employer except employment with a Related
Employer, employment as a Leased Employee, employment in a unit of employees covered by a
collective bargaining agreement which does not extend the Plan to Employees within the unit under
which the Employer has engaged in good faith negotiations about retirement benefits, employment of
individuals employed by Sebago, Inc. on the date of the asset acquisition by the Employer (except
as provided under Schedule C-9 or unless the Employee is subsequently hired independently of the
acquisition by the Employer), employment as an employee of Wolverine Colorado, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, or employment as a nonresident alien receiving no earned income from sources within
the United States. Covered Employment also excludes any person who is classified by the Employer
as other than an Employee even if it is later determined that the classification is not correct.
3.3 Participation Rules.
(a) Termination of Participation. Participation shall terminate
upon the earliest of the date the Participant is not an Employee and has been paid the full amount
due under this plan, the date of the Participants death, or the date the Participants Years of
Eligibility Service are canceled under (b) below.
(b) Cancellation of Years of Eligibility
Service. For periods after December 31, 1976, an Employees Years of Eligibility Service
shall be canceled if the Employees vested percentage is zero and the Employee has at least five
consecutive Breaks in Service.
(c) Resumption of Participation. If an Employees Years of
Eligibility Service are canceled under (b) above, the Employee must satisfy the eligibility
requirements of Section 3.1 again to participate or to resume participation in this plan. If the
Years of Eligibility Service of a former Participant are not canceled, the former Participant shall
resume participation immediately upon completion of an Hour of Service in Covered Employment.
3.4 Leased Employee.
(a) Definition. Leased Employee means an individual described in and required
to be treated as employed by the recipient under Code Sections 414(n) and 414(o) and Regulations.
For this definition, the term recipient includes the Employer and any Related Employer for whom the
individual performs services.
(i) Code Section 414(n). A Leased Employee under Code Section
414(n) is an individual who is not an Employee but who performs services for the recipient under
the primary direction or control of the recipient, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient
and a leasing organization, on a full-time basis for at least a one-year period.
(ii) Code Section 414(o). A Leased Employee includes a leased
owner or a leased manager determined to be a Leased Employee under Code Section 414(o) and the
Regulations.
3-2
(b) Exceptions. A Leased Employee shall not be treated as employed by the
recipient if:
(i) Less Than 20%. Leased Employees determined under (a) above do
not constitute more than 20% of the recipients non-highly compensated work force, and
(ii) Covered by Plan Described in Code
Section 414(n). The individual is covered by a money purchase pension plan
described in Code Section 414(n) maintained by the leasing organization with a nonintegrated
employer contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation, immediate participation for all
employees of the leasing organization, and full and immediate vesting. Immediate participation
shall not be required for employees who received less than $1,000 in compensation from the leasing
organization in each Plan Year during the four-year period ending with the current Plan Year. For
purposes of this provision, compensation means Section 415 Compensation including, for Plan Years
beginning before January 1, 1998, elective contributions that are excluded from gross income by
Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).
3-3
ARTICLE 4
Contributions
4.1 Contributions/Amount.
Each Plan Year the Employer shall contribute to the trust an amount determined by a funding
policy consistent with plan objectives and in accordance with the funding method adopted on the
advice of the Actuary. The funding method shall not be changed except with the prior approval of
the Internal Revenue Service. The Employer Contribution for any Plan Year need not be sufficient
to fully fund any benefit. The Employer Contribution shall meet the minimum funding requirements
of the Code, unless the Employer obtains a waiver of that requirement. Forfeitures shall be
applied to reduce the cost of this plan in the calculations of the Actuary and shall not be applied
to increase the benefits otherwise payable to a Participant.
4.2 Limits on Employer Contributions.
Employer Contributions for a Plan Year shall not exceed the amount allowable as a deduction
under Code Section 404 and shall not exceed the full funding limitation under Code Section 412. A
nondeductible Employer Contribution may be subject to a 10% excise tax.
4.3 Return of Employer Contributions.
(a) Mistake of Fact. Part or all of any Employer Contribution
made by mistake of fact shall be returned to the Employer, upon demand, within one year after
payment of the contribution.
(b) Nondeductible. Each Employer Contribution is conditioned on its deductibility
under Code Section 404. A nondeductible Employer Contribution shall be returned to the Employer,
upon demand, before the due date for the Employers federal income tax return for the taxable year
for which the contribution was made or if later, within one year after the date of disallowance of
the deduction. The portion of the contribution to be returned shall not exceed the amount
determined to be nondeductible.
(c) Amount. The amount that may be returned shall be determined as of the
Valuation Date coinciding with or most recently preceding the date of repayment. The amount shall
be the excess of the amount contributed over the amount that is deductible or the amount that would
have been contributed if the mistake of fact had not occurred. Earnings attributable to the excess
amount shall not be returned. Losses attributable to the excess amount shall reduce the amount
returned.
4-1
4.4 Reduction of Contribution for Leased
Employees.
If a Leased Employee becomes a Participant in this plan, the Employer Contribution shall be
reduced by the Actuarially Equivalent value of contributions made by the leasing organization on
behalf of the Participant to a qualified retirement plan for services performed by the Leased
Employee for the Employer.
4.5 Timing of Contributions.
(a) Quarterly Payments. The Employer Contribution may be made at any time
during the Plan Year to which it relates. When required by Code Section 412, the Employer shall
contribute four equal, quarterly installments (not more than 15 days after the end of each quarter)
during the Plan Year. If the Employer fails to pay the full amount of a required installment for a
Plan Year, interest on the underpayment shall be charged in accordance with Code Section 412.
(b) Final Payment. The entire Employer Contribution shall be made by the
due date (including extensions) of the Employers federal income tax return, but not later than 8
1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year unless the Employer obtains a waiver of the minimum
funding requirement.
4-2
ARTICLE 5
Amount of Benefits
5.1 Normal Retirement.
A Participant whose employment terminates, for reasons other than death or Disability, on the
Participants Normal Retirement Date is eligible for a Normal Retirement Benefit.
(a) Normal Retirement Date. Normal Retirement Date means the
date the Participant attains age 65.
(b) Normal Retirement Benefit. Normal Retirement Benefit means
the Participants Accrued Benefit. The monthly Normal Retirement Benefit shall be not less than
the amount of any Early Retirement Benefit to which the Participant was entitled if the Participant
had retired at any time under the provisions of Section 5.2.
(c) Accrued Benefit. Accrued Benefit means a monthly pension benefit,
payable as a Single Life Annuity, beginning on the first day of the month following the
Participants Normal Retirement Date reduced by any charge.
(i) Base Monthly Amount. The monthly amount shall be the greater of:
(A) Unit. 1.6% of Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by the Participants Years of
Benefit Service (not exceeding 30) less the Participants Monthly Social Security Allowance, or
(B) Flat Dollar. The applicable dollar amount set forth in Schedule B multiplied by the
Participants Years of Benefit Service (not exceeding 30).
(ii) Monthly Social Security Allowance. A Participants Monthly Social Security Allowance
shall be the lesser of:
(A) ¾ Unit. 3/4 of 1% of the lesser of the Participants Final Average Monthly Compensation
or Covered Compensation multiplied by the Participants Years of Benefit Service.
(B) ½
Benefit. 1/2 of the Participants Accrued Benefit calculated under 5.1(c)(i)(A) above
but based upon the smallest of the Participants Monthly Average Compensation, Final Average
Compensation or Covered Compensation.
5-1
If payment begins after normal retirement age but before Social Security Retirement Age, the
monthly Social Security Allowance shall be reduced by. 5555% (1/180th) for each month by
which payment precedes the Participants attainment of Social Security Retirement Age.
(iii) Covered
Compensation. Covered Compensation is the monthly average of the Social
Security taxable wage bases in effect for each of the 35 calendar years ending with the year in
which the Participant attains Social Security Retirement Age assuming that the wage base is the
same as that for the current year.
(iv) Final
Average Compensation. Final Average Compensation means the monthly average
of the Participants Compensation (not exceeding the Social Security Taxable Wage Base) for the
three consecutive calendar years preceding retirement or earlier termination of employment.
(v) Preserved
Benefits. A Participants Accrued Benefit shall not be less than:
(A) 1989. The Accrued Benefit determined under the terms of the Plan as of December 31,
1988, or
(B) 1994. The sum of the Participants Accrued Benefit as of December 31, 1993, (based on
the then terms of the Plan and the Participants Credited Service and earnings) plus the benefit
accrued since December 31, 1993.
(vi) Fresh
Start Extended Wear Away. Benefit determined under 5.1(c)(i)(A) above shall be
the greater of the actual benefit amount or the sum of the Adjusted Accrued Benefit and Future
Service Benefit.
(A) 401(a)(17)
Participant. A 401(a)(17) Participant is a Participant with accrued
benefits before January 1, 1994, that were determined taking into account Compensation in excess of
$150,000.
(B) Adjusted
Accrued Benefit. The Adjusted Accrued Benefit shall mean the Participants
Accrued Benefit determined as of December 31, 1993, determined without regard to the $150,000 Code
Section 401(a)(127) compensation limit adjusted as permitted under Section 415(d) of the Code.
(C) Future Service Benefit. The Future Service Benefit shall be equal to the benefit
computed under 5.1(c)(i)(A) above for Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 1993. In
calculating the benefit:
5-2
(1) Less Than 30 Years. For a Participant who would have less than 30 Years of Benefit
Service as of the later of December 31, 1993, or Normal Retirement Date, future service benefit
credits shall equal the excess of 1.6% of Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by Years of
Benefit Service after December 31, 1993. The Participants Monthly Social Security Allowance
utilizing only Years of Benefit Service after December 31, 1993. The post-December 31, 1993, Years
of Benefit Service shall not exceed the difference between 30 years and the Years of Benefit
Service used in determining the Adjusted Accrued Benefit.
(2) 30 Years or More. For a Participant not described in (1) above, the Future Service
Benefit shall be determined by multiplying the excess of 1.6% of Monthly Average compensation
multiplied by Years of Benefit Service (not exceeding 30) over the Monthly Social Security
Allowance by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Participants years of Benefit
Service credited before December 31, 1993, and the denominator is the Participants total Years of
Benefit Service at Normal Retirement Date.
(d) Average Monthly Compensation. Average Monthly Compensation
means the monthly average of the Participants Compensation for the four consecutive Plan Years
that yield the highest average during the 10-year period preceding the Participants Normal
Retirement Date (or earlier termination of employment). A Participants Compensation for the
calendar year of retirement or earlier termination of employment shall be annualized (based upon
current pay plus non-deferral bonus).
(i) Less Than 4 Years. If the Participant does not have four
complete consecutive Plan Years of Compensation, Average Monthly Compensation shall be the average
of the Participants total Compensation during the Participants completed consecutive Plan Years
of employment.
(ii) Calculation. The average shall be determined and expressed as a monthly amount
by adding the Participants total Compensation for the period of four or fewer consecutive Plan
Years and dividing the sum by 48 or by the lesser number of months of total service. Average
Monthly Compensation shall be determined as of the date the Participants employment terminates.
(e) Compensation. Compensation means the gross salary or wages paid to a
Participant in a Plan Year for personal services performed for the Employer that are required to be
reported under Code Sections 6041, 6051, and 6052 (Wages, tips and other compensation as reported
on Form W-2) for the Participant plus Elective Deferrals and any amount that is excluded from gross
income pursuant to Code Section 125, but excluding, whether or not includable in income,
reimbursements or other expense allowances, cash and noncash fringe benefits, moving expenses,
deferred compensation, welfare benefits, and payments under the Wolverine World Wide, Inc.
Executive Long Term Incentive Plan.
5-3
(i) Elective Deferrals. Elective Deferrals means any portion of the
Participants income deferred and excluded from current taxation under Code Sections 401(k) (a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement); 408(k)(6) (a simplified employee pension plan); 403(b) (a
tax-sheltered annuity); 408(p)(2)(A)(ii) (a SIMPLE retirement plan); 457 (a deferred compensation
plan of governments and tax-exempts); or 501(c)(18) (a pre-June 25, 1959, employee contributions
only plan).
(ii) Adjusted Annual Compensation Limit. Compensation for any
Plan Year shall not exceed the Annual Compensation Limit. For Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2002, the Annual Compensation Limit means $200,000 (as adjusted under Code Section
401(a)(17)(B)).
If Compensation for any prior Plan Year is used to determine a Participants benefit accruing
in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the Participants Compensation for that prior
Plan Year is subject to the Annual Compensation Limit. For this purpose, for Plan Years beginning
before January 1, 2002, the Annual Compensation Limit is $200,000.
(iii) Compensation For Period of Qualified
Military Service. Effective December 12, 1994, if a Participant returns from
Qualified Military Service to employment with the Employer within the time limits established by
USERRA, the Participant shall be treated as receiving Compensation from the Employer at the rate of
pay the Participant would have received during the period of qualified military Service. If the
Participants Compensation during the period of qualified Military Service cannot be determined
with reasonable certainty, the Participants Compensation shall equal the Participants average
compensation from the Employer for the 12-month period immediately preceding the Qualified Military
Service (or, if shorter than 12 months, the period of employment immediately preceding the
Qualified Military Service).
(iv) Commissioned Salesperson. Compensation, for a salesperson compensated on a commission
basis, shall be 70% of the amount otherwise determined in this subsection.
(f) Benefit Service. A Participant shall earn a Year of Benefit Service for
each full or fractional year of Credited Service to which the Participant was entitled under the
terms of the Plan prior to January 1, 1976, and Plan Years after December 31, 1975, in which the
Participant completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service in Covered Employment.
(i) Maximum. A Participant shall not be credited with more than 30 Years of Benefit Service.
5-4
(ii) Restoration. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.4(b), if a Participant has
completed at least four years of continuous employment at termination of employment and the
Participant is reemployed after attaining age 55 and remains employed until attainment of Normal
Retirement Age or subsequently is credited with at least 10 Years of Vesting Service, all years of
the Participants Benefit Service (including those which would have otherwise been cancelled) shall
be included in determining the Participants Benefit Service.
5.2 Early Retirement.
A Participant whose employment terminates, for reasons other than death or Disability, on or
after the Participants Early Retirement Date and before the Participants Normal Retirement Date
is eligible for an Early Retirement Benefit.
(a) Early Retirement Date. Early Retirement Date means the date the
Participant attains age 60, or if later, the date the Participant completes 10 Years of Vesting
Service.
(b) Early Retirement Benefit. Early Retirement Benefit means the
Participants Accrued Benefit determined as of the date that the Participants employment
terminated. In determining the benefit under 5.1(c)(i)(A):
(i) Tentative Benefit. The tentative benefit shall be calculated utilizing what the
Participants Years of Benefit Service (not exceeding 30) and Compensation would have been had the
Participant continued in employment until the Normal Retirement Date.
(ii) Compensation. The Participants Compensation shall be assumed to have continued at the
same amount immediately before the Participants early retirement.
(iii) Fraction. The tentative benefit shall be multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of
the fraction shall be the Participants Years of Benefit Service at the Early Retirement Date (not
limited to 30) and the denominator shall be the total number of Years of Benefit Service (not
limited to 30) that the Participant would have had at Normal Retirement Date.
(c) Early Payment. If the Participant elects payment of the Early Retirement
Benefit beginning earlier than the first day of the month after the Participants Normal Retirement
Date, the monthly amount of the benefit shall be reduced for each additional month that the benefit
is payable by the percentage determined below:
5-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Reduction |
|
|
1.6% or Dollar Formula
|
|
.3333 (1/3 of 1%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Social Security Allowance First
60 months
Preceding Social Security Retirement Age
|
|
.5555 (5/9% per month) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Social Security Allowance Next
60 months
Preceding Social Security Retirement Age
|
|
.2777 (5/18% per month) |
5.3 Late Retirement.
A Participant whose employment terminates after the Participants Normal Retirement Date is
eligible for a Late Retirement Benefit.
(a) Late Retirement Date. Late Retirement Date means the date that
the Participants employment terminates or, if earlier, the Participants Required Beginning Date.
(b) Late Retirement Benefit. Late Retirement Benefit means a monthly
pension benefit equal to:
(i) Before Required Beginning Date. If the Participants
employment terminates on or before the Participants Required Beginning Date, the greater of:
(A) Actuarially Equivalent. The monthly benefit that is Actuarially
Equivalent to the Normal Retirement Benefit that would have been payable on the Participants
Normal Retirement Date; or
(B) Additional Accrual. The monthly benefit that is determined as of the Late
Retirement Date, including any additional benefits accrued for the period of employment after the
Participants Normal Retirement Date.
(ii) After Required Beginning Date. If the Participants
employment terminates after the Participants Required Beginning Date, the amount determined in (i)
above reduced by the Actuarially Equivalent value of the total plan distributions made to the
Participant up to the Participants Late Retirement Date.
5-6
5.4 Deferred Vested Retirement.
A Participant whose vested percentage is greater than zero and whose employment terminates
before the Participants Normal or Early Retirement Date, for reasons other than death or
Disability, is eligible for a Deferred Vested Benefit.
(a) Deferred Vested Benefit. Deferred Vested Benefit means the
Participants Vested Accrued Benefit determined under Section 5.2(b) (Early Retirement Benefit).
(b) Vested Accrued Benefit. Vested Accrued Benefit means the
Participants Deferred Vested Benefit multiplied by the Participants vested percentage. The
nonvested portion of a Participants Accrued Benefit is the difference between the Participants
Accrued Benefit and the Participants Vested Accrued Benefit.
(c) Early Payment. If the Participant is eligible to elect and elects payment
of the Deferred Vested Benefit beginning earlier than the first day of the month after the
Participants Normal Retirement Date, the monthly amount of the benefit shall be reduced for each
additional month that the benefit is payable in the same manner as provided for early payment of
the Early Retirement Benefit.
5.5 Death Benefits.
A death benefit shall be paid only as provided in this section.
(a) Death Before Vesting. If a Participant whose vested percentage is
zero dies, a benefit shall not be payable under this plan.
(b) Death Before Annuity Starting Date. If a
Participant who has a Vested Accrued Benefit dies before the Annuity Starting Date benefits, if
any, will be paid as follows:
(i) Surviving Spouse. If the Participant has a Surviving Spouse, the
Surviving Spouse shall receive a QPSA unless the Surviving Spouse waives the QPSA and elects
another available form of payment.
(A) Spouse Defined. Spouse means the husband or wife to whom the
Participant was married at any specified time. A former Spouse shall not be a Spouse except to the
extent specified in a QDRO.
(B) Surviving Spouse Defined. Surviving Spouse means the Spouse to
whom the Participant was married at the time of death and who survives the Participant. If the
Participant dies before benefit payments begin, Surviving Spouse means the Spouse to whom the
Participant was married for at least 6 consecutive months at the Participants death and who
survives the Participant.
5-7
(C) QPSA Defined. QPSA means a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity
that is a monthly Single Life Annuity payable to the Surviving Spouse of a Participant. The
monthly amount of the QPSA is:
(1) Employee 10 Years. If the Participant had three years of Vesting Service by December
31, 2003, and had completed at least 10 Years of Vesting Service and was an Employee on the Date of
Death, 50% of the monthly pension which should have been provided under the standard form of
payment computed as though the Participant had continued in covered Employment until the Normal
Retirement Date based on his Average Monthly Compensation at the date of death.
(2) Non-Employee 10 Years. If the Participant had three years of Vesting Service by
December 31, 2003, was not employed but had completed at least 10 years of Vesting Service on the
date of death, 50% of the Deferred Vested Benefit payable without reduction for early payment; or
(3) Other. As to any other Participant, 50% of the benefit that would have been payable to
the Participant if the Participant had retired on the day before the Participant died and had
elected to have benefit payments begin on the earliest permitted payment date in the form of an
immediate QJSA. The monthly amount is subject to reasonable actuarial adjustments to reflect a
payment earlier or later than the date as of which the QPSA was determined.
(ii) No Surviving Spouse. If the Participant does not have a
Surviving Spouse, a benefit shall not be payable under this plan.
(c) Death After Annuity Starting Date. If a
Participant who has a Vested Accrued Benefit dies after the Annuity Starting Date, the Beneficiary
shall be paid any remaining benefits payable under the form of payment the Participant was
receiving before death.
(d) Death While Performing Qualified Military Service. If a Participant dies on or after
January 1, 2007, while performing Qualified Military Service and the Participant was entitled to
reemployment rights under USERRA immediately before the Participants death, the Participants
Beneficiary shall be entitled to any additional benefits (including, without limitation,
accelerated vesting, credit for service for vesting purposes, and any survivor benefit, but not
including benefit accruals relating to the period of Qualified Military Service) that would have
been provided under the plan had the Participant resumed employment with the Employer and then
terminated employment due to death.
5.6 Pension Offsets.
The amount of any retirement benefit shall be reduced by payments (other than reimbursement
for medical expenses) to the Participant.
(a) Workers Compensation. On account of disability due to injury or occupational disease for
which an Employer is liable under workers compensation for occupational disease law received after
becoming eligible for and meeting all requirements to commence benefits.
5-8
(i) Lump Sum. A lump sum payment of amounts under this paragraph shall be charged in full on
a monthly basis against the benefit otherwise payable until the amount received is exhausted.
(ii) Offset Limited. A lump sum shall not be charged to the extent that the lump sum would
have been previously exhausted if the Participant has been receiving benefits and the payment has
been charged since the earlier of the Participants receipt of disability benefits or the date the
Participant last completed an Hour of Service.
(b) Disability Pension. In the nature of a disability pension under Federal or State law
(other than a military service pension, disability insurance benefits under the Social Security Act
or payments under State law enacted pursuant to Title I of the Social Security Act).
Payments due to dismemberment or loss of sight or payments arising from disability provisions of
group life insurance policies shall not reduce any retirement benefit.
5.7 Special Benefit Schedules.
The provisions of this Article (and, if necessary Articles 3 and 6) may be modified and
superceded as specified in Schedule C to apply to any identified group or classification of
Employees.
5.8 Benefit Rules.
(a) Single Benefit. A Participant shall not receive more than one type of
benefit in any month.
(b) Previously Paid Benefits. The amount of a benefit payable under
this article shall be reduced by the amount of benefits previously paid to or with respect to the
Participant, including a lump-sum payment of the Participants entire Vested Accrued Benefit after
the Participants employment terminates. All reductions shall be computed on a uniform basis by
calculating and offsetting the Actuarially Equivalent value of the benefit previously paid from the
Participants final benefit.
(c) Transfer. A transfer between Covered Employment and employment with the Employer
other than Covered Employment, or a transfer between the Employer and a Related Employer, is not
termination of employment.
5-9
5.9 Maximum Annual Benefits.
The Annual Benefit accrued by or payable to a Participant in a Limitation Year, from all
defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer and each Related Employer, may not exceed the
lesser of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit or the Compensation Limit. If the benefit that a
Participant would otherwise accrue in a Limitation Year would produce an Annual Benefit in excess
of the permissible amount under Code Section 415 and Regulations, the benefit shall be limited (or
the rate of accrual reduced) to a benefit that does not exceed the limits.
(a) Annual Benefit. Annual Benefit means a benefit payable annually in the
form of a Single Life Annuity. Annual Benefit includes social security supplements described in
Code Section 411(a)(9) and benefits transferred from another defined benefit plan (other than
transfers of distributable benefits pursuant to Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c)), but does
not include benefits attributable to after-tax employee contributions or rollover contributions.
The treatment of benefits that are transferred to this plan is determined pursuant to Regulations
Section 1.415(b)-1(b)(3).
(b) Defined Benefit Dollar Limit. Effective for Limitation
Years beginning after December 31, 2006, Defined Benefit Dollar Limit means $180,000, as
adjusted, effective January 1 of each year, under Code Section 415(d) in such manner as the
Secretary shall prescribe, and payable in the form of a straight life annuity. The limit as
adjusted under Code Section 415(d) will apply to Limitation Years ending with or within the
calendar year for which the adjustment applies, however, a Participants benefit shall not reflect
the adjusted limit prior to January 1 of that calendar year.
(c) Compensation Limit. Effective for Limitation Years beginning after
December 31, 2005, Compensation Limit means 100% of the average of the Participants Section 415
Compensation for the three consecutive years of service (or, if the Participant has less than three
consecutive years, the Participants longest consecutive period of service, including fractions
thereof, but not less than one year) that produce the highest average. The period for determining
a year of service under this provision shall be the Plan Year.
(i) Termination of Employment. If a Participants employment
terminates, the Participants highest average compensation shall be automatically adjusted by the
cost-of-living adjustment factor under Code Section 415(d) in the manner prescribed by the
Secretary of Treasury. The adjusted compensation amount shall apply to Limitation Years ending
with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment, however, a Participants benefit
shall not reflect the adjusted limit prior to January 1 of that calendar year.
(ii) Reemployment. If a Participant is subsequently reemployed following a termination
of employment, the Compensation Limit for the Participant is the greater of (A) 100% of the
average of the Participants Section 415 Compensation for the three consecutive years that produced
the highest average determined at the time the Participants employment terminated (as adjusted
under (i) above) or (b) 100% of average of the Participants Section 415 Compensation for the three
consecutive years that produce the highest average determined by excluding all years for which the
Participant performed no services for, and received no compensation from, the
Employer or any Related Employer and by treating the years immediately preceding the date of
termination and the years following the date of reemployment as consecutive.
5-10
(d) Section 415 Compensation. Section 415 Compensation means a
Participants wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received
(whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of
employment with the Employer (including, but not limited to, commissions paid to salesmen,
compensation for services based on a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums,
tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a
nonaccountable plan (as described in Regulations Section 1.62-2(c)) actually paid (or accrued For
Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1992) and includable in gross income for the
Limitation Year. Differential wage payments as defined under Code Section 3401(h)(2) made by the
Employer to an Employee with respect to any period during which the Employee is performing
Qualified Military Service for a period of more than 30 days shall be included in Section 415
Compensation. Differential wage payments as described in the preceding sentence shall be included
only for purposes of determining compliance with Code Section 415 and Regulations and in no event,
notwithstanding any other provision of this plan to the contrary, shall any benefit under this plan
be based on the differential wage payment. Section 415 Compensation includes:
(i) Elective Contributions. Elective contributions that are excluded from
gross income by Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(g)(3) or 457;
(ii) Deemed Section 125 Compensation. Elective contributions
for payment of group health coverage that are not available to a Participant in cash because the
Participant is unable to certify to alternative health coverage but only if the Employer does not
request or collect information regarding the Participants alternative health coverage as part of
the enrollment process for the group health plan;
(iii) Compensation Paid after Employment Terminates. The following amounts provided they are
paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after the Participants employment terminates or the end of the
Limitation Year that includes the date of termination:
(A) Regular Compensation. Regular compensation for services performed during the
Participants regular working hours, or compensation for services performed outside the
Participants regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses
or other similar payments, provided they would have been made had the Participant continued in
employment with the Employer;
(B) Leave Cashouts. Payments made for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave
that the Participant would have been able to use if employment had continued; or
(C) Deferred Compensation. Payments made pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred
compensation plan that would have been paid at the same time had employment continued, but only to
the extent the payment is includible in the Participants gross income;
(iv) Salary Continuation. To the extent directed by the Administrator in a
uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, salary continuation payments to:
5-11
(A) Qualified Military Service. A Participant who does not currently
perform services for the Employer due to Qualified Military Service to the extent the payments do
not exceed the amounts the Participant would have received if services had continued to be
performed rather than entering Qualified Military Service; or
(B) Disability. A Participant who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in
Code Section 22(e)(3)) for a fixed or determinable period; and
(v) Amounts Paid in Next Plan Year. The
Administrator may elect to include amounts earned but not paid during the Limitation Year solely
because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first
few weeks of the next Limitation Year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis
with respect to all similarly situated employees, and no amount is included in more than one
Limitation Year.
(vi) Exclusions. Section 415 Compensation excludes:
(A) Contributions. Contributions to a plan of deferred compensation that are not
includable in the Employees gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or
contributions under a simplified employee pension plan to the extent the contributions are
deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;
(B) Nonqualified Stock Option. Amounts realized from the exercise of
a nonqualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either
becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to substantial risk of forfeiture;
(C) Qualified Stock Option. Amounts realized from the sale, exchange,
or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option;
(D) Other Amounts. Other amounts that received special tax benefits or
contributions made by the Employer (other than under a salary reduction agreement) toward the
purchase of an annuity described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the amounts are actually
excludable from the gross income of the Employee); and
(E) Adjusted Annual Compensation Limit. Section 415
Compensation shall not exceed the Annual Compensation Limit. For Plan Years beginning after June
30, 2002, the Annual Compensation Limit means $200,000 (as adjusted under Code Section
401(a)(17)(B)).
(vii) Estimation. Until Section 415 Compensation is actually determinable, the
Employer may use a reasonable estimate of Section 415 Compensation. As soon as administratively
feasible, actual Section 415 Compensation shall be determined.
(e) Limitation Year. Limitation Year means the Plan Year. If the
Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a
date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.
5-12
(f) Related Employer Aggregation. All plans maintained by the
Employer and any Related Employer, all contributions under those plans, and Section 415
Compensation from the Employer and any Related Employer shall be aggregated for purposes of
applying this section and the remainder of this article.
(g) Aggregation Rules.
(i) General Rule. In accordance with Regulations Section 1.415(f)-1, all
defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer and any Related Employer (as modified by Code
Section 415(h)), all benefits under those plans, and Section 415 Compensation from the Employer and
any Related Employer (as modified by Code Section 415(h)) shall be aggregated for purposes of
applying this section and the remainder of this article. In applying the limitations of this
article, if this plan is aggregated with another plan, a Participants benefits shall not be
counted more than once in determining the Participants aggregate Annual Benefit pursuant to
Regulations Section 1.415(f)-1(d)(1).
(ii) Terminated Plan. The benefits provided under a terminated defined
benefit plan maintained by the Employer or any Related Employer shall be taken into account in
applying the limitations of this article in accordance with Regulations Section 1.415(b)-(1)(b)(5).
(iii) Formerly Affiliated Plan. A formerly affiliated plan shall be
treated as a plan maintained by the Employer but the formerly affiliated plan shall be treated as
if it had terminated immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation with sufficient assets to
pay benefit liabilities under the plan and had purchased annuities to provide benefits. For
purposes of this provision, a formerly affiliated plan is a plan that, immediately prior to the
cessation of affiliation, was actually maintained by an entity that constitutes the Employer (as
determined under Regulations Sections 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)) and immediately after the cessation
of affiliation, is not actually maintained by the entity. Cessation of affiliation under the
preceding sentence means the event that causes an entity to no longer be aggregated with the
Employer under the affiliation rules described in Regulations Sections 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)
(such as the sale of a subsidiary to an unrelated corporation) or that causes a plan to not
actually be maintained by an entity that constitutes the Employer under the affiliation rules
described in Regulations Sections 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) (such as a transfer of plan sponsorship
to an unrelated corporation).
(iv) Predecessor Employer. If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan
that provides benefits accrued by a Participant while performing services for a former employer
(for example, the Employer assumed sponsorship of the former employers plan or this plan received
a transfer of benefits from the former employers plan), the Participants benefit under plan
maintained by the former employer shall be treated as provided under a plan maintained by the
Employer as provided under Regulations Section 1.415(f)-1(c).
5-13
(v) Previously Unaggregated Plans. In accordance with Regulations
Section 1.415(f)-1(e), two or more defined benefit plans that were not required to be aggregated as
of the first day of a Limitation Year will satisfy the requirements of Code Section 415 with
respect to a Participant for the Limitation Year if the plans are aggregated later in that
Limitation Year, provided that no plan amendments increasing benefits with respect to the
Participant under either plan are made after the occurrence of the event causing the plans to be
aggregated. Two or more defined benefit plans that are required to be aggregated pursuant to Code
Section 415(f) during a Limitation Year subsequent to the Limitation Year during which the plans
were first aggregated will satisfy the requirements of Code Section 415 with respect to a
Participant for the Limitation Year if they are aggregated, provided there have been no increases
in the Participants benefit (including increases as a result of increased compensation or service)
under any of the plans at any time during which the plans have been aggregated.
5.10 Adjustments to Maximum Annual Benefits.
The Annual Benefit and limitations described in the preceding section shall be adjusted in
accordance with this section and applicable Regulations.
(a) Annual Benefit Actuarial Adjustment.
(i) Actuarial Adjustment. Except as specified in (ii) below, an Annual Benefit payable in
form other than a Single Life Annuity must be adjusted to the actuarially equivalent value of the
Single Life Annuity in accordance with the following.
(A) Benefits Not Subject To 417(e). For any benefit
paid in a form to which Code Section 417(e) does not apply, the actuarially equivalent value of the
Single Life Annuity shall be the greater of (1) the annual amount of the Single Life Annuity (if
any) payable to the Participant under the plan commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date as the
form of benefit payable to the Participant, or (2) annual amount of the Single Life Annuity
commencing at the Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the form of
benefit payable to the Participant, computed using an interest rate assumption of 5% and the 417(e)
Mortality Table for that Annuity Starting Date.
(B) Benefits Subject To 417(e). For any benefit paid in a form
to which Code Section 417(e) applies, the actuarially equivalent value of the Single Life Annuity
shall be determined as follows:
5-14
(1) After December 31, 2005. If the Annuity Starting Date
occurs in a Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 2005, the value shall equal the greatest
annual amount of the Single Life Annuity commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the
same actuarial present value as the form of benefit payable to the Participant computed by: (i)
using the interest rate and mortality table specified in this plan for adjusting benefits in the
same form, (ii) using an interest rate assumption of 5.5% and the 417(e) Mortality Table, or (iii)
using the 417(e) Interest Rate and the 417(e) Mortality Table and then dividing the result by 1.05.
(2) 2004 or 2005. If the Annuity Starting Date occurs in a Limitation
Year beginning in 2004 or 2005, the value shall be the largest amount determined under (1) above
using the actuarial equivalence factors specified in (i) and (ii) only.
(3) PFEA Transition Rule. To the extent directed by the Administrator
in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, notwithstanding (2) above, if the Annuity Starting Date
occurs after December 31, 2003 and before January 1, 2005, the value shall not be less than the
greatest benefit determined by (i) using the interest rate and mortality table specified in this
plan for adjusting benefits in the same form, (ii) using the 30-Year Treasury Rate as defined and
determined under the provisions of this plan then in effect and the 417(e) Mortality Table, or
(iii) using the 30-Year Treasury Rate on the last day of the last Limitation Year beginning before
January 1, 2004 under the provisions of this plan then in effect and the 417(e) Mortality Table.
(ii) No Actuarial Adjustment. Actuarial adjustments are not required
for:
(A) Survivor Benefits. Survivor benefits payable to a Surviving Spouse under a
QJSA to the extent such benefits would not be payable if the Participants benefit were paid in
another form;
(B) Ancillary Benefits. Benefits that are not directly related to retirement
benefits (such as a qualified disability benefit, preretirement incidental death benefits, and
post-retirement medical benefits); and
(C) Automatic Benefit Increase. The inclusion in the form of benefit
of an automatic benefit increase feature, provided the form of benefit is not subject to Code
Section 417(e)(3) and would otherwise satisfy the limitations of Code Section 415(b) and
Regulations, and in no event would the amount payable to the Participant under the form of benefit
in any Limitation Year exceed the limits of Code Section 415(b) and Regulations applicable at the
Annuity Starting Date, as increased in subsequent years pursuant to Code Section 415(d) and
Regulations Section 1.415(d)-1. For purposes of the preceding sentence, an automatic benefit
increase feature is included in a form of benefit if the benefit provides for automatic, periodic
increases to the benefits paid in that form, such as a form of benefit that automatically increases
the benefit annually according to a specified percentage or objective index, or a form of benefit
that automatically increases the benefit to share favorable investment returns on plan assets.
5-15
(iii) Adjustment For Multiple Annuity Starting
Dates. If a Participant has or will have payments commencing at more than one Annuity
Starting Date, the limitations of Code Section 415 must be satisfied as of each of the Annuity
Starting Dates, taking into account the benefits that have been or will be provided at all of the
Annuity Starting Dates. In determining the Annual Benefit for such a Participant as of a
particular Annuity Starting Date, the plan must actuarially adjust the past and future payments
with respect to the benefits that commenced at the other Annuity Starting Dates. The determination
of whether a new Annuity Starting Date has occurred is made pursuant to Regulations Section
1.415(b)-1(b)(1)(iii) and without regard to Regulations Section 1.410(a)(20), Q&A-10(d) (under
which the commencement of certain distributions may not give rise to a new Annuity Starting Date).
(b) Adjustments to Defined Benefit Dollar
Limit and Compensation Limit.
(i) Service Adjustment. If the Annual Benefit begins when the Participant has
less than 10 years of participation (as defined below), the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit shall be
multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the number of the Participants years of
participation (not less than one) and the denominator is 10. If the Participant has less than 10
years of service (as defined below) when the Annual Benefit begins, the Compensation Limit shall be
multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the number of the Participants years of
service (not less than one) and the denominator is 10.
(A) Year of Participation. A Participant shall be credited with a
year of participation (computed to fractional parts of a year) for each Plan Year during which the
Participant is credited with the service required for benefit accrual purposes beginning with the
Plan Year in which the Participant first becomes a Participant.
(B) Year of Service. A Participant shall be credited with a year of
service (computed to fractional parts of a year) for each Plan Year during which the Participant is
credited with the service required for benefit accrual purposes taking into account only service
with the Employer or a predecessor employer (as defined in Regulations Section 1.415(f)-1(c)).
(C) General Rules. A Participant who is permanently and totally disabled
within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3)(C)(i) for a Plan Year shall be credited with a year of
participation and/or service for that Plan Year. A Participant will not be credited with more than
one year of participation and/or year of service for each Plan Year. If two or more defined benefit
plans are required to be aggregated for a Limitation Year, periods that are counted as years of
participation or years of service, as applicable, under any of the plans are counted in computing
the reduction for the plans as aggregated.
5-16
(ii) Age Adjustment.
(A) Before Age 62. If the Annual Benefit begins before the date the
Participant attains age 62, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit at that Annuity Starting Date is the
annual amount of a benefit payable as a Single Life Annuity commencing on the Participants Annuity
Starting Date that is the actuarially equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit (as reduced
under (i) above if necessary) with actuarial equivalence computed using an interest rate assumption
of 5% and the 417(e) Mortality Table in effect for that Annuity Starting Date (and expressing the
Participants age based on completed calendar months as of the Annuity Starting Date). If,
however, the plan has an immediately commencing Single Life Annuity payable both at age 62 and at
the age of benefit commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit at the Participants Annuity
Starting Date is the lesser of (1) the reduced Defined Benefit Dollar Limit as determined under the
preceding sentence or (2) the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit (as reduced under (i) above if
necessary) multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the immediately commencing Single Life
Annuity under the plan at the Participants Annuity Starting Date to the annual amount of the
immediately commencing Single Life Annuity under the plan at age 62, with both annual amounts
determined without applying the rules of Code Section 415.
(B) After Age 65. If the Annual Benefit begins after the Participant
attains age 65, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit at that Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount
of a benefit payable as a Single Life Annuity commencing on the Participants Annuity Starting Date
that is the actuarially equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit (as reduced under (i) above
if necessary) with actuarial equivalence computed using an interest rate assumption of 5% and the
417(e) Mortality Table in effect for that Annuity Starting Date (and expressing the Participants
age based on completed calendar months as of the Annuity Starting Date). If, however, the plan has
an immediately commencing Single Life Annuity payable both at age 65 and at the age of benefit
commencement, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit at the Participants Annuity Starting Date is the
lesser of (1) the increased Defined Benefit Dollar Limit as determined under the preceding sentence
or (2) the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit (as reduced under (i) above if necessary) multiplied by the
ratio of the annual amount of the adjusted immediately commencing Single Life Annuity under the
plan at the Participants Annuity Starting Date to the annual amount of the adjusted immediately
commencing Single Life Annuity under the plan at age 65, with both annual amounts determined
without applying the rules of Code Section 415. For this purpose, the adjusted immediately
commencing Single Life Annuity under the plan at the Participants Annuity Starting Date is the
annual amount of such annuity payable to the Participant computed disregarding the Participants
accruals after age 65 but including actuarial adjustments, even if those actuarial adjustments are
applied to offset accruals, and the adjusted immediately commencing Single Life Annuity under the
plan at age 65 is the annual amount of such annuity that would be payable under the plan to a
hypothetical participant who is age 65 and has the same accrued benefit (with no actuarial
increases for commencement after age 65) as the Participant receiving the payment (determined
disregarding the Participants accruals after age 65).
5-17
(iii) Mortality Adjustment. No adjustment shall be made to the Defined
Benefit Dollar Limit to reflect the probability of a Participants death between the Annuity
Starting Date and age 62, or between age 65 and the Annuity Starting Date, if benefits will not be
forfeited upon the Participants death before the Annuity Starting Date. To the extent that a
forfeiture occurs upon the Participants death before the Annuity Starting Date, an adjustment must
be made to reflect the probability of the Participants death. A forfeiture shall not be treated
as occurring upon the Participants death If the plan does not charge Participants for providing
the QPSA on the Participants death.
(c) $10,000 Minimum Benefit. A benefit shall not be deemed to exceed
the Compensation Limit if benefits payable for a Limitation Year under any form of benefit with
respect to the Participant under this plan and all other defined benefit plans (regardless of
whether terminated) of the Employer and all Related Employers does not at any time exceed $1,000
multiplied by the Participants years of service or parts thereof (not to exceed 10) with the
Employer and any Related Employer. This limitation shall be applicable only to a Participant who
has never participated in a defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer or a Related
Employer.
(d) Grandfathered Annual Benefit. The maximum Annual Benefit shall be
the greatest of the maximum Annual Benefit as specified in this Article that applies to a
Participant at the time of application under Code Section 415, ERISA Section 2004, Section 235(g)
of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, Section 1106 of the Tax Reform Act of
1986, the Retirement Protection Act of 1994, Section 1449(a) of the Small Business Job Protection
Act of 1996, Revenue Ruling 98-1, Section 611 of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation
Act of 2001, Section 101 of the Pension Funding Equity Act of 2004, the Pension Protection Act of
2006, and Regulations under the acts and Final Regulations under Code Section 415, including all
effective dates, transitional rules and alternate limitations contained in those acts and
Regulations.
(e) Cost of Living Adjustment. If the Annual Benefit payable
to a terminated Participant who has not received a complete distribution of the Participants
Accrued Benefit is limited by either the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit or the Compensation Limit,
such benefit, may, as determined by the Employer in a nondiscriminatory and uniform manner, be
increased in accordance with the cost of living adjustments under Code Section 415(d).
5.11 Maximum Combined Limitation.
For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000, if a Participant is, or was, a
Participant in both a defined benefit plan and a defined contribution plan maintained by the
Employer or a Related Employer, the sum of the Participants Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and
Defined Contribution Plan Fraction may not exceed 1.0 in a Limitation Year.
5-18
(a) Defined Benefit Plan Fraction.
(i) Definition. Defined Benefit Plan Fraction means a fraction. The numerator of
the fraction is the sum of the Participants Projected Annual Benefits under all defined benefit
plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer. The
denominator is the lesser of 125% of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limit in effect for the Limitation
Year or 140% of the average of the Participants Section 415 Compensation for the three consecutive
calendar years of plan participation that produce the highest average, including any adjustments
under Code Section 415(b)(5).
If the Participant was a participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year
beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer
or a Related Employer that were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of the fraction will
not be less than 125% of the sum of the Annual Benefits under those defined benefit plans that the
Participant had accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1,
1987, disregarding any change in the terms and conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986. The
preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the aggregate
satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1,
1987.
(ii) Projected Annual Benefit. Projected Annual Benefit means the
Participants annualized Accrued Benefit at Normal Retirement Date (or current date, if later)
determined as if the Participant continued employment and the Participants Compensation for the
Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine such benefit remained constant
until Normal Retirement Date (or current date, if later).
(b) Defined Contribution Plan Fraction.
(i) Definition. Defined Contribution Plan Fraction means a fraction. The numerator
of the fraction is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participants account under all defined
contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer for
the current and all prior Limitation Years. The denominator is the sum of the lesser of the
following amounts determined for the Limitation Year and each prior Limitation Year of service with
the Employer or a Related Employer: (A) 125% of the Defined Contribution Dollar Limit in effect
for each Limitation Year, or (B) 35% of the Participants Section 415 Compensation.
5-19
If the Participant was a participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year
beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the
Employer or a Related Employer that were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of the fraction
will be adjusted if the sum of the fraction and the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction would otherwise
exceed 1.0 under the terms of this plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of
(A) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (B) the denominator of this fraction,
will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is calculated
using the fractions as they would be computed as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning
before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any change in the terms and conditions of the plans made
after May 5, 1986, but using the Code Section 415 limitations applicable to the first Limitation
Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.
(ii) Annual Additions. For Limitation Years beginning after December 31,
1986, Annual Additions for a Participant for a Limitation Year means the sum of:
(A) Employer Contributions and Forfeitures. The Participants
share of Employer contributions (including allocations under a simplified employee pension) and
forfeitures;
(B) After-Tax Employee Contributions. The Participants after-tax
employee contributions;
(C) Post-Retirement Medical Benefits Account. For purposes of
the Defined Contribution Dollar Limit and for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1985,
amounts allocated to the separate post-retirement medical benefits account of a Key Employee, as
defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3), under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section
419(e);
(D) Individual Medical Benefit Account. For purposes of the
Defined Contribution Dollar Limit, contributions allocated for Limitation Years beginning after
March 31, 1984, to an individual medical benefit account in a pension or annuity plan, as defined
in Code Section 415(l)(2);
(E) Excess Deferrals, Excess Aggregate Contributions.
For the Limitation Years during which these amounts were contributed, excess deferrals that are not
distributed to the Participant by the first April 15th following the end of the Participants
taxable year, and excess aggregate contributions whether or not distributed to a Participant; and
(F) Excess Annual Addition Applied. An excess Annual Addition
from the preceding Limitation Year applied to reduce the Employer contributions for the current
Plan Year.
(iii) Defined Contribution Dollar Limit. For Limitation Years
beginning after December 31, 1994, Defined Contribution Dollar Limit means $30,000 (as adjusted
under Code Section 415(d)).
5-20
If a short Limitation Year is created by an amendment, the maximum Annual Addition shall not
exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limit multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the
fraction is the number of months in the short Limitation Year and the denominator is 12.
(c) Benefit Accrual Reduction. If, in a Limitation Year, the sum of
the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction and the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction will exceed 1.0, the
rate of benefit accrual under this plan will be reduced so that the sum of the fractions equals
1.0.
(d) Application of Limitations. These limitations shall be determined
with respect to the aggregate benefits and/or contributions under all plans to which they are
applicable with respect to a Participant as provided in the Regulations under Code Section 415 as
in effect at the time the limitation is applied.
(e) Maximum Limitations. These limitations are intended to be not less than
the maximum limitations that apply to a Participant at the time of application under Code Section
415, ERISA Section 2004, Section 235(g) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982,
Section 1106 of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, any subsequent legislation, and Regulations under the
acts, including all effective dates, transitional rules, and alternate limitations contained in
those acts and Regulations.
5-21
ARTICLE 6
Determination of Vested Percentage
6.1 Year of Vesting Service.
(a) Credit. An Employee shall be credited with a Year of Vesting Service for each
Vesting Period in which the Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service, including periods
before the Employee became a Participant and before the original effective date of this plan.
(b) No Credit. An Employee shall not be credited with Years of Vesting
Service for service before the date that ERISA became effective for this plan, if that service
would have been disregarded under the rules of the plan then in effect with respect to breaks in
service.
The Vesting Period for determining Years of Vesting Service and the existence of Breaks in
Service under this article shall be the Plan Year.
6.2 Vested Percentage.
(a) Vesting Schedule. A Participants vested percentage shall be determined
as follows:
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
Less than 5 years
|
|
-0- |
5 years or more
|
|
100% |
(b) Normal Retirement Date. The vested percentage of a Participant
who is employed in Covered Employment on the Participants Normal Retirement Date shall be 100%.
6.3 Cashout.
If a Participants employment terminates and the Participants vested percentage under Section
6.2(b) is zero, the nonvested amount shall be forfeited as of the date that the Participants
employment terminates. If the former Participant is reemployed by the Employer or a Related
Employer before the Participant has five consecutive Breaks in Service, the forfeited amount shall
be restored as of the date the Participant is reemployed.
6-1
6.4 Five Breaks in Service.
(a) Cancellation of Vesting Service. If an Employee whose
vested percentage is zero has five consecutive Breaks in Service, the Participants Years of
Vesting Service and years of Benefit Service credited before the Breaks in Service shall be
permanently canceled except as provided in Section 5.1(f)(ii).
(b) Forfeiture of Nonvested Accrued Benefit. Unless
previously forfeited, a Participants nonvested Accrued Benefit shall be permanently forfeited as
of the end of the period that includes the Participants fifth consecutive Break in Service except
as provided in Section 5.1(f)(ii).
6.5 Death After Termination/Lost Recipient.
(a) Death After Termination. If a Participant whose vested percentage
under Section 6.2(b) is not 100% dies after termination of employment but before the Participant
has five consecutive Breaks in Service, any nonvested amount shall be forfeited as of the date of
the Participants death.
(b) Lost Recipient. If a Person entitled to a payment cannot be located, the
Participants account shall be forfeited as of the date the Administrator certifies to the Trustee
that the Person cannot be located. The Participants Vested Account Balance shall be restored to
the Participants account if the Person entitled to the payment submits a written election of
method of payment.
6-2
ARTICLE 7
Payment of Benefits
7.1 Time of Payment.
Subject to the QJSA and QPSA provisions of this plan and the required distribution rules of
Sections 7.4 and 7.5, benefit payments shall begin not later than 60 days after the end of the Plan
Year that includes the Participants Normal Retirement Date or, if later, the end of the Plan Year
in which employment terminates.
(a) Normal Retirement Benefit. The Normal Retirement Benefit shall
begin on the first day of the month following the Participants Normal Retirement Date.
(b) Early Retirement Benefit. The Early Retirement Benefit shall
begin on the first day of the month following the Participants Normal Retirement Date. The
Participant may elect earlier payment beginning on the first day of any month following the
Participants Early Retirement Date.
(c) Late Retirement Benefit. The Late Retirement Benefit shall begin
on the first day of the month following the Participants termination of employment or, if earlier,
the Participants Required Beginning Date.
(d) Deferred Vested Benefit. The Deferred Vested Benefit shall begin
on the first day of the month following the Participants Normal Retirement Date. If the
Participant had completed at least 10 Years of Vesting Service at termination of employment, the
Participant may elect earlier payment beginning on the first day of any month following the date
the Participant attains age 60.
(e) Death Benefit.
(i) Before Annuity Starting Date. The QPSA payable under
subparagraphs 5.5(b)(i)(C)(1) or (2) shall begin on the first day of the month following the
Participants death. The QPSA under Subparagraph 5.5(b)(i)(C)(3) shall begin on the first day of
the month following the Participants Normal Retirement Date. The Surviving Spouse may elect
earlier payment beginning on the first day of the month following the date of death, or if later,
the first day a Participant would have attained age 60.
(ii) After Annuity Starting Date. If the form of payment to
the Participant provides for benefits after the Participants death, the continuing benefit shall
be paid to the Beneficiary as provided.
(f) Disability Benefit. The Disability Benefit shall begin on the first day of
the month following the date of Disability.
7-1
(g) Immediate Payment.
(i) $1,000 or Less. If the Actuarially Equivalent present value of
the Participants Vested Accrued Benefit or the Alternate Payees benefit payable under a QDRO is
$1,000 or less and the Participants employment terminates for any reason, or the QDRO provides for
immediate payment, the Administrator shall direct payment of the Actuarially Equivalent present
value of the Participants Vested Accrued Benefit or the Alternate Payees assigned benefit in a
lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following termination of employment for determination
of a valid QDRO.
(ii) Over $1,000 But Not More Than
$10,000. If the Actuarially Equivalent present value of the Participants Vested Accrued
Benefit or the Alternate Payees benefit payable under a QDRO is more than $1,000 but does not
exceed $10,000, and the Participants employment terminates for any reason and the Participant (and
the spouse, if required) consent or the QDRO provides for immediate payment, the Administrator
shall direct payment of the Actuarially Equivalent present value of the Participants Vested
Accrued Benefit or the Alternate Payees assigned benefit in a lump sum as soon as administratively
feasible after the Participant elects a lump sum payment or determination of a valid QDRO.
(h) QDRO. If the plan receives a QDRO, benefits to an alternate payee shall begin as
specified in the QDRO, but not before benefits could have otherwise been payable.
QDRO means a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), that is
issued by a competent state court and that meets the following conditions:
(i) Alternate Payee. The alternate payee must be the Spouse or former Spouse
or a child or other dependent of the Participant.
(ii) Reason for Payments. The payments must relate to alimony,
support of a child or other dependent, or a division of marital property.
(iii) Contents. The QDRO must contain the name and address of the Participant and the
alternate payee, the amount of benefits or percentage of the Participants Vested Accrued Benefit
to be paid to the alternate payee, the Valuation Date as of which the amount or percentage is to be
determined, and instructions concerning the timing and method of payment.
(iv) Restrictions. A QDRO may not require (A) this plan to pay more than the
Actuarially Equivalent present value of the Participants Vested Accrued Benefit to the Participant
and all alternate payees; (B) a method, payment date, or duration of payment not otherwise
permitted under this article; or (C) cancellation of the prior rights of another alternate payee.
(i) Plan Termination; Partial Termination. Benefits shall be
paid in accordance with Article 12 as soon as administratively feasible following termination or
partial termination of this plan.
7-2
7.2 Determination of Benefits.
The age of the individuals to whom benefits are payable shall be determined as of the date the
benefit is payable. All forms of payment shall be Actuarially Equivalent to the benefit payable as
a Single Life Annuity. Actuarially Equivalent means equal in value based on the following
actuarial assumptions:
(a) Lump Sum. For purposes of determining the lump sum present value of a benefit:
(i) Interest Rate. The interest rate shall be the 417(e) Interest Rate.
417(e) Interest Rate means the applicable interest rate determined in accordance with Code
Section 417(e). The 417(e) Interest Rate shall be the interest rate determined under the preceding
sentence for the month that is specified under the terms of this plan in effect prior to the
effective date of this amendment.
(ii) Mortality Table. The mortality table shall be the 417(e) Mortality
Table. 417(e) Mortality Table means the applicable mortality table prescribed by the Internal
Revenue Service to be used for purposes of Code Section 417(e).
(b) Optional Forms. For purposes of determining the amount of optional forms of benefit, the
interest rate shall be 8% and the mortality table shall be the 417(e) Mortality Table. The amount
of an optional form of benefit shall not be less than the amount determined as of June 30, 2004.
7.3 Form of Payment.
(a) Standard Form. Generally, benefits under this plan shall be paid as
follows:
(i) Married. If the Participant is married when benefit payments are to begin, the
Participants benefit shall be paid as a QJSA unless the Participant waives the QJSA, with consent
of the Spouse, and properly elects another available form of payment.
(A) Definition. QJSA means an immediate qualified joint and survivor annuity under
which a reduced amount (compared to the Participants Vested Accrued Benefit payable as a Single
Life Annuity) is payable to the Participant for life and 50% of the reduced amount is payable to
the Surviving Spouse, if any, for life after the Participants death.
(B) Monthly Payments. The monthly amount payable to the Participant and the
monthly amount payable to the Surviving Spouse shall not increase after payments begin. The
monthly payments under the QJSA shall be such that the value of the expected payments to the
Participant and the Surviving Spouse is Actuarially Equivalent to the benefit payable as a Single
Life Annuity.
(ii) Not Married. If the Participant is not married when benefit payments are
to begin, the Participants benefit shall be paid as a Single Life Annuity, unless the Participant
waives that form and properly elects another available form of payment.
7-3
(b) Optional Forms of Payment. Upon waiver of the QJSA (or
Single Life Annuity for an unmarried Participant), the Participant may elect one of the following
optional forms of benefit payment. Upon waiver of the QPSA by the Surviving Spouse, the Surviving
Spouse may elect one of the following optional forms of benefit payment. A Beneficiary other than
the Surviving Spouse shall not be permitted to elect an alternative form of payment. A lump sum
shall be the only available optional form of benefit payment for payment prior to the Participants
earliest Early Retirement Date.
(i) Single Life Annuity. A Single Life Annuity is a monthly benefit
payable in equal installments for the life of the Participant or other individual with no payments
to be made for any periods after the recipients death.
(ii) Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity. An immediate
joint and survivor annuity is a reduced monthly benefit (actuarially equivalent to the
Participants Single Life Annuity) payable to the Participant for life with a continuation of 100%
of the Participants monthly benefit to the Surviving Spouse for life after the Participants
death.
(iii) 60 or 120 Months Certain and
Life Annuity. A 60 or 120 months certain and life annuity is an Actuarially
Equivalent monthly benefit payable to the Participant for life while the Participant is alive. If
the Participant dies before receiving 60 or 120 monthly payments, the Participants Beneficiary
shall receive the monthly benefit the Participant was receiving until a total of 60 or 120 monthly
payments have been paid.
(iv) Lump Sum. A lump sum is an Actuarially Equivalent benefit payable in a
single payment, or if necessary, in one or more payments, within one taxable year of the recipient.
The Actuarially Equivalent present value of a Participants Vested Accrued Benefit paid as a lump
sum before a Participants Normal Retirement Date shall be Actuarially Equivalent to the Vested
Accrued Benefit payable at Normal Retirement Date (without regard to any early retirement
subsidies). The lump sum shall be available only if the Participants consent is not required
pursuant to Section 7.6(f)(i) or for a QDRO or benefit for which the present value does not exceed
$10,000.
(v) 75% Joint and Survivor Annuity. A 75% joint and
survivor annuity is an Actuarially Equivalent monthly benefit payable to the Participant for life
with a continuation of 75% of the Participants monthly benefit to the Surviving Spouse for the
remainder of the Spouses life after the Participants death.
(c) Direct Transfer. At the election of the distributee, the Trustee shall
transfer an eligible rollover distribution to the trustee or custodian of an eligible retirement
plan for the benefit of the distributee.
(i) Eligible Rollover Distribution. An eligible rollover distribution
is a distribution of any portion of the balance to the credit of a distributee, except that an
eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of
substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or
life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the
distributee and the distributees designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or
more; any distribution to the extent that the distribution is required under Code Section
401(a)(9); any hardship distribution; and any other distribution that is reasonably expected to
total less than $200 during a year.
7-4
(ii) Eligible Retirement Plan. An eligible retirement plan is an
individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or 408(b), an annuity
plan described in Code Section 403(a), an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), or a
qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributees eligible rollover
distribution. An eligible retirement plan also includes an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b)
that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality
of a state or political subdivision of a state and that agrees to account separately for amounts
transferred into such plan from this plan. Effective for eligible rollover distributions made
after December 31, 2007, an eligible retirement plan includes an individual retirement account
described in Code Section 408A. For any portion of an eligible rollover distribution consisting of
after-tax contributions that are not includable in gross income, an eligible retirement plan is an
individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or 408(b) or a qualified
trust described in Code Section 401(a) or annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) that
agrees to separately account for such portion.
(iii) Distributee. A distributee includes a Participant or former Participant, the
Participants or former Participants surviving Spouse, and the Participants or former
Participants Spouse or former Spouse who is an alternate payee under a QDRO.
(iv) Non-Spouse Beneficiary. A Beneficiary who is not a Spouse may elect to
transfer all or any portion of a distribution deemed to be an eligible rollover distribution to an
individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), or effective for
distributions made after December 31, 2007, an individual retirement account described in Code
Section 408A, that is established for the purpose of receiving the distribution on behalf of the
designated Beneficiary and which is treated as an inherited IRA within the meaning of Code Section
408(d)(3)(C). Additional rules, including the determination of any distribution required under Code
Section 401(a)(9), apply as provided under Code Section 402(c)(11) and Regulations and any other
applicable guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service.
7.4 Required Distribution Rules Lifetime.
Subject to the QJSA provisions, this section generally states the requirements of Code Section
401(a)(9) and the Regulations and shall take precedence over any other provision of this plan that
permits payment at a later time or in a smaller amount during a Participants lifetime.
(a) Required Beginning Date. Unless payments begin earlier, the
entire interest of the Participant must be distributed or distribution must begin not later than
the Participants Required Beginning Date.
(i) Definition. Required Beginning Date means:
(A) 5% Owner. For a Participant who is a 5% Owner, the April 1 following the
calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.
(B) Non-5% Owner. For a Participant who is not a 5% Owner, the April 1
following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2, or, if later, following
the calendar year in which the Participants employment terminates.
7-5
(C) Determination of 5% Owner. For purposes of this
definition, a Participant is treated as a 5% Owner if the Participant is a 5% Owner during the Plan
Year in which the Participant attains age 66 1/2 or any later Plan Year. Once distribution begins
to a 5% Owner, it shall continue even if the Participant ceases to be a 5% Owner.
(ii) Deferral. An Employee (other than a 5% Owner) who attained age 70 1/2 after
December 31, 1995, but before the first day of the calendar year in which this plan is adopted, may
elect by April 1 following the calendar year in which the Employee attained age 70 1/2 (or by
December 31, 1997, in the case of an Employee who attained age 70 1/2 during 1996) to defer
payments required under the terms of this plan in effect prior to the Effective Date until the
Participants Required Beginning Date specified under (i) above. If no election is made, payments
shall commence by April 1 following the calendar year in which the Employee attained age 70 1/2 (or
by December 31, 1997, in the case of an Employee who attained age 70 1/2 during 1996) in accordance
with the terms of this plan in effect prior to the Effective Date.
(iii) Suspension. An Employee (other than a 5% Owner) who attained age 70 1/2 before
January 1, 1997, may elect in writing to stop receiving payments required under the terms of this
plan in effect prior to the Effective Date. Benefits paid as a QJSA may not be suspended unless
the Participants Spouse on the original Annuity Starting Date consents to the Participants
election. If payments are suspended, payments shall recommence by the Participants Required
Beginning Date. The date payments begin after termination of employment shall be a new Annuity
Starting Date for the Participant.
(b) Annuity Payments. If benefit payments under this plan are paid in the form
of an annuity, the annuity payments shall comply with the following requirements:
(i) Payment Intervals. Benefits must be paid at intervals not longer than one
year.
(ii) Payment Period. The payment period must be the Participants life
expectancy, the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and Beneficiary, or a
period certain not longer than a life expectancy or joint life and last survivor expectancy, as
described in Code Sections 401(a)(9)(A)(ii) or 401(a)(9)(B)(iii), whichever is applicable.
(iii) No Recalculation. For purposes of determining a period certain, the life
expectancy or joint-life and last survivor expectancy shall be determined without recalculation of
life expectancy.
(iv) No Extension of Period Certain. After payments
have begun over a period certain, the period certain may not be extended even if the period certain
is shorter than the maximum period otherwise permitted.
7-6
(v) Nonincreasing or Permissible Increase. Payments must
either be nonincreasing or may increase as follows:
(A) Cost-of-Living. With any percentage increase in a specified and generally
recognized cost-of-living index;
(B) Cash Refunds. To provide cash refunds of after-tax employee contributions
upon the Participants death; or
(C) Benefit Increase. Due to an increase in benefits under this plan.
(vi) Timing of Life Annuity. If the annuity is a life annuity
or a life annuity with a period certain not exceeding 20 years, the amount which must be paid on or
before the Participants Required Beginning Date (or in the case of payments after the
Participants death, the date payments are required to begin under Section 7.5) shall be the
payment required for one payment interval. The second payment need not be made until the end of the
next payment interval even if that payment interval ends in the next calendar year. Payment
intervals are the periods for which payments are received (month, quarter, year, etc.).
(vii) Timing of Period Certain. If the annuity is a period
certain annuity without a life contingency or is a life annuity with a period certain exceeding 20
years, periodic payments for each calendar year shall be combined and treated as an annual amount.
The amount that must be paid by the Participants Required Beginning Date (or in the case of
payments after the Participants death, the date payments are required to begin under Section 7.5)
is the annual amount for the first calendar year for which payments are required. The annual
amounts for each succeeding calendar year, including the annual amount for the calendar year which
includes the Participants Required Beginning Date or the date payments are required to begin under
Section 7.5, must be paid on or before the last day of the calendar year for which the payments are
required.
(viii) Annuities Purchased After December 31,
1988; Beneficiary Not Spouse. Annuities purchased after December
31, 1988, are subject to the following additional conditions if the Spouse is not the Beneficiary:
(A) Period Certain. If payments are being paid to the Participant in the form
of a period certain annuity without a life contingency, the period certain for the first calendar
year for which payments are required may not exceed the applicable period determined under Code
Section 401(a)(9) and Regulations.
(B) Life Annuity. If benefits are being paid in the form of joint and survivor
annuity for the joint-lives of the Participant and a nonspouse Beneficiary, payments to be made on
or after the Participants Required Beginning Date to the Beneficiary after the Participants death
must never exceed the applicable percentage of the annuity payment for such period that would have
been payable to the Participant under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Regulations.
7-7
(ix) Transitional Rule. If payments under an annuity which complies with the
other provisions of this section began before January 1, 1989, the requirements in effect under
Code Section 401(a)(9), as of July 27, 1987, shall apply to the payments, even if the annuity form
of payment is revocable.
(x) Additional Accruals. If payments are being made in an annuity form that
complies with this section, any additional benefits accrued after the Participants Required
Beginning Date shall be paid as a separate and identifiable component of the annuity beginning with
the first payment interval ending in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in
which the additional accrual occurs.
(c) Actuarial Increase. If benefit payments to a Participant who is not a 5%
Owner begin on a Required Beginning Date that is later than the April 1 following the calendar year
in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2, the benefit shall be actuarially increased to reflect
the delay in payment to the date on which benefit payments commence.
The period for the actuarial increase shall begin on April 1 following the calendar year in
which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 (or January 1, 1997, in the case of an Employee who
attained age 70 1/2 prior to 1996) and shall end on the date on which benefits commence after
termination of employment in an amount sufficient to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9). The amount of
the increase for the period for the actuarial increase must result in a benefit that is Actuarially
Equivalent to the benefit payable on the April 1 following the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age 70 1/2 plus the Actuarially Equivalent value of all additional benefits
accrued after that date minus the Actuarially Equivalent value of any benefit payments made after
that date. The actuarial increase is generally the same as, and not in addition to, the actuarial
increase required for that same period under Code Section 411 to reflect a delay in payments after
normal retirement, except that the actuarial increase required under Code Section 401(a)(9)(C) must
be provided even during the period during which a Participant is in Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service.
For purposes of Code Section 411(b)(1)(H), the actuarial increase will be treated as an
adjustment attributable to the delay in payment of benefits after the attainment of normal
retirement age. Accordingly, to the extent permitted under Code Section 411(b)(1)(H), the
actuarial increase required under Code Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) may reduce the benefit accrual
otherwise required under Code Section 411(b)(1)(H)(i), except that the rules on suspension of
benefits are not applicable.
(d) TEFRA Election. Benefit payments may begin or may be made at the time
and by the method specified in a TEFRA Election even if later than the Required Beginning Date.
TEFRA Election means a written election made before January 1, 1984, pursuant to the transitional
rules of Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982. An amendment or
revocation of a TEFRA Election shall void the election, and the Participants benefits shall be
paid pursuant to this article. Designation of a different or additional beneficiary shall not void
a TEFRA Election if the designation does not directly or indirectly alter the time when benefits
begin or the period over which benefits are to be paid.
7-8
7.5 Required Distribution Rules Death.
Subject to the QPSA provisions, this section generally states the requirements of Code Section
401(a)(9) and the Regulations and shall take precedence over any other provision of this plan that
permits payment at a later date or in a smaller amount following a Participants death. All
payments shall be determined and made in accordance with the Regulations under Code Section
401(a)(9), including the minimum incidental benefit requirement of those Regulations.
(a) Death Before Required Beginning Date. If the
Participant dies before the Required Beginning Date and before payment in the form of an
irrevocable annuity has begun:
(i) Spouse. If the Surviving Spouse is the Beneficiary, payments must begin on or
before the last day of the calendar year in which date the Participant would have attained age 70
1/2 or, if later, the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
Participant died. If the Spouse dies before payments begin, payments shall be made under (ii) or
(iii) as though the Surviving Spouse were the Participant. If the Surviving Spouse dies after
payments must begin, payments shall be made under (b) below as though the Surviving Spouse was the
Participant.
(ii) Other Beneficiary. If payments are to be paid to a Beneficiary other than
the Surviving Spouse and payments are elected and begin before the end of the calendar year
following the year in which the Participant died, the Beneficiary may elect an optional form of
benefit payment under which payments are to be made over a period not exceeding the Beneficiarys
life expectancy. If a death benefit remains to be paid after the death of the Beneficiary, the
remaining death benefit shall be paid to the successor Beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the
form of benefit payment in effect at the Beneficiarys death.
(iii) Five Year Rule. Unless paid under (i) or (ii) above, payment of
the death benefit will be completed by the last day of the calendar year that includes the fifth
anniversary of the Participants death. If the Beneficiary dies before complete payment of the
death benefit, the remainder shall be paid to the successor Beneficiary no later than the last day
of the calendar year that includes the fifth anniversary of the Participants death.
(b) Death After Required Beginning Date. If the
Participant dies after the Required Beginning Date, or if earlier, the date payment begins in the
form of an irrevocable annuity, payments shall be made at least as rapidly as benefit payments were
being paid to the Participant before death.
(c) Beneficiary is Minor Child. Any amount paid to the
Participants minor child will be treated as paid to the Surviving Spouse if the remainder becomes
payable to the Surviving Spouse after the child reaches the age of majority.
7-9
(d) TEFRA Election. Benefit payments may begin or may be made at the
time and by the method specified in a TEFRA election even if later than the dates specified in this
section.
7.6 |
|
Waiver of QJSA or QPSA; Election of
Method and Time of Benefit Payments. |
(a) Waiver of QJSA.
(i) Notice. At least 30 days, but not more than 180 days, before the Annuity Starting
Date, the Administrator shall provide each Participant, in writing, a reasonable explanation of (A)
the terms and conditions of the QJSA; (B) the Participants right to waive, and the effect of the
waiver of, the QJSA; (C) the rights of the Spouse; and (D) the right to revoke, and the effect of a
revocation of, a previous waiver of the QJSA.
(ii) Waiver. During the 180-day period before the Annuity Starting Date, a Participant
may waive the QJSA, or the Single Life Annuity if the Participant is not married, and may revoke a
prior waiver. A waiver of a QJSA shall not be effective unless the Spouse consents to the waiver.
The Participant may revoke the waiver without the Spouses consent. The waiver may be in the form
of a written election under (g) below containing the Spouses consent.
(b) Waiver of QPSA.
(i) Notice. The Administrator shall provide each Participant with a written notice
containing an explanation of the QPSA and other benefits available upon the death of the
Participant. The explanation shall be comparable to the explanation described above with respect to
the QJSA. The notice shall be provided to each Participant within the period described below that
ends last:
(A) Age Related. The period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year that
includes the date the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the last day of the Plan Year
preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; or
(B) Participation. A reasonable period that includes the date the Employee becomes a
Participant. A reasonable period is the two-year period beginning one year before, and ending one
year after, the occurrence of the described event.
If a Participants employment terminates before the Plan Year that includes the date the
Participant attains age 35, notice shall be provided within the two-year period beginning one year
before termination of employment and ending one year after termination of employment. If the
Participant later returns to employment with the Employer, the applicable period for the
Participant shall be redetermined.
7-10
(ii) Waiver. At any time during the period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year
that includes the date a Participant attains age 35 (or the date the Participants employment
terminates, if earlier) and ending on the earlier of the date the first payment is made to the
Participant or the Participants death, the Participant may waive the QPSA with the written consent
of the Spouse and elect an optional form of benefit payment. The waiver shall be in the form of a
written election by the Participant and consent by the Spouse. The Participant may not designate a
different Beneficiary without a new consent by the Spouse. If the Participant does not waive the
QPSA during the Participants lifetime, the Spouse may waive the QPSA and elect an optional form of
benefit payment at any time after the Participants death and before payment begins. A Participant
or Spouse may waive the QPSA as to the entire benefit or any portion of the otherwise payable
benefit.
(iii) Pre-Age 35 Waiver. A Participant who has not attained age 35 as
of the last day of any current Plan Year may make a special waiver of the QPSA for the period
beginning on the date of the waiver and ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the
Participant attains age 35. The waiver is subject to (i) and (ii) above except that the notice
under (i) above must be provided to the Participant before the date of the waiver. The waiver shall
not be valid unless the Participant receives the notice before the date of the waiver.
The QPSA shall be automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the
Participant attains age 35. Any new waiver on or after that date is subject to (i) and (ii) above.
(c) Spousal Consent. A consent by a Spouse shall not be effective unless the
consent is in writing, signed by the Spouse and witnessed by an individual designated for this
purpose by the Administrator or by a notary public. The consent must acknowledge the effect of the
waiver of the QJSA or the QPSA. If it is established to the satisfaction of the Administrator that
the Spouse cannot be located or if other circumstances set forth in Regulations issued under Code
Section 417 exist, the Spouses consent is not required. The consent is effective only with respect
to the consenting Spouse and not with respect to a subsequent Spouse. Consent by the Spouse will be
irrevocable with respect to the Participants election, waiver, or designation of a Beneficiary to
which the consent relates.
(i) Specific Beneficiary or Form of Payment.
The consent may be limited to payment to a specific alternate Beneficiary, including any class of
Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries, and a specified form of payment. Any waiver after
the revocation of a prior waiver or change of Beneficiary will require a new spousal consent.
(ii) General Consent. The consent may permit the Participant to designate a
Beneficiary, or elect an optional form of benefit payment, or to change either or both without a
further consent by the Spouse. This form of consent is not valid unless the Spouse expressly and
voluntarily permits such designations and elections without any further spousal consent. The
consent may be limited to certain Beneficiaries or to certain forms of payment.
7-11
(iii) Consent Not Required. This subsection (c) shall apply only to a
Participant whose payments had not actually begun on or before August 23, 1984, who was alive on
August 23, 1984, and who had at least one Hour of Service on or after September 2, 1974.
(d) Permitted Elections. To the extent permitted under this article and
subject to waiver of the QJSA or QPSA, the Participant or other recipient may elect the method and
time of payment. To the extent satisfied under subsections (a), (b), or (c), the requirements under
(e) and (g) need not be met again.
(e) Participant Consent. If payment is due to termination of employment prior
to the Participants Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than death, payment of benefits
shall not begin without the Participants consent. The consent shall be given by an election of
benefit payments. An election of payment shall be made within the 180-day period ending on the
Annuity Starting Date.
(i) Notice. When consent is required, the Participant shall be notified of the right
to elect benefit payments and the right (if any) to defer payments and the consequences of failing
to defer. The written notice shall provide an explanation of the material features and relative
values of the available forms of payment. The notice shall be provided at least 30 days and not
more than 180 days before the Annuity Starting Date.
(ii) Annuity Starting Date. Annuity Starting Date means the first
day of the first period for which an amount is payable in any form. Generally, the Annuity Starting
Date is the date on which benefit payments may begin after all conditions and requirements for
payment have been met.
(A) Disability. The Annuity Starting Date for Disability Benefits shall be the date
they begin if the Disability Benefit is not an auxiliary benefit. An auxiliary benefit is a
Disability Benefit that does not reduce the benefit payable at Normal Retirement Date. Payment of
a Disability Benefit that is an auxiliary benefit is disregarded in determining the Annuity
Starting Date.
(B) Suspension of Benefits. If benefit payments are suspended
pursuant to Section 7.10 for an Employee who continues to be employed without terminating
employment and without receiving benefit payments under this plan, the date benefit payments start
shall be the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant.
(f) Exceptions.
(i) Small Balance Exception. The waiver of the QJSA or QPSA and the
Participants consent are not required with respect to the following payments.
(A) On or After August 6, 1997. For Plan
Years beginning on or after August 6, 1997:
7-12
(1) On or After October 17, 2000. A payment
made on or after October 17, 2000, when the Actuarially Equivalent present value of the
Participants Vested Accrued Benefit is $5,000 (or such larger amount as may be specified in Code
Section 411(a)(11)(A)) or less unless the payment is one of a series of scheduled periodic payments
and the Participants consent was required at the time the initial payment was made.
(2) Before October 17, 2000. A payment made before October
17, 2000, when the Actuarially Equivalent present value of the Participants Vested Accrued
Benefit, including any earlier payments, is $5,000 or less.
(B) Before August 6, 1997. For Plan Years beginning before
August 6, 1997, a payment when the Actuarially Equivalent present value of the Participants Vested
Accrued Benefit, including any earlier payments, is $3,500 or less.
(ii) Waiver of Notice Period. Payments may commence less than
30 days after the notices required under (a)(i) and (e)(i) above are given, provided:
(A) Right to 30-day Period. The Administrator clearly informs
the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving
the notices to consider the decision of whether or not to elect payment or to waive the QJSA and
consent to a form of payment other than the QJSA;
(B) Election. The Participant, after receiving the notices, affirmatively elects an
optional form of payment;
(C) Right to Revoke. The Participant is permitted to revoke the
affirmative election until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the end of
the 7-day period that begins the day after the notices are given to the Participant; and
(D) Benefit Payments. Benefit payments in accordance with the affirmative
election do not commence before the end of the 7-day period described in (C) above.
(g) Election Requirements.
(i) Time. The election shall be made not later than the date benefit payments begin
or, if earlier, the date when benefit payments must begin. An election may be revoked or changed
before benefit payments begin.
(ii) Form. An election shall be made in a form acceptable to the Administrator.
7-13
(iii) Other Conditions. An election shall become void upon the death of the
Participant prior to the date the first monthly payment is required to be paid to the Participant.
If a benefit is payable to a Surviving Spouse and conditioned upon the survival of and measured by
the life of the Surviving Spouse, death of the Surviving Spouse prior to the date the first monthly
benefit is required to be paid to the Participant shall void the election.
(h) Failure to Elect. If a Person fails to elect (or multiple
recipients cannot agree):
(i) Method. The form of benefit payment shall be a QJSA or QPSA if the Participant is
married or a Single Life Annuity if the Participant is not married.
(ii) Time. Benefit payments shall begin at the time specified in this article.
(i) Additional Information. The Administrator may require additional forms or
information when required by law or deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with any benefit
payment.
(j) No Reduction or Delay of Payments. An
election or failure to elect shall not cause noncompliance with the QJSA or QPSA provisions, the
requirements of Section 7.4 or 7.5, the requirements of Code Section 415, or the terms of a QDRO.
7.7 Designation of Beneficiary.
A Participant may designate or change a Beneficiary by filing a signed designation with the
Administrator in the form approved by the Administrator. The Participants will is not effective
for this purpose.
(a) Beneficiary. Beneficiary means the Person designated by the Participant to
receive the Participants benefits, if any, that are provided by this plan or by the form of
payment in effect under this plan after the Participants death.
(b) Spousal Consent. If a married Participant designates or changes a
Beneficiary other than the Spouse without complying with all of the spousal consent requirements of
Section 7.6 the designation shall be void unless the consent was a general consent.
(i) Successor Beneficiaries. A Participant may designate one or more
successor Beneficiaries to the Spouse without the Spouses consent.
(ii) Change of Marital Status. A Beneficiary designation by a
Participant will not be effective upon the Participants subsequent marriage unless the Spouse
consents to and acknowledges the effect of the designation.
7-14
(c) Failure to Designate. If a Participant fails to designate a
Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the Surviving Spouse. If a benefit is provided following the
death of the Participant and the Participant does not have a Surviving Spouse and has not
designated another Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the first of the following classes with a
living member on the date a benefit payment is due:
(i) Children. The Participants children, including those by adoption, dividing the
payment equally among the Participants children with the living issue of any deceased child taking
their parents share by right of representation;
(ii) Parents. The Participants parents, dividing the payment equally if both parents
are living; or
(iii) Brothers and Sisters. The Participants brothers and sisters,
dividing the payment equally among the Participants living brothers and sisters.
(d) Death of Beneficiary. If the plan or form of payment in effect
under the plan provides for additional payments following the death of the Surviving Spouse,
remaining amounts shall be paid to the estate of the Surviving Spouse. Such payments remaining at
the death of a Beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse shall be paid to the successor Beneficiary
designated by the Participant or determined under (c) above. If payments are being made to more
than one Beneficiary, payments shall continue to the survivor or survivors of them, and any amount
remaining to be paid upon the death of the last survivor shall be paid to the successor
Beneficiary. Survivors shall include the issue of any deceased child who shall take the deceased
childs share by right of representation.
(e) No Beneficiary. If a deceased Participant has no Beneficiary on the date
a payment is due, all remaining payments shall be paid to the Participants estate, if then under
the active administration of a probate or similar court, or if not, to those Persons who would then
take the Participants personal property under the Michigan intestate laws then in force and in the
proportions provided therein, as though the Participant had died at such time.
(f) Determination. The Administrator shall apply the rules of this section to
determine the proper Persons to whom payment should be made. The decision of the Administrator
shall be final and binding on all Persons.
7.8 Facility of Payment.
A payment under this section shall fully discharge the Employer and Trustee from all future
liability with respect to that payment.
(a) Minimum Payments. When the amount of a benefit payment is less than $25
per month, the Administrator may direct payment of accumulated amounts at less frequent intervals,
but at least annually, in order to minimize the administrative expense of the payment.
7-15
(b) Incapacity. If a recipient entitled to a payment is legally, physically, or
mentally incapable of receiving or acknowledging payment, the Administrator may direct the payment
to the recipient; to the recipients legal representative or any other Person who is legally
entitled to receive payments on behalf of the recipient under the laws of the state in which the
recipient resides; or by expending the payment directly for the benefit of the recipient. A
payment made to any Person other than the recipient shall be used for the recipients exclusive
benefit.
(c) Legal Representative. The Employer shall not be required to commence
probate proceedings or to secure the appointment of a legal representative.
(d) Determination. The Employer may act upon affidavits in making any determinations.
In relying upon the affidavits or having made a reasonable effort to locate any Person entitled to
payment, the Employer shall be authorized to direct payment to a successor Beneficiary or another
Person. A Person omitted from payment shall have no rights on account of payments so made.
(e) Annuity Contract Purchase. An annuity contract purchased and
distributed by the plan shall comply with the requirements of this plan and shall be
nontransferable.
7.9 Penalties.
The following penalties apply to payment of, or failure to make payment of, certain amounts
under this plan.
(a) Payment Before Age 59 1/2. A Participant who
receives a payment of benefits before attaining age 59 1/2 may be liable for an additional 10%
federal income tax on any portion of the benefit payments included in gross income.
(b) Failure to Receive Minimum Payments. For a
calendar year in which a Participant or Beneficiary fails to receive the minimum payments required
under Code Section 401(a)(9), the recipient shall be subject to an additional tax equal to 50% of
the difference between the minimum payments and the amount the recipient actually received.
7.10 Suspension of Benefit Payments.
(a) Normal/Early Retirement Benefits. Normal or Early or
Deferred Vested Retirement Benefits in pay status will be suspended at the first day of the first
Plan Year following a Plan Year in which the Participant is credited with at least 500 Hours of
Service.
7-16
(i) Resumption of Payment. If benefit payments have been suspended,
payments shall resume at the earlier of the first day of the Plan Year following a Plan Year in
which the Participant incurs a Break in Service or the month after the calendar month in which the
Participant ceases to be employed. The initial payment upon resumption shall occur in the calendar
month when payments resume and any amounts withheld during the period between the cessation of
employment and the resumption of payments.
(ii) Amount of Benefit Payment at Resumption
of Payments. When a Participant whose retirement benefit payments have been in pay
status and were then suspended ceases to be employed with the Employer and resumes receipt of
benefit payments, the benefits shall be increased to the Actuarially Equivalent value of the
benefits at the date payments were suspended (but not in excess of the maximum Annual Benefit).
(iii) Death During Suspension of Benefits. If a
Participant dies while benefit payments are suspended, benefit payments to the Surviving Spouse or
other Beneficiary shall be determined as if the Participant had ceased employment the day before
death. If the Participant had begun receiving benefit payments before the suspension of benefit
payments, payment to the Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary shall be made in the manner required
under the form of benefit payment the Participant elected before the suspension. If the benefit
payments had been paid as a Single Life Annuity, the Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary shall
receive a lump-sum payment in the amount of the sum of the benefit payments suspended before the
Participant died. If benefit payments had not begun before the suspension of benefits, the
Surviving Spouse shall receive benefit payments under the death benefit or the QPSA.
(b) Disability. Disability Benefits shall be suspended:
(i) Employment. If the Employee engages in a regular occupation or employment (except
for rehabilitation as determined by the Administrator) for remuneration or profit;
(ii) Recovery. If the Administrator determines on the basis of a medical examination
that the Employee has sufficiently recovered to return to regular work; or
(iii) Refuse Examination. If the Employee refuses to undergo a medical
examination ordered by the Administrator. The Employee shall not be required to undergo medical
examinations more frequently than once during each six-month period or after attaining age 65.
7-17
ARTICLE 8
Administration of the Plan
8.1 |
|
Duties, Powers, and Responsibilities of the
Employer. |
(a) Required. The Employer shall be responsible for:
(i) Employer Contributions.
(A) Amount. Determining the amount of Employer Contributions,
(B) Payment. Paying Employer Contributions (including additional contributions if
necessary to correct an error); and
(C) Compliance. Determining that the amount and time of Employer Contributions comply
with this plan;
(ii) Agent for Service of Process. Serving as the
agent for service of process;
(iii) Trustee. Appointing the Trustee;
(iv) Amendment. Amending this plan and trust;
(v) Plan Termination. Revoking this instrument and terminating this plan and
trust; and
(vi) Mergers; Spin-Offs. Merging this plan with another qualified retirement
plan maintained by the Employer or dividing this plan into multiple plans.
(b) Discretionary. The Employer may exercise the following responsibilities:
(i) Investment Manager. Appointing one or more Investment Managers who shall
have the power to acquire, manage, or dispose of any or all trust assets subject to:
(A) Functions. The functions of the Investment Manager shall be limited to those
specified services and duties for which the Investment Manager is engaged, and the Investment
Manager shall have no other duties, obligations, or responsibilities under this plan or trust;
8-1
(B) Qualification. Investment Manager means a Person that is a registered
investment adviser under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, a bank (as defined in the Investment
Advisors Act of 1940), or an insurance company licensed to manage, acquire, and dispose of assets
of qualified retirement plans under the laws of more than one state; and
(C) Acknowledgment. A prospective Investment Manager must acknowledge in writing that
it is a fiduciary with respect to this plan and trust;
(ii) Custodian. Appointing one or more agents to act as custodians of trust assets
transferred to the custodian;
(iii) Alternate Administrator. Designating a Person other than the Employer
as the Administrator; and
(iv) Payment of Administrative Expenses. Paying
administrative expenses incurred in the operation, administration, management, and control of this
plan or the trust. These expenses shall be the obligation of the trust unless paid by the
Employer.
8.2 Employer Action.
An action required to be taken by the Employer shall be taken by its Board of Directors, by
resolution of an authorized committee of the Board of Directors, or by a person authorized to act
on behalf of the Employer.
8.3 Plan Administrator.
Administrator means the Employer or a Person designated by the Employer. The Administrator
is a named fiduciary for operation and management of this plan and shall have the responsibilities
conferred by ERISA upon the Administrator as defined in ERISA Section 3(16).
8.4 Administrative Committee.
(a) Appointment. The Employer may, but shall not be required to, appoint an
administrative committee to perform the duties involved in the daily operation of this plan.
(b) Agent; Powers and Duties. The administrative committee is
an agent of the Employer. The administrative committee shall have the powers and duties delegated
to it by the Administrator.
8-2
(c) Not Fiduciary. Except to the extent the administrative committee is
expressly delegated a fiduciary responsibility with respect to this plan, the administrative
committee will be responsible to the Employer for its actions and will not be a named fiduciary for
operation and management of this plan.
(d) Membership. The number of members of the administrative committee shall be
determined by the Employer and shall be not less than three nor more than seven. The Employer
shall appoint the members of the administrative committee and may remove or replace them at any
time.
(e) Records. The administrative committee shall keep records of its proceedings.
(f) Actions. The administrative committee shall act by a majority of its members then
in office. Action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. A
tie may be broken by selection by the Committee of a disinterested party whose vote shall resolve
the matter. Actions of the administrative committee may be evidenced by written instrument
executed by the chairman or the secretary of the administrative committee.
(g) Report to Administrator. The administrative committee shall
report to the Administrator when requested with respect to the administration, operation, and
management of this plan.
(h) Compensation. Any member of the administrative committee who is an Employee shall
serve without compensation.
(i) Conflict of Interest. Any member of the administrative committee
who is a Participant shall not vote or act on a matter that relates solely to that Participant. If
that Participant is the only member of the administrative committee, the necessary action shall be
exercised by the Administrator.
8.5 Duties, Powers, and Responsibilities of the
Administrator.
Except to the extent properly delegated, the Administrator shall have the following duties,
powers, and responsibilities and shall:
(a) Plan Interpretation. Interpret all provisions of this instrument
(including resolving an inconsistency or ambiguity or correcting an error or an omission);
(b) Participant Rights. Subject to Section 8.10, determine the rights of
Participants and Beneficiaries under the terms of this plan and communicate that information to the
Trustee;
8-3
(c) Limits; Tests. Be responsible for determining that this plan complies
with all limitations and tests (including, without limitation, nondiscrimination tests, coverage
tests, and top-heavy tests) under the Code and Regulations and maintain records necessary to
demonstrate compliance with such limits and tests;
(d) Benefits and Vesting. Determine which Participants are entitled
to additional benefit accruals for a Plan Year, the amount of each eligible Participants
Compensation for the Plan Year, and a Participants vested percentage;
(e) Errors. Correct an error, including (but not limited to) errors in the
calculation of benefits, allocation of investment experience, or in determination of vesting or
payment of a Participants benefits;
(f) Claims and Elections. Establish or approve the manner of making
an election, designation, application, claim for benefits, and review of claims;
(g) Benefit Payments. Direct the Trustee as to the recipient, time payments
are to be made or to begin, and the elected form of payment;
(h) QDRO Determination. Establish procedures to determine whether or not a
domestic relations order is a QDRO, to notify the Participant and any alternate payee of this
determination, and to administer benefit payments pursuant to a QDRO;
(i) Administration Information. Obtain to the extent reasonably possible all
information necessary for the proper administration of this plan;
(j) Recordkeeping. Establish procedures for and supervise the establishment and
maintenance of all records necessary and appropriate for the proper administration of this plan;
(k) Reporting and Disclosure. Prepare and (i) file annual and
periodic reports required under ERISA and Regulations; and (ii) distribute disclosure documents
including (but not limited to) the summary plan description, an explanation to recipients of
payments eligible for rollover treatment, the summary annual report, Form 5500 series, requested
and required benefit statements, and notices to Employees of applications for determination;
(l) Penalties; Excise Taxes. Report and pay any penalty tax or excise
taxes incurred by this plan or the Employer in connection
with this plan on the proper tax form designated by the Internal Revenue Service and within
the time limits specified for the tax form;
(m) Advisers. Employ attorneys, Actuaries (an individual or firm employed to
provide actuarial services for this plan), accountants, clerical employees, agents, or other
Persons who are necessary for operation, administration, and management of this plan;
8-4
(n) Expenses, Fees, and Charges. Present to the Trustee for
payment (if not paid by the Employer) or reimbursement (if advanced by the Employer) all reasonable
and necessary expenses, fees and charges, including fees for attorneys, Actuaries, accountants,
clerical employees, agents, or other Persons, incurred in connection with the administration,
management, or operation of this plan;
(o) Nondiscrimination. Apply all rules, policies, procedures, and other acts without
discrimination among Participants;
(p) Bonding. Review compliance with the bonding requirements of ERISA; and
(q) Other Powers and Duties. Exercise all other powers and
duties necessary or appropriate under this plan, except those powers and duties allocated to
another named fiduciary.
8.6 Delegation of Administrative Duties.
The powers and duties of the Employer and the Administrator set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.5
may be delegated to another fiduciary.
(a) In Writing. The written delegation shall specify (i) the date of the
action and the effective date of the delegation; (ii) the responsibility delegated; (iii) the name,
office, or other reference of each fiduciary to whom the responsibility is delegated; and (iv) if a
responsibility is delegated to more than one fiduciary, the allocation of the responsibility among
the fiduciaries.
(b) Acceptance of Responsibility. The delegation shall be
communicated to the fiduciary to whom the responsibility is assigned, and written acceptance of the
responsibility shall be made by the fiduciary. A fiduciary shall retain the responsibility until
the fiduciary resigns or rejects the responsibility in writing, or the Administrator takes a
superseding action.
(c) Conflict. If a fiduciarys powers or actions conflict with those of the
Administrator, the powers of and actions of the Administrator will control.
8.7 Interrelationship of Fiduciaries; Discretionary
Authority.
A Person may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to this plan and trust.
(a) Performance of Duties. Each fiduciary shall act in accordance
with this plan and trust. Each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its
responsibilities.
8-5
(b) Reliance on Others. Except as required by ERISA Section 405(b),
each fiduciary may rely upon the action of another fiduciary and is not required to inquire into
the propriety of any action.
(c) Discretionary Authority of Fiduciaries. Each fiduciary
shall have full discretionary authority in the exercise of the powers, duties, and responsibilities
allocated or delegated to that fiduciary under this instrument.
8.8 Compensation; Indemnification.
An Employee fiduciary who is compensated on a full-time basis by the Employer shall not
receive compensation from this plan, except for reimbursement of expenses, unless permitted under a
prohibited transaction exemption issued by the Department of Labor. The Employer shall indemnify
and hold harmless each member of the Board of Directors and each Employee to whom fiduciary duties
or other responsibilities for the operation and administration of this plan and trust have been
assigned or delegated, from any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, and liabilities arising
from any action or failure to act with respect to any matter related to this plan and trust.
Indemnification shall not apply if the action or inaction is due to gross negligence or willful
misconduct. The Employer may purchase and maintain liability insurance covering itself, any Related
Employer, and any other Person against claims, losses, damages, expenses, and liabilities arising
from the performance or failure to perform any power, duty, or responsibility with respect to this
plan and trust.
8.9 Fiduciary Standards.
Each fiduciary shall act solely in the interest of Participants and Beneficiaries:
(a) Prudence. With the care, skill, and diligence of a prudent Person;
(b) Exclusive Purpose. For the exclusive purpose of providing benefits and
paying expenses of administration; and
(c) Prohibited Transaction. To avoid engaging in a prohibited transaction
under the Code or ERISA unless an exemption for the transaction is available or obtained.
8-6
8.10 Benefit Applications; Appeal Procedures.
(a) Application for Benefits. The Administrator will process an
application for benefits by a Participant or Beneficiary and provide written notification of the
determination to the Participant or Beneficiary not later than 90 days after receipt of the
application unless the Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of
time for processing the application.
(b) Notification of Adverse Determination for
Application. Notification of an adverse determination shall be written in a manner that
can be understood by the Participant or Beneficiary and shall include: (i) the specific reasons for
the denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(iii) a statement outlining additional material or information necessary to enable approval of the
claim and the reasons why such material is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the appeal
procedures, including a statement of the Participants or Beneficiarys right to initiate a
lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a) in the event of a denial on appeal.
(c) Appeal. Any Participant or Beneficiary asserting entitlement to a benefit different from
the benefit approved by the Administrator in response to the application for payment, or who has
received an adverse determination from the Administrator, whether relating to the amount, form of
payment or time of payment, may, within 60 days after notice of the determination, file a written
appeal for a full and fair review by the Administrator.
(d) Final Decision. The Administrator shall render a final determination and provide written
notification to the Participant or Beneficiary within 60 days after receipt of the appeal, unless
the Administrator determines that circumstances require an extension of time for processing the
appeal.
(e) Notification of Adverse Determination on
Appeal. Notification of an adverse determination on appeal shall be written in a manner
that can be understood by the Participant or Beneficiary and shall include: (i) the specific
reasons for the denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent plan provisions on which the denial is
based; (iii) a statement of the Participants or Beneficiarys right to reasonable access to, and
copies of, all documents, records and information relevant to the claim at no cost; and (iv) an
explanation of the additional appeal procedures, if any are available, including a statement of the
Participants or Beneficiarys right to initiate a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a).
(f) Disability Claims. For the application and any appeal involving a claim
for benefit payments due to Total Disability, the alternative and additional requirements and the
shorter response times specified in Regulations Section 2560.503-1 shall apply.
8-7
(g) Extensions. If the response time in (a) or (d) is extended, written notice of the
extension must be provided within the original response period and the extension cannot be longer
than the original response period i.e., 90 or 60 days. Notice of the extension must specify the
circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Administrator expects to complete
the determination.
Except as provided in (f), the initial and extended response times in (d) are automatically
extended, to the extent permitted under Regulations Section 2560.503-1(i), if appeals are processed
by a committee or board that holds regular meetings at least quarterly.
(h) Full and Fair Review. A full and fair review provides the
Participant or Beneficiary with (i) reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records,
and information relevant to the claim at no cost, (ii) the opportunity to submit written comments,
documents or information relating to the claim, and (iii) the right to have such comments,
documents or information taken into account, even if not submitted or considered in the preceding
determination.
(i) Authorized Representative; Hearings. A Participant or Beneficiary
may designate an authorized representative to act on behalf of, or with, the Participant or
Beneficiary at all stages of an appeal. There shall be no right to a hearing or other presentation
before the Administrator or its committee. The Administrator or its committee may, in its sole
discretion, require a hearing or other presentation if deemed necessary for full and fair review
and adjudication of the claim.
8.11 Participants Responsibilities.
All requests for action of any kind by a Participant or Beneficiary under this plan shall be
in writing, executed by the Participant or Beneficiary sent to the Plan Administrator by registered
mail, and shall be subject to any other plan rules applicable to any specific type of request.
8.12 Electronic Administration.
Notwithstanding the requirement set forth in this plan that certain transactions, notices,
elections, consents and disclosures be evidenced in the form of written documentation,
documentation for such transactions, notices, elections, consents or disclosures may be provided or
obtained through electronic media to the extent consistent with Regulations and other guidance.
8-8
ARTICLE 9
Investment of Funds
9.1 Investment Responsibility.
Except to the extent investment responsibility is granted to an Investment Manager, the
Trustee shall have sole and complete authority and responsibility for the investment, management,
and control of trust assets.
9.2 Authorized Investments.
The trust may be invested and reinvested in common or preferred stocks, bonds, mortgages,
leases, notes, debentures, mutual funds, guaranteed investment contracts and other contracts and
funds of insurance companies, other securities, and other real or personal property including,
without limitation, the investments described in (a) below.
(a) Specific Investments.
(i) Interest-Bearing Deposits. The trust may be invested in deposits,
certificates, or share accounts of a bank, savings and loan association, credit union, or similar
financial institution, including a fiduciary, if the deposits bear a reasonable rate of interest,
whether or not the deposits or certificates are insured or guaranteed by an agency of the United
States Government.
(ii) Pooled Investment Funds. The trust may be invested through
ownership of assets or shares in a common trust fund, pooled investment fund, mutual fund, or other
commingled investment, including any pooled or common fund or mutual fund maintained, sponsored, or
provided investment management services by, or otherwise associated with, the Trustee, custodian,
or other fiduciary, or affiliate of the Trustee or custodian, that allows participation or
investment by a trust fund established under a qualified retirement plan. For this purpose, the
terms and provisions of the declaration of trust or other governing documents through which the
common trust fund, pooled investment fund or mutual fund is maintained are incorporated in, and
made applicable to, this plan.
(iii) Qualifying Employer Securities. The trust may be invested in
Qualifying Employer Securities in an amount which, together with all other qualifying employer
securities held by the trust on the date of the investment, does not exceed 10% of the fair market
value of the trust. Fair market value shall be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date
coinciding with or preceding the date of investment. Qualifying Employer Security means stock of
the Employer or a marketable obligation of the Employer, as defined in ERISA Section 407.
9-1
(b) Right of Trustee To Hold Cash. The Trustee may
hold a reasonable portion of the trust in cash pending investment or payment of expenses and
benefits.
9.3 Commingled Investment.
The trust and separate accounts may be commingled for investment without distinction between
principal and income.
9-2
ARTICLE 10
Administration of the Trust
10.1 Duties and Powers of the Trustee.
(a) Duties of the Trustee. The Trustee shall be a named
fiduciary having the following duties:
(i) Control, Manage, and Invest Assets. To control,
manage, and invest trust assets;
(ii) Administrators Instructions. To carry out the instructions of the
Administrator; and
(iii) Records; Reports. To maintain records and to prepare and file reports
required by law or Regulations, other than those for which the Administrator is responsible under
the terms of this plan.
(b) Powers of the Trustee. The Trustee shall have the
following powers:
(i) Control Property. To hold, manage, improve, repair, and control all
property, real or personal, forming part of the trust;
(ii) Asset Investment. To invest trust assets subject to the limitations in
this plan;
(iii) Disposition of Asset. To sell, convey, transfer, exchange,
partition, lease for any term (even extending beyond the duration of the trust), or otherwise
dispose of a trust asset from time to time, in the manner, for the consideration, and upon the
terms and conditions that the Trustee, in its discretion, determines;
(iv) Agents, Advisers, and Counsel. To employ and to
compensate from the trust agents, advisers, and legal counsel reasonably necessary in managing the
trust and advising the Trustee as to its powers, duties, and liabilities;
(v) Claims. To prosecute, defend, settle, arbitrate, compromise, or abandon all
claims and demands in favor of or against the trust, with or without the assistance of legal
counsel;
(vi) Vote Securities. To vote a corporations stock or other securities,
either in person or by proxy, for any purpose;
(vii) Exercise Trust Rights. To exercise, refrain from the exercise
of, or convey a conversion privilege or subscription right applicable to a trust asset;
10-1
(viii) Collection. To demand, collect, and receive the principal, dividends,
interest, income, and all other moneys or other property due upon trust assets;
(ix) Change of Structure. To consent to, oppose, or take another
action in connection with a bankruptcy, composition, arrangement, reorganization, consolidation,
merger, liquidation, readjustment of the financial structure, or sale of assets of a corporation or
other organization, the securities of which may constitute a portion of the trust;
(x) Issue, Hold, or Register Securities. To cause
securities or other property forming part of the trust to be issued, held, or registered in the
individual name of the Trustee, in the name of its nominee or in such form that title will pass by
delivery, provided that the records of the Trustee shall indicate the ownership of the property or
security;
(xi) Borrowing. To borrow money for the benefit of the trust without binding itself
individually, and to secure the loan by pledge, mortgage, or creation of another security interest
in the property;
(xii) Benefit Payments. To make benefit payments from the trust as directed
by the Administrator;
(xiii) Expenses. Unless paid by the Employer, to pay from the trust all reasonable
fees, taxes, commissions, charges, premiums and other expenses, including expenses described in
Section 8.5(n) and reasonable fees of the Trustee and any other custodian or Investment Manager,
incurred in connection with the administration of this plan or trust;
(xiv) Insure Assets. To insure trust assets through a policy or contract of
insurance;
(xv) Incorporate. To incorporate (or participate in an incorporation) under the laws
of any state for the purpose of acquiring and holding title to any property that is part of the
trust;
(xvi) Depository. To keep any part of the trust on deposit with a custodian in the
United States; and
(xvii) Other Acts. To perform all other acts the Trustee deems necessary,
suitable, or desirable for the control and management of the trust and discharge of its duties.
10-2
(c) Limitation on Duties and Powers of
the Trustee. Unless properly delegated and assumed by agreement of the Trustee,
the Trustee shall not be required to exercise a duty or power of the Employer, Administrator, or
any other fiduciary under this instrument.
If an Investment Manager is appointed to manage and invest some or all of the trust assets,
the Investment Manager shall have, and the Trustee shall not have, the specified duties and powers
with respect to investment of trust assets subject to the Investment Managers control. The
Trustee shall have no obligation or power to exercise discretionary authority or control with
respect to investment of the assets subject to management by the Investment Manager or to render
advice regarding the investment of such assets, unless required by ERISA Section 405. The Trustee
shall not be liable for the investment performance of the assets subject to management by the
Investment Manager. The powers and duties of the Trustee with respect to such assets shall be
limited to the following:
(i) Custody and Protection. To act as custodian of the trust assets
not transferred to the custody of the Investment Manager or another custodian, and to protect the
assets in its custody from loss by theft, fire, or other cause;
(ii) Acquisitions. To acquire additional assets for the trust in accordance with the
direction of the Investment Manager;
(iii) Dispositions. To sell or otherwise dispose of trust assets in accordance with
the direction of the Investment Manager;
(iv) Accountings. To account for and render accountings with respect to the trust
(except for assets held by another custodian);
(v) Authorized Actions. To take authorized actions for and on behalf of the
trust in accordance with the direction of the Investment Manager; and
(vi) Ministerial and Custodial Tasks. To perform other
ministerial and custodial tasks in accordance with the direction of the Investment Manager.
If trust assets are transferred to another custodian, that custodian shall have, and the
Trustee shall not have, the foregoing duties and powers with respect to those assets.
10-3
10.2 Accounting.
The Trustee shall maintain accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts,
disbursements, and other transactions for the trust. The records shall be available for inspection
at all reasonable times by Persons designated by the Administrator.
(a) Report. As soon as administratively feasible after each Valuation Date and each
other date agreed to by the Administrator and the Trustee, the Trustee shall prepare and furnish to
the Administrator a statement of account containing the information required by ERISA Section
103(b)(3).
(b) Judicial Settlement. A dispute concerning the Trustees records or
statement of account may be settled by a suit for an accounting brought by a Person having an
interest in the trust.
The accounting and reporting responsibilities shall not apply with respect to assets held by
another custodian except to the extent assumed by the Trustee at the direction of the
Administrator.
10.3 Appointment, Resignation, and Removal of
Trustee.
The Trustee shall be at least one individual or eligible corporation with trust powers
appointed in writing by the Employer and authorized to act as Trustee by ERISA and the Code.
(a) Resignation. The Trustee may resign with at least 60 days written notice to the
Employer, effective as of the date specified in the notice.
(b) Removal. The Employer may remove the Trustee with at least 60 days written
notice to the Trustee, effective as of the date specified in the notice.
(c) Successor Trustee. At least 10 days before the effective date of the
resignation or removal, the Employer shall appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument
delivered to the Trustee with the acceptance of the successor Trustee endorsed on the instrument.
(d) Effective Date of Resignation or Removal.
The resignation or removal of the Trustee shall not be effective before the appointment is made and
accepted by the successor Trustee. The parties, by agreement, may waive the time requirements.
(e) Procedure Upon Transfer. Upon the resignation or removal of the
Trustee, the Trustee shall pay from the trust all accrued fees and expenses of the trust, including
its own fees, and, as of the effective date of its resignation or removal, shall deliver a
statement of account to the Administrator and the successor Trustee.
10-4
(f) Earlier Transfer. In order to facilitate the prompt transfer of fiduciary
responsibility and trust assets to the successor Trustee, the Administrator and the Trustee may
agree upon a procedure by which the Trustee shall deliver all trust assets (less a reasonable
reserve for fees and expenses) to the successor Trustee as soon as administratively feasible after
receipt of notice of appointment of the successor Trustee and acceptance of trust by the successor
Trustee. The Administrator and the Trustee may agree to the transfer of trust assets to the
successor Trustee pending preparation and approval of the final trust accountings.
(g) Final Transfer. As soon as administratively feasible, the Trustee shall
deliver the remaining trust assets to the successor Trustee, together with records maintained by
the Trustee.
(h) In Kind Transfer. The Trustee shall consult with the
Administrator concerning the liquidation of trust assets to be transferred for the purpose of
determining the feasibility of the transfer of certain trust assets in kind before implementing the
liquidation.
(i) Limitation on Liability of Successor. The
successor Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any prior Trustee.
10.4 Trustee Action.
Actions by a corporate Trustee shall be either by a resolution of its board of directors or by
a written instrument executed by one of its authorized officers. Actions taken by any other
Trustee shall be by a written instrument executed by the Trustee.
10.5 Exculpation of Nonfiduciary.
A transfer agent, brokerage, clearing house, insurance company, or any other Person that is
not a fiduciary with respect to this plan and who has paid money or delivered property to the
Trustee shall not be responsible for its application or for determining the propriety of the
actions of the Trustee concerning the money or other property.
10-5
ARTICLE 11
Amendment, Mergers, Successor Employer
11.1 Amendment.
The Employer may amend this plan and trust. An amendment may be retroactive or prospective,
in the sole discretion of the Employer, except where prohibited by ERISA or the Code.
(a) Prohibitions. An amendment may be made without the consent of any other Person,
except that an amendment shall not:
(i) Exclude Participant. Exclude an Employee who previously became a
Participant;
(ii) Decrease Benefit. Decrease a Participants Vested Accrued Benefit,
determined as of the later of the date the amendment is adopted or becomes effective, except as
permitted by ERISA Section 302(c)(8) and Code Section 412(c)(8);
(iii) Reduce Vested Percentage. Reduce a Participants vested
percentage as of the later of the adoption of the amendment or the effective date of the amendment;
(iv) Vesting Schedule. Modify the vesting schedule for a Participant who was
a Participant on the later of the effective date or the date of adoption of the amendment, except
to increase the Participants vested percentage (for each Year of Vesting Service);
(v) Elimination of Protected Benefits. Eliminate any
early retirement benefits and retirement-type subsidy under Code Section 411(d)(6)(B)(i) or any
optional forms of distribution with respect to benefits attributable to service earned before
the amendment, except as may be permitted under Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 411;
(vi) Alter Duties. Alter the duties, responsibilities, or liabilities of the
Trustee or the Committee without the consent of the affected party; and
(vii) Special Restrictions. Violate the special restrictions of Section 12.7.
(b) Notice. An amendment which provides for a significant reduction in future benefit
accruals shall require at least 15 days prior notice to affected Participants and alternate payees
under a QDRO before becoming effective.
11-1
11.2 Merger of Plans.
This plan may be merged or consolidated, or its assets and liabilities may be transferred, in
whole or in part, to another qualified retirement plan if:
(a) Preservation of Accrued Benefits. Each Participants
Accrued Benefit would be equal to or greater than the Participants Accrued Benefit as of the date
immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer, assuming that this plan had terminated
at that time.
(b) Actuarial Statement. If required, at least 30 days before the merger,
consolidation, or transfer, the Administrator shall file an actuarial statement of valuation, in
accordance with Code Section 6058, that the requirements of (a) will be met upon consummation of
the merger, consolidation, or transfer.
(c) Authorization. The Employer and any new or successor employer shall authorize the
merger, consolidation, or transfer.
(d) Special Restriction. The merger complies with the special restrictions of Section 12.7,
if applicable.
11.3 Successor Employer.
If an Employer is dissolved, merged, consolidated, restructured, or reorganized, or if the
assets of the Employer are transferred, this plan and trust may be continued by the successor, and
in that event, the successor will be substituted for the Employer.
11.4 Amendment by WN&J.
(a) Authorized Amendments. Warner Norcross & Judd LLP (WN&J) may amend this
plan on behalf of the Employer for changes in the Code, Regulations, revenue rulings, other
statements published by the Internal Revenue Service (including model, sample, or other required
good faith amendments, but only if their adoption will not cause the plan to be individually
designed), and for corrections of prior approved plans.
11-2
(b) Termination of Authority. WN&J will no longer have the authority
to amend the plan on behalf of the Employer as of:
(i) Form 5300. The date the Internal Revenue Service requires the Employer to
file Form 5300 as an individually designed plan as a result of an amendment by the Employer to
incorporate a type of plan not allowable in the volume submitter program (as described in Revenue
Procedure 2005-16); or
(ii) Individually Designed. The date the plan is otherwise considered an
individually designed plan due to the nature and extent of amendments by the Employer.
(c) Authority Conditioned on Favorable Determination
Letter. If the Employer is required to obtain a determination letter for any reason in
order to maintain reliance on the advisory letter for the volume submitter plan, WN&Js authority
to amend this plan on behalf of the Employer is conditioned on the receipt of a favorable
determination letter.
11-3
ARTICLE 12
Termination
12.1 Right to Terminate.
The Employer reserves the right to revoke this instrument and terminate this plan and trust.
The right to terminate is subject to, and conditioned upon, proper and timely notice to the
Participants and to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) before the effective date of
plan termination. These requirements include:
(a) Cessation of Benefit Accrual. If applicable, advance
notice of the effective date of an amendment within the time periods required under ERISA Section
204(h) which ceases the accrual of benefits under this plan;
(b) Intent to Terminate. A notice of the intention to terminate this
plan to the affected parties at least 60 days and not more than 90 days before the proposed
termination date;
(c) PBGC Certification. An actuarial certification to the PBGC stating the
projected amount of plan assets, the Actuarially Equivalent present value of Benefit Commitments,
and either that this plan is projected to be sufficient for all Benefit Commitments or that this
plan meets the criteria for a distress termination together with a certification by the
Administrator of the accuracy of the information underlying the actuarial certification; and
(d) Benefit Commitments. As soon as possible after issuance of the notice of
intent to terminate, a notice to each Participant and Beneficiary of the amount of Benefit
Commitments or benefits payable, the amount and availability of alternative benefits or forms of
payment, and the specific personal data (retirement age, spouses age, and service) used to
calculate the benefit. Benefit Commitments consist of all amounts set forth in subparagraphs
(i)-(v) of Section 12.3(c).
12.2 Automatic Termination.
This plan shall automatically terminate, or partially terminate when applicable, and
contributions to the trust shall cease upon the Employers legal dissolution, or upon its
adjudication as bankrupt or insolvent, or upon a general assignment by the Employer for the benefit
of creditors, or upon the appointment of a receiver for its assets, or when required by ERISA or
the Code.
12-1
12.3 Termination or Partial Termination of Plan.
(a) Termination. Upon plan termination, the trust assets shall be liquidated over a
reasonable period determined by the Trustee after consultation with the Administrator. Upon
expiration of the statutory 60-day period after filing of the PBGC certification or extension of
that period (for a standard termination), or upon the consent and approval of the PBGC (for a
distress termination), the net assets (after provision is made for administrative expenses and
expenses of liquidation) shall be applied and paid as provided in this section.
(b) Partial Termination. If there is a partial termination of this plan,
trust assets representing the interests of affected Participants shall be segregated by the
Trustee. The proportionate interest of the affected Participants shall be determined by the
Actuary on the basis of the funding method used by this plan, the assumptions used by the Actuary
in making actuarial valuations of this plan, and other factors as the Actuary deems appropriate and
equitable.
(c) Priorities. Assets remaining after reserving sufficient assets to pay the
expenses of administration and termination shall be applied as required under ERISA Section 4044 in
the following order of priority:
(i) After-Tax Employee Contribution Benefits. First, to the
portion of Participants Accrued Benefits derived from the Participants after-tax employee
contributions.
(ii) Mandatory Contribution Benefits. Second, to the portion of
Participants Accrued Benefits derived from Participants mandatory contributions. The amount of
mandatory contributions shall be reduced by amounts paid to the Participant before the termination
of this plan.
(iii) Benefits Payable. Third, to benefits payable to a Participant or
Beneficiary who at the date which is three years before termination either had begun to receive
benefit payments or would have begun receiving benefit payments had the Participant elected to
retire and begin receiving benefits as of that date.
(A) Benefit. For this purpose, the benefit shall be the smaller of the benefit that
was being received or the benefit that would have been received had the Participant retired based
on the least benefit in effect during the five-year period ending at termination.
(B) Benefit Decrease. If benefits under this plan had been reduced during the
three-year period ending at termination by amendment or due to the form of payment, the lowest
payment received during that period shall be considered as the benefit that was being received
three years before termination.
12-2
(iv) Benefits Guaranteed. Fourth, to benefits to a Participant (or
Beneficiary) if, on the effective date of plan termination, the Participants employment had
terminated with a pension payable or the Participant would have had a pension payable had the
Participants employment terminated other than by death on that date.
(A) Benefit. The benefit shall be the benefit not covered in the previous priority
category which was provided by this plan at the date five years prior to the effective date of plan
termination and a prorated portion of any benefit increase from that period to the effective date
of termination. The prorated portion of a benefit increase shall be determined by multiplying the
amount of the increase by 20% for each Plan Year that the increase was in effect.
(B) Limitation. A benefit payable under this subsection shall not be greater than the
actuarial value of a monthly single life annuity benefit of $750 beginning at age 65. The amount
shall be increased by cost of living and other adjustments after 1974.
(v) Other Vested Benefits. Fifth, to benefits to a Participant (or
Beneficiary) if, on the effective date of plan termination, the Participants employment had
terminated with a benefit payable or the Participant would have had a benefit payable had such
Participants employment terminated other than by death on that date. The benefit shall be the
benefit provided by this plan as in effect on the date of termination.
(vi) Other Nonvested Benefits. Sixth, to benefits to a nonvested
Participant whose employment had not terminated as of the effective date of plan termination. The
benefit shall be the Actuarially Equivalent present value of the Participants Accrued Benefit
determined without regard to the vesting schedule under this plan.
(d) Rules For Application. The liability established by each priority
shall be fully satisfied before provision for payment may be made under the next priority.
(i) Distress Termination. If the assets of the trust fund are insufficient to
satisfy the benefits payable under priorities (c)(i) through (v), this plan shall be subject to the
distress termination provisions of ERISA.
(ii) Insufficiency Within Priority. If the assets of the trust are
insufficient within a priority to provide full benefits for all persons included within priorities
(c)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (vi), the benefits shall be proportionately reduced based upon the
present value of the full benefit payable. If the insufficiency occurs in priority (c)(v),
benefits in effect for the entire five-year period shall first be satisfied. Then benefit
increases shall be satisfied in the chronological order of their effective dates.
12-3
12.4 Effect of Termination or Partial Termination.
(a) Nonforfeitability. Upon termination or partial termination of this plan, the
rights of all affected Participants to Accrued Benefits as of the date of termination shall be
nonforfeitable, except to the extent that they are subject to limitations with respect to maximum
benefits.
(b) Distribution. Upon satisfaction of the procedural termination (or partial
termination) requirements, the Administrator shall direct payment of benefits under the payment
provisions of this plan, providing the benefits, where appropriate or required, through the
purchase of annuity contracts.
(c) Recourse Only Against Trust Assets. Except as
required under ERISA, Participants shall not have recourse for the payment of Accrued Benefits as
of the date of plan termination other than against the trust assets and the Employer shall have no
further liability for contributions to this plan or for payment of benefits for affected
Participants upon plan termination.
12.5 Reversion of Assets.
The Employer shall not receive an amount from the trust due to plan termination, except that,
the Employer shall receive all amounts, if any, remaining after payment of the present value of (or
application to purchase annuities to pay) the Benefit Commitments under this plan to Participants
and Beneficiaries. Any excess remaining after payment or application of these amounts shall be
considered to result from a variation between actual experience and expected actuarial experience.
12.6 Highest Paid Restriction.
(a) Restrictions on Termination. If this plan terminates, the benefit
of any present or former Highly Compensated Employee shall be limited to a benefit that is
nondiscriminatory under Code Section 401(a)(4).
(b) Restrictions on Distributions. The benefits payable to any of the
25 present and former Highly Compensated Employees paid the most compensation in the current or any
prior Plan Year shall be restricted to annual payments no greater than (1) the annual payment that
would be made to or with respect to the Participant under a life annuity that is Actuarially
Equivalent to the sum of the Participants Vested Accrued Benefit and the Participants other
benefits under this plan (other than a social security supplement) plus (2) the amount the
Participant is entitled to receive under a social security supplement.
12-4
(i) Exceptions. The restriction shall not apply if: after payment of the benefit the
value of the plan assets equals or exceeds 110% of the value of current liabilities as defined in
Code Section 412(l)(7); the value of the benefits for the Participant is less than 1% of the value
of current liabilities before distribution; the value of the benefit payable does not exceed the
amount described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(A); or the plan terminates and the benefit is
nondiscriminatory under Code Section 401(a)(4).
(ii) Benefit. For purposes of the restriction, the Participants benefit includes
loans in excess of the amount set forth in Code Section 72(p)(2)(A), any periodic income, any
withdrawal values paid to a Participant, and any death benefits not provided for by insurance on
the Participants life.
(c) Payment of Restricted Benefit in Full. A
Participants otherwise restricted benefit may be paid in full if the Participant enters into a
written agreement with the Administrator to secure repayment of the restricted amount. The
restricted amount is the excess of the amount paid to the Participant (accumulated with reasonable
interest) over the amount that could have been paid under the restriction (accumulated with
reasonable interest). The Participant may secure repayment of the restricted amount by one of the
following methods.
(i) Deposit in Escrow. The Participant may deposit in escrow, with an
acceptable depository, property having a fair market value equal to at least 125% of the restricted
amount. The escrow arrangement may permit the Participant to withdraw amounts in excess of 125% of
the restricted amount. If the market value of the property falls below 110% of the remaining
restricted amount, the Participant must deposit additional property to bring the value of the
property held by the depository up to 125% of the restricted amount. The escrow arrangement may
provide that the Participant may have the right to receive any income from the property placed in
escrow, subject to the Participants obligation to deposit additional property.
(ii) Letter of Credit. The Participant may provide a bank letter of
credit in an amount equal to at least 100% of the restricted amount.
(iii) Bond. The Participant may post a bond equal to at least 100% of the restricted
amount. If a bond is posted, the bond must be furnished by an insurance company, bonding company
or other surety for federal bonds.
A surety or bank may release any liability on a bond or letter of credit in excess of 100% of the
restricted amount. If the Administrator certifies to the depository, surety, or bank that the
Participant (or the Participants estate) is no longer obligated to repay any restricted amount, a
depository may redeliver any property held under the escrow arrangement, and a surety or bank may
release any liability on the Participants bond or letter of credit. The Administrator shall make
such a certification only upon an occurrence described in (b)(i) above.
12-5
(d) Payments Prior to January 1, 1994.
Payments that were made or began before January 1, 1994, and that were restricted under Regulations
Section 1.401-4(c) will not continue to be restricted unless the payments also would be subject to
restriction under the rules of this section. Any payment that remains restricted will be
restricted in accordance with Regulations Section 1.401-4(c), but the Participant may receive
payment of an amount in escrow or release of any bond or letter of credit if the amount could be
released under either Regulations Section 1.401-4(c) or 1.401(a)(4)-5(b).
12.7 Special Restriction.
If the Plan is terminated or merged during the period from a Restricted Date to the following
Unrestricted Date (a Restricted Period), the provisions of this section shall govern any
termination, partial termination or merger or consolidation of the Plan.
(a) Restricted Date. Restricted Date means the first date on which the Employer enters into
an agreement which could constitute a Change in Control; a person (including the Employer) publicly
announces an intention to take or consider taking actions which would, if consummated, constitute a
Change in Control; a Person (other than the Trustee or a fiduciary holding Employer securities
under an employee benefit plan or any entity owned directly or indirectly by shareholders of the
Employer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Employer) increases
beneficial ownership of the combined voting power of the Employers then outstanding securities by
5% or more over the percentage owned on May 19, 1987, and after the increase the Person holds as
beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, 9.5% or more of securities of the Employer; or the Board
of Directors of the Employer adopts a resolution to the effect that a Potential Change in Control
has occurred for purposes of this Agreement.
(b) Change in Control. Change in Control means:
(i) the acquisition of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock
of the employer or (2) the combined voting power entitled to vote for the Board of Directors of the
Employer, excluding: (A) an acquisition by the Employer, (B) an acquisition by an employee benefit
plan (or related trust) of the Employer, (C) an acquisition where, afterwards the ownership is
substantially the same (in accordance with (1), (2), and (3) of subsection (iii) of this Section),
or (D) an acquisition by an executive or group of executives of the Employer;
(ii) a change in majority of the incumbent Board of Directors of the Employer as of May 9,
1987, except that a board member approved by a three-quarters vote of the directors shall be
defined as an incumbent and a board member elected out of a proxy contest is deemed not to be an
incumbent;
12-6
(iii) approval by the stockholders of the Employer of a reorganization, merger, consolidation
plan of complete liquidation or distribution or sale of substantially all of the Employers assets
unless the ownership afterwards is substantially the same including, (1) more than 50% of common
stock and voting power is the same and in roughly the same proportion, (2) no Person except the
Employer, an Employer employee benefit plan (or related trust) or stockholder who held 20% before
such transaction, owns 20% of the common stock or voting power of the new company, and (3) at least
a majority of the new board members were members of the incumbent board.
(c) Unrestricted Date. Unrestricted Date means the last day of the two-year period
following the Restricted Date.
(d) Termination/Partial Termination. Upon termination (or partial termination) during a
Restricted Period, if assets remain in the Trust which could otherwise be reverted to the Employer,
the assets shall instead be applied:
(i) Retiree Benefits. First, to the purchase of retiree medical and life insurance to
Participants and their beneficiaries in full (or partial prorata) satisfaction of the Employers
obligation then existing obligation; and
(ii) Benefit Increase. To increase benefits on a prorata basis to Participants and
beneficiaries to the maximum extent permissible under the Plan.
(e) Merger Consolidation. If the Plan is merged or consolidated with another plan or a
transfer of plan assets and liabilities is effected during a Restricted Period:
(i) Full Vesting. The Accrued Benefit of each Participant whose benefit may be affected and
is in Covered Employment on the proposed effective date of the merger, consolidation or transfer
shall be fully vested.
(ii) Benefit Increase. The vested accrued benefit of each Participant or beneficiary shall be
increased under subsection (d) above (including retiree benefits) as though the Plan had terminated
immediately prior to the effective date of the merger, consolidation or transfer shall be fully
vested.
(iii) Payment/Purchase. The increased fully-vested benefit provided by this Section shall be
satisfied before the consummation of the merger, consolidation or transfer by, at the Participant
or beneficiarys election: a lump sum payment of the present value of the benefits calculated on a
termination basis or by the purchase of an annuity contract which represents an irrevocable
commitment to satisfy the increased, fully-vested benefit and satisfies applicable provisions of
law regarding selection of an annuity provider.
12-7
(f) Amendment. During a Restricted Period, the Plan my not be amended to:
(i) Adversely Impact. Adversely affect the computation or amount of or entitlement to
benefits under this Section including any adverse change in or to: the rate at which benefit accrue
or vest; the determination of compensation; optimal forms of payment; the time of commencement of
benefits; or actuarial factors utilized to compute benefits.
(ii) Modify
Section 12.7. Modify this Section 12.7 without the consent of a majority of the
Participants in Covered Employment immediately prior to the Restricted Date in both number and
interest (calculated based upon the present value of the benefits provided by this Section).
12-8
ARTICLE 13
General Provisions
13.1 Spendthrift Provision.
An interest in the trust shall not be subject to assignment, conveyance, transfer,
anticipation, pledge, alienation, sale, encumbrance, or charge, whether voluntary or involuntary,
by a Participant or Beneficiary except under a QDRO or as permitted in subsection (a) or (b).
(a) Not Security. An interest shall not provide collateral or security for a
debt of a Participant or Beneficiary or be subject to garnishment, execution, assignment, levy, or
to another form of judicial or administrative process or to the claim of a creditor of a
Participant or Beneficiary, through legal process or otherwise, except for a claim under a
voluntary revocable assignment permitted by Regulation 1.401(a)-13.
(b) Crimes and ERISA Violations. Effective with respect to
judgments issued, and settlements entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, a Participants
interest in the trust may be offset to pay an amount that the Participant is required to pay to the
plan for certain crimes and ERISA violations in accordance with the following rules:
(i) Express Provision. An offset may be made if it is expressly provided for
by:
(A) Judgment of Conviction. A judgment of conviction for a crime
involving this plan;
(B) Civil Judgment. A civil judgment (including a consent order or decree)
entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of
the fiduciary responsibility provisions under ERISA; or
(C) IRS/PBGC Settlement. A settlement agreement between the Participant and
the Internal Revenue Service or Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in connection with a violation
(or alleged violation) of the fiduciary responsibility provisions under ERISA by a fiduciary or any
other person.
(ii) Spousal Consent. A Participants interest in the trust shall not be
offset if the Participant has a Spouse on the date of the offset unless the QJSA and QPSA have been
waived or the Spouse consents in writing to the offset. The consent must be witnessed by an
individual named by the Administrator or by a notary public. If the Spouse cannot be located or if
other circumstances set forth in Regulations issued under Code Section 417 exist, the consent is
not required.
13-1
(iii) Waiver of Consent Requirement. The consent of the
Spouse is not required if the judgment or settlement agreement in (i) above:
(A) Payment Ordered. Orders or requires the Spouse to pay an amount to this
plan in connection with a violation of the fiduciary responsibility provisions under ERISA; or
(B) Rights Retained. Retains the Spouses right to the QJSA or QPSA
determined in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(13)(D).
(c) Attempts Void. Any other attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer,
assign, pledge, encumber, charge, or otherwise dispose of benefits payable, before actual receipt
of the benefits, or a right to receive benefits, shall be void. The trust shall not be liable for,
or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of a Person entitled to
benefits. The benefits and trust assets under this plan shall not be considered an asset of a
Participant or Beneficiary in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy.
13.2 Effect Upon Employment Relationship.
The adoption of this plan shall not create a contract of employment between the Employer and
an Employee, confer upon an Employee a legal right to continuation of employment, limit or qualify
the right of the Employer to discharge or retire an Employee, or affect the right of an Employee to
remain in service after the Normal Retirement Date.
13.3 No Interest in Employer Assets.
Nothing in this plan and trust shall be construed to give an Employee, Participant, or
Beneficiary an interest in the assets or the business affairs of the Employer or the right to
examine the books and records of the Employer. A Participants rights are solely those granted by
this instrument.
13.4 Construction.
The singular includes the plural, and the plural includes the singular, unless the context
clearly indicates the contrary. Capitalized terms have the meaning specified in this plan. If a
term is not defined, the term shall have the general, accepted meaning of the term.
Any period of time described in this plan shall consist of consecutive days, months, or years,
as appropriate.
13-2
13.5 Severability.
If any provision of this plan is invalid, unenforceable, or disqualified under the Code,
ERISA, or Regulations, for any period of time, the affected provision shall be ineffective, but the
remaining provisions shall be unaffected.
13.6 Governing Law.
This plan and trust shall be interpreted, administered, and managed in compliance with the
Code, ERISA, and Regulations. To the extent not preempted by federal law, this plan and trust
shall be interpreted, administered, and managed in compliance with the laws of the State of
Michigan.
13.7 Nondiversion.
Except for reversion of assets permitted upon plan termination, all of the trust assets shall
be retained for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries, shall be used to pay
benefits to such Persons and to pay administrative expenses to the extent not paid by the Employer
and shall not revert to or inure to the benefit of the Employer.
13.8 Limitations for Underfunded Plans.
This section generally states the requirements of Code Section 436 and the Regulations and
shall take precedence over any other provision of this plan. The applicability of Code Section 436
and its limitations shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Regulations
Section 1.436-1, including, but not limited to, the application of Code Section 436 to the plan as
determined under Regulations Section 1.436-1(a) and the methods for avoiding the benefit
limitations of Code Section 436 specified in Regulations Section 1.436-1(f).
(a) Limitation on Benefit Accruals. If the AFTAP for a Plan Year is less than 60%,
benefit accruals under this plan will cease as of the Applicable Measurement Date in accordance
with Regulations Section 1.436-1(e). If benefit accruals must cease under this provision, the plan
may not be amended in a manner that would increase the liabilities of the plan by reason of an
increase in benefits or establishment of new benefits, regardless of whether such amendment would
otherwise be permitted under Code Section 436(c)(3).
13-3
(b) Limitation on Benefit Payments. Benefit payments to a Participant or Beneficiary
will be limited as specified below.
(i) AFTAP Less Than 60%. If the AFTAP for a Plan Year is less
than 60%, a Participant or Beneficiary may not elect an optional form of benefit payment that
includes a Prohibited Payment, and the plan will not pay any Prohibited Payment, with an Annuity
Starting Date that is on or after the Applicable Measurement Date.
(ii) Bankruptcy. A Participant or Beneficiary may not elect an optional form of
benefit payment that includes a Prohibited Payment, and the plan will not pay any Prohibited
Payment, with an Annuity Starting Date that occurs during any period in which the Employer is a
debtor in a case under Title 11 of the United States Code or similar federal or state law. The
preceding sentence shall not apply to payments made within a Plan Year with an Annuity Starting
Date that occurs on or after the date on which the Actuary certifies that the AFTAP for that Plan
Year is not less than 100%.
(iii) AFTAP Between 60% and 80%. If the AFTAP for a Plan Year is 60% or more but less than
80%, a Participant or Beneficiary may not elect an optional form of benefit that includes a
Prohibited Payment, and the plan will not pay any Prohibited Payment, with an Annuity Starting Date
that is on or after the Applicable Measurement Date, unless the present value, determined in
accordance with Code Section 417(e)(3), of the Restricted Portion of the benefit does not exceed
the lesser of (A) 50% of the present value (determined in accordance with Code Section 417(e)(3))
of the benefit payable in the optional form of benefit payment that includes the Prohibited Payment
or (B) 100% of the PBGC Maximum Benefit Guarantee Amount.
(A) Election Options. If an optional form of benefit payment that is
otherwise available under this plan is not available as of the Annuity Starting Date due to (iii)
above, the Participant or Beneficiary may elect to:
(1) Bifurcation. Receive the Unrestricted Portion of that optional form at that
Annuity Starting Date, determined by treating the Unrestricted Portion of the benefit as if it were
the Participants or Beneficiarys entire benefit under this plan, and to receive payment of the
remainder of the benefit in any optional form of benefit at the same Annuity Starting Date
otherwise available that would not have included a Prohibited Payment if that optional form applied
to the Participant or Beneficiarys entire benefit; provided the rules of Code Section 1.417(e)-1
are applied separately to the separate optional forms of payment for the Unrestricted Portion of
the benefit and the remainder of the benefit;
(2) Other Optional Form. Commence benefit payments with respect to the
Participants or Beneficiarys entire benefit in any other optional form of benefit available under
this plan at the same Annuity Starting Date that is not restricted under (iii) above; or
13-4
(3) Defer Payment. Defer commencement of the benefit payments if permitted
and in accordance with the terms of this plan.
(B) One Time Application. If a Prohibited Payment (or series of Prohibited Payments under a
single optional form of benefit payment) is made to a Participant in accordance with the above
provisions, no additional Prohibited Payment may be made with respect to that Participant during
any period of consecutive Plan Years for which the limitations on benefit payments under (b) above
apply.
(C) Alternative Election Option. With respect to an optional form of
benefit payment that includes a Prohibited Payment that is not permitted to be paid under (iii)
above, for which no additional information from the Participant or Beneficiary is needed, rather
than wait for the Participant or Beneficiary to elect such optional form of benefit payment, the
Administrator may determine to provide for separate elections with respect to the Restricted and
Unrestricted Portions of that optional form of benefit provided this rule is applied to all such
optional forms and the option that the separate election replaces is identified.
(iv) Special Election Options. The Administrator may determine, on a
uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, to offer optional forms of benefit in accordance with
Regulations Section 1.436-1(d)(6) including, but not limited to, the options listed in (A) and (B)
below that will be available solely during the period in which subsections (i), (ii), or (iii)
apply to limit Prohibited Payments under this plan.
(A) Single Sum Payment. A Participant or Beneficiary who commences
benefit payments during the period in which (i) or (ii) above applies to limit Prohibited Payments
under this plan may be permitted to elect (when the restricted period expires) to receive the
remaining benefit in the form of a single-sum payment equal to the present value of the remaining
benefit, but only to the extent then permitted under this section.
(B) Deferral of Restricted Portion. A Participant or
Beneficiary who commences benefit payments during the period in which (iii) above applies to
restrict Prohibited Payments under this plan may be permitted to elect payment in an optional form
of benefit payment that provides for the current payment of the Unrestricted Portion of the benefit
with a delayed commencement for the Restricted Portion of the benefit, subject to the other
requirements of this plan.
(c) Limitation on Unpredictable Contingent Event
Benefits. Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits with respect to an Unpredictable
Contingent Event occurring during a Plan Year shall not be paid if the AFTAP for the Plan Year is
(i) less than 60%, or (ii) 60% or more, but would be less than 60% if the AFTAP were redetermined
applying an actuarial assumption that the likelihood of occurrence of the Unpredictable Contingent
Event during the Plan Year is 100%.
13-5
(d) Limitation on Plan Amendments. In accordance with
Regulations Section 1.436-1(c) and except as otherwise provided therein, no amendment to the plan
that has the effect of increasing liabilities of the plan by reason of increases in benefits,
establishment of new benefits, changing the rate of benefit accrual, or changing the rate at which
benefits become nonforfeitable will take effect in a Plan Year if the AFTAP for the Plan Year is
(i) less than 80%; or (ii) 80% or more, but would be less than 80% if the benefits attributable to
the amendment were taken into account in determining the AFTAP.
(e) Automatic Resumption/Restoration.
(i) Benefit Accruals. Benefit accruals that had been limited under (a) above
shall be automatically restored as of the Applicable Measurement Date that the limitation ceases to
apply. The restoration of benefit accrual is treated as a plan amendment subject to the
limitations under (d) above, unless the continuous period of the limitation was 12 months or less
and the plans Actuary certifies that the AFTAP would not be less than 60% taking into account the
restored benefit accruals for the prior Plan Year.
(ii) Benefit Payments. If a limitation on Prohibited Payments under (b) above
applied to the plan as of an Applicable Measurement Date, but that limit no longer applies as of a
later Applicable Measurement Date, the limitation on Prohibited Payments does not apply to benefits
with Annuity Starting Dates that are on or after that later Applicable Measurement Date.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this plan to the contrary, the Administrator may determine,
on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, to provide a Participant who had an Annuity Starting Date
within a period during which a limitation under (b) above applied to the plan with the opportunity
to have a new Annuity Starting Date (which would constitute a new Annuity Starting Date under Code
Sections 415 and 417) under which the form of benefit payment previously elected may be modified
once the limitations cease to apply.
(iii) Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits. If
Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits with respect to an Unpredictable Contingent Event that
occurs during the Plan Year are not permitted to be paid after the occurrence of the event in
accordance with (c) above, but are permitted to be paid later in the Plan Year as a result of
additional contributions under Regulations Section 1.436-1(f)(2) or pursuant to the Actuarys
certification of the AFTAP for the Plan Year that meets the requirements of Regulations
Section 1.436-1(g)(5)(ii)(B), the Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits will automatically become
payable, retroactive to the period those benefits would have been payable under the terms of this
plan. If the benefits do not become payable during the Plan Year in accordance with the preceding
sentence, the plan is treated as if it does not provide those benefits; provided, however, that all
or any portion of those benefits can be restored pursuant to an amendment that meets the
requirements of (d) above.
13-6
(iv) Plan Amendments. If an amendment to the plan does not take effect
as of the effective date of the amendment in accordance with (d) above, but is permitted to take
effect later in the Plan Year as a result of additional contributions under Regulations Section
1.436-1(f)(2) or pursuant to the Actuarys certification of the AFTAP for the Plan Year that meets
the requirements of Regulations Section 1.436-1(g)(5)(ii)(C), the amendment will automatically take
effect as of the first day of the Plan Year (or, if later, the original effective date of the
amendment). If the amendment cannot take effect during the Plan Year, it will be treated as if it
were never adopted, unless the amendment provides otherwise.
(f) Definitions. The following definitions apply for purposes of this section only.
(i) AFTAP. AFTAP means the adjusted funding target attainment percentage as defined
in Regulations Section 1.436-1(j)(1), including all applicable assumptions, elections, and
transition rules specified in Code Section 436 and Regulations Section 1.436-1.
(ii) Annuity Starting Date. Annuity Starting Date generally means
the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity as described in Code
Section 417(f)(2)(A)(i). The Annuity Starting Date shall be determined in accordance with
Regulations Section 1.436-1(j)(2).
(iii) Applicable Measurement Date. Applicable Measurement Date
means the date used to determine when the limitations of this article apply or cease to apply, and
also for calculations with respect to applying the limitations of this article, as defined in
Regulations Section 1.436-1(j)(8).
(iv) PBGC Maximum Benefit Guarantee Amount. PBCG
Maximum Benefit Guarantee Amount means the present value (determined under guidance prescribed by
the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, using the interest and mortality assumptions under Code
Section 417(e)) of the maximum benefit guarantee with respect to a Participant (based on the
Participants age or the Beneficiarys age at the Annuity Starting Date) under ERISA Section 4022
for the year in which the Annuity Starting Date occurs.
(v) Prohibited Payment. Prohibited Payment means any payment for a month
that is in excess of the monthly amount paid under a Single Life Annuity (plus any social security
supplements described in the last sentence of Code Section 411(a)(9)) to a Participant or
Beneficiary whose Annuity Starting Date occurs during any period that a limitation on Prohibited
Payments is in effect, as well as any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an
insurer to pay benefits. Prohibited Payment includes any transfer of assets and liabilities to
another plan maintained by the Employer or any Related Employer that is made to avoid or terminate
the application Code Section 436 and any other amount that is identified as a Prohibited Payment in
guidance published by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service. Prohibited Payment does
not include the payment of a benefit which may be distributed without the consent of the
Participant in accordance with Code Section 411(a)(11).
13-7
(vi) Restricted Portion. Restricted Portion means, with respect to a
benefit being paid in an optional form for which any of the payments is greater than the amount
payable under a Single Life Annuity to the Participant or Beneficiary (plus any social security
supplements described in the last sentence of Code Section 411(a)(9) payable to the Participant or
Beneficiary) with the same Annuity Starting Date, the excess of each payment over the smallest
payment during the Participants lifetime under the optional form of benefit (treating a period
after the Annuity Starting Date and during the Participants lifetime in which no payments are made
as a payment of zero).
(vii) Unpredictable Contingent Event. Unpredictable Contingent
Event means a plant shutdown (whether full or partial) or similar event, or an event (including
the absence of an event) other than the attainment of any age, performance of any service, receipt
or derivation of any compensation, or the occurrence of death or Disability.
(viii) Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits.
Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits means any benefit or increase in benefits to the extent
the benefit or increase would not be payable but for the occurrence of an Unpredictable Contingent
Event.
(ix) Unrestricted Portion. Unrestricted Portion generally means 50% of the
amount payable under the optional form of benefit. The Unrestricted Portion of the benefit shall
be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.436-1(d)(3)(iii)(D).
13-8
ARTICLE 14
Top-Heavy Plan Provisions
14.1 Top-Heavy Determination.
If this plan is or becomes a Top-Heavy Plan in a Plan Year, the provisions of this article
shall supersede all conflicting plan provisions.
(a) Top-Heavy Plan. Top-Heavy Plan means this plan for a Plan Year if:
(i) Not Required or Permissive Aggregation
Group. This plan is not part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation
Group, and the Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 60%;
(ii) Required Aggregation Group. This plan is part of a Required
Aggregation Group (but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group), and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the
Required Aggregation Group exceeds 60%; or
(iii) Permissive Aggregation Group. This plan is part of a Permissive
Aggregation Group, and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%.
(b) Calculation. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio and the extent to which
benefit payments, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with
Code Section 416 and Regulations.
(i) Disregard Certain Employees. In calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio,
the account balance or Accrued Benefit of a Participant who was a Key Employee in a prior year but
is no longer a Key Employee or has not performed services for an Employer maintaining this plan at
any time during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) will be disregarded.
(ii) Ownership. Ownership shall be determined under Code Section 318 as modified by
Code Section 416(i)(1)(B)(iii) without regard to the aggregation rules under Code Section 414.
14-1
(iii) Rollovers and Transfers. A lump-sum payment rolled over or an
amount transferred from this plan to another qualified retirement plan of the Employer or a Related
Employer shall not be included in the Present Value of Accrued Benefits under this plan. A payment
of benefits rolled over or an amount transferred from another qualified retirement plan of the
Employer or a Related Employer to this plan shall be included in the Present Value of Accrued
Benefits under this plan. If a rollover or transfer to a qualified retirement plan of an unrelated
employer was initiated by the former Participant, it shall be deemed a lump-sum payment from this
plan. If a rollover or transfer from a qualified retirement plan of an unrelated employer to this
plan for a Participant was initiated by the Participant, it shall not be included in the Present
Value of Accrued Benefits under this plan unless the rollover or transfer to this plan was accepted
on or before December 31, 1983.
14.2 Top-Heavy Definitions.
For purposes of this article, the following terms have the stated meanings:
(a) Top-Heavy Ratio. Top-Heavy Ratio means the ratio, as of this plans
Determination Date, calculated by dividing the aggregate Present Value of Accrued Benefits of all
Key Employees of each plan in the Required Aggregation Group (and each other plan in the Permissive
Aggregation Group, if necessary or desirable) by the aggregate Present Value of Accrued Benefits of
all Participants under all plans in the Required (or Permissive) Aggregation Group.
(b) Present Value of Accrued Benefits.
(i) This Plan. Present Value of Accrued Benefits under this plan means the
Actuarially Equivalent present value of the Accrued Benefits of all Participants and Beneficiaries
determined as of the Determination Date. The Present Value of Accrued Benefits includes:
(A) One-Year Period. The amount of benefit payments made from this plan due
to termination of employment, death or disability during the one-year period ending on the
Determination Date; and
(B) Five-Year Period. The amount of benefit payments made from this plan for
any other reason during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date.
(ii) Accrual Method. The Accrued Benefit of any Participant who is not a Key
Employee shall be determined (i) under the method, if any, that applies uniformly with respect to
all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (ii) if there is no uniform method, as if
the benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional
rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).
14-2
(iii) Other Plans. The Present Value of Accrued Benefits shall be determined
with respect to, and pursuant to the provisions of, all qualified retirement plans (including a
simplified employee pension plan) in the aggregation group.
(iv) Unpaid Contribution. A contribution not paid as of a Determination Date
for any plan in the aggregation group shall be included in the determination of the Present Value
of Accrued Benefits as required under Code Section 416 and Regulations.
(v) Actuarial Assumptions. If this plan is part of a Permissive Aggregation
Group or a Required Aggregation Group and at least one of the qualified retirement plans aggregated
with this plan is a defined benefit plan, the Present Value of Accrued Benefits under any such
defined benefit plan shall be determined based on the interest rate and mortality table set forth
in Section 7.2.
(c) Required Aggregation Group. Required Aggregation Group means
all qualified retirement plans, including terminated plans, of the Employer and each Related
Employer in which at least one Key Employee is a participant, plus all other qualified retirement
plans of the Employer and each Related Employer, that enable one or more of the plans covering at
least one Key Employee to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410.
(d) Permissive Aggregation Group. Permissive Aggregation Group
means all qualified retirement plans, including terminated plans, if any, of the Employer and each
Related Employer that are part of a Required Aggregation Group that includes this plan, plus any
other qualified retirement plan (designated by the Employer) of the Employer and each Related
Employer that is not part of the Required Aggregation Group but that, when considered part of the
Permissive Aggregation Group, does not prevent the group from meeting the requirements of Code
Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
(e) Determination Date. For any Plan Year after the initial Plan Year,
Determination Date means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the initial Plan Year,
Determination Date means the last day of the initial Plan Year.
(i) Present Value of Accrued Benefits. The Present
Value of Accrued Benefits are determined as of the most recent Top-Heavy Valuation Date within the
12-month period ending on the Determination Date.
(ii) Multiple Plans. When aggregating plans, the Present Value of Accrued
Benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same
calendar year.
14-3
(f) Key Employee. Key Employee means an Employee or former Employee
(including any deceased Employee or the Beneficiary of any deceased Employee) who, under Code
Section 416(i), is or was, during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date, one of the
following:
(i) Officer. An officer of an Employer or Related Employer if the officers Section
415 Compensation exceeds $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 2002);
(ii) 5% Owner. A 5% Owner; or
(iii) 1% Owner; $150,000 Compensation. A 1% owner, determined
under the definition of 5% Owner but replacing 5% with 1%, whose Section 415 Compensation
exceeds $150,000.
Ownership under (ii) and (iii) shall be determined separately for each Employer and Related
Employer. Compensation for (i) and (iii) above for a Plan Year is determined without regard to the
Annual Compensation Limit. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998, for purposes of
determining compensation under (i) and (iii) above, compensation means Section 415 Compensation
plus elective contributions that are excluded from gross income by Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).
(g) Top-Heavy Valuation Date. Top-Heavy Valuation Date means, for a
defined contribution plan (including a simplified employee pension plan), the date for revaluation
of the assets to market value coinciding with, or occurring most recently within the 12-month
period ending on, the Determination Date. For a defined benefit plan, the term means the most
recent date used for computing the plan costs for minimum funding purposes (whether or not an
actuarial valuation is performed during that Plan Year) occurring within the 12-month period ending
on the Determination Date.
14.3 Minimum Benefits.
For each Plan Year in which this plan is or becomes a Top-Heavy Plan, each Participant who is
not a Key Employee and who completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service shall accrue a Minimum Accrued
Benefit.
14-4
(a) Minimum Accrued Benefit. The Minimum Accrued Benefit for a
Participant who is not a Key Employee means the monthly amount of a pension benefit payable as a
Single Life Annuity beginning on the first day of the first month following the Participants
Normal Retirement Date. The monthly amount shall be 2% of Minimum Average Monthly Compensation
multiplied by Years of Vesting Service (maximum of 10 years) earned for Plan Years beginning on or
after January 1, 1984, during which this plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.
(b) Minimum Average Monthly Compensation. Minimum Average
Monthly Compensation means the Participants Average Monthly Compensation, provided that Minimum
Average Monthly Compensation shall not be less than the average of the Participants HCE
Compensation for the five consecutive Plan Years during the Participants period of employment that
yield the highest amount. The five consecutive Plan Years shall not include Plan Years beginning
before January 1, 1984, and any Plan Year after the last Plan Year in which this plan is a
Top-Heavy Plan, and shall not include or be deemed interrupted by, Plan Years during which the
Participant Employee does not earn a Year of Vesting Service.
14.4 Vesting Schedule.
The vesting schedule for each Participant who has an Hour of Service during a Plan Year in
which this plan is or becomes a Top-Heavy Plan shall be replaced with the following schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
|
Less than 2 years
|
|
|
-0- |
|
2 years
|
|
|
20 |
% |
3 years
|
|
|
40 |
% |
4 years
|
|
|
60 |
% |
5 years or more
|
|
|
100 |
% |
(a) Cessation. If this plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, vested percentages shall
continue to be determined under this schedule.
(b) Vesting Schedule Change. Any change in the vesting schedule due
to this plan becoming, or ceasing to be, a Top-Heavy Plan shall be treated as an amendment to this
plan, and all rules applying to the amendment of a vesting schedule shall apply.
14-5
The Employer has executed this instrument this _______ day of ____________, ___.
|
|
|
|
|
|
WOLVERINE WORLD WIDE, INC.
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
|
Its |
|
|
|
|
|
Employer |
-1-
PW Trust Company (Trustee) accepts the duties, powers and responsibilities
of the Trustee as described in Articles 9 and 10 of the Wolverine Employees Pension
Plan, effective as of ____________, ___.
Dated: ,
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
PW TRUST COMPANY
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
|
Its |
|
|
|
|
|
Trustee |
-2-
GC Trust Company (Trustee) accepts the duties, powers and responsibilities
of the Trustee as described in Articles 9 and 10 of the Wolverine Employees Pension
Plan, effective as of ,
.
Dated: ,
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
CG TRUST COMPANY
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
|
Its |
|
|
|
|
|
Trustee |
-3-
SCHEDULE A
COVERED EMPLOYEE GROUPS/ADOPTING EMPLOYERS
(Except Sections 4.6 and 4.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EFFECTIVE DATE |
|
UNIT |
|
UNDER PLAN |
|
Frolic
Footwear Division - Salaried |
|
|
02-01-70 |
|
Hush Puppies Retail, Inc. - Division 5 |
|
|
01-01-77 |
|
Tru-Stitch Footwear Division - Salaried D |
|
|
01-01-70 |
|
Tru-Stitch Footwear Division - Hourly Non Union |
|
|
01-01-85 |
|
Wolverine Employees |
|
|
01-01-69 |
|
Brooks Shoe Company, Inc. |
|
|
01-01-82 |
|
Viner Bros., Inc. |
|
|
04-01-84 |
|
Town & Country Shoes, Inc. |
|
|
06-01-81 |
|
Wolverine
Hy-Test, Inc.
non-collectively bargained employees |
|
|
04-17-96 |
|
COVERED EMPLOYEE GROUPS/ADOPTING EMPLOYERS
(Section 4.6 and 4.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EFFECTIVE DATE |
|
Wolverine World Wide, Inc. |
|
|
01-01-94 |
|
Town & Country Shoes, Inc. |
|
|
01-01-94 |
|
Brooks Shoe Company, Inc. |
|
|
01-01-94 |
|
Viner Bros, Inc. |
|
|
01-01-94 |
|
Little Falls Footwear Division |
|
|
01-01-94 |
|
Hush Puppies Retail, Inc. Division 05 |
|
|
01-01-94 |
|
Wolverine World Wide, Inc. Salaried at Puerto Rico |
|
|
01-01-94 |
|
Wolverine Procurement, Inc. |
|
|
01-01-94 |
|
B&B Shoe Division. |
|
|
01-01-94 |
|
Wolverine
Hy-Test, Inc.
non-collectively bargained employees |
|
|
04-17-96 |
|
SCHEDULE B
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement Date (Normal/Deferred Benefit), |
|
|
|
Date of Disability (Disability Retirement |
|
|
|
Benefit) or Termination of Employment Date |
|
Dollar Benefit |
|
(Early Retirement/Monthly Deferred |
|
Multiplier |
|
January 1, 1976 - December 31, 1978 |
|
$4 (pre-1/1/76 Service)/ $6 (post-12/31/75 Service) |
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, 1979 December 31, 1983 |
|
$ |
6.00 |
|
January 1, 1984 December 31, 1975 |
|
$ |
7.00 |
|
January 1, 1986 December 31, 1988 |
|
$ |
8.00 |
|
January 1, 1989 December 31, 1989 |
|
$ |
8.50 |
|
January 1, 1990 December 31, 1991 |
|
$ |
9.00 |
|
January 1, 1992 December 31, 1992 |
|
$ |
11.00 |
|
January 1, 1993 December 31, 1993 |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
January 1, 1994 December 31, 1994 |
|
$ |
14.00 |
|
January 1, 1995 December 31, 1995 |
|
$ |
15.00 |
|
January 1, 1996 December 31, 1997 |
|
$ |
16.00 |
|
January 1, 1998 December 31, 1998 |
|
$ |
18.00 |
|
January 1, 1999 December 31, 1999 |
|
$ |
20.00 |
|
January 1, 2000 December 31, 2000 |
|
$ |
21.00 |
|
January 1, 2001 December 31, 2001 |
|
$ |
23.00 |
|
January 1, 2002 or after |
|
$ |
24.00 |
|
SCHEDULE C-1
FORMER PARTICIPANTS UNDER
WEBSTER MANUFACTURING UNIT
HOURLY RATED EMPLOYEES PENSION PLAN
C1.1 Purpose. This Schedule recognizes and preserves certain benefits resulting from
the merger of the above Plan (Webster Plan) with this Plan effective May 31, 1988.
C1.2 Participant. Each Participant in the Webster Plan on May 31, 1988, shall be a
C-1 Participant.
C1.3 Benefit. Each C-1 Participants Accrued Benefit shall be equal to the sum of:
(a) Post-May 31, 1998. $3 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service after May 31, 1988
(utilizing a full year of Benefit Service for 1998).
(b) 1970 June 1, 1988.$3 multiplied by Years of Benefit Service between January 1, 1970,
and June 1, 1988, under the Webster Plan, and
(c) Pre-1970. $1.20 multiplied by the Participants Years of Benefit Service under the
Webster Plan before January 1, 1970.
C1.4 Supplemental Benefit. Each C-1 Participant who terminates employment
after May 31, 1988, shall be entitled to a monthly accrued benefit in addition to the benefit set
forth above equal to the actuarially equivalent of the following applicable single sum amount.
(a) 1-10 Years of Service. If the C1 Participant had completed 1 but less than 10
Years of Service, $111 multiplied by the by the Participants Years of Service.
(b) 10-20 Years of Service. If the C1 Participant had completed 10 but less than 20
Years of Service, $166.50 multiplied by the by the Participants Years of Service.
(c) At Least 20 Years of Service. If the C1 Participant had completed at least 20
Years of Service, $222 multiplied by the by the Participants Years of Service.
SCHEDULE C-2
BENEFITS FOR CERTAIN FORMER EMPLOYEES
1994 SPECIAL SEVERANCE PROGRAM
C2.l Purpose. The purpose of this Schedule is to provide benefits for certain
Participants of the Plan who retire under the 1994 Wolverine Special Severance Program (the 1994
Program).
C2.2 C-2 Participant. A Participant shall be a C-2 Participant if the Participant
is eligible for and elects between November 3, 1994 and December 18, 1994 to retire under the 1994
Program.
C2.3 Highly Compensated Exclusion. The benefits under this Schedule shall not be
available to a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee.
C2.4 Amount of Pension. Each C-2 Participant shall be entitled to a monthly pension
computed under Section 5.1 of the Plan, based on final average earnings and years of credited
service at the date that employment with the Employers terminates. If the pension of a C-2
Participant is determined under subsection 4.2(a) of the Plan, then the amount payable to the C-2
Participant as of the first day of any month coincident with or preceding the date the C-2
Participant attains age 62 shall be calculated without reduction of the monthly Social Security
Allowance.
C2.5 Full Vesting. Each C-2 Participant shall be fully vested in the Participants
benefits under the Plan.
C2.6 Commencement of Pension. Payment of the monthly pension to a C-2 Participant
shall begin as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date that
employment terminates. The pension of a C-2 Participant shall not be reduced for commencement
prior to normal retirement date.
SCHEDULE C-3
NONDISCRIMINATORY EXECUTIVE BENEFITS
C3.1 Purpose. The purpose of this Supplement is to define and designate certain
executives of the Company to receive benefits under a nondiscriminatory enhancement of the Plans
benefit formula.
C3.2 A Executive. An A Executive is a Participant whose name is listed below in
this section:
G. Bloom (Normal Retirement 5/1/2000)
W. Brown (Through 12/31/2003)
J. Deem (Deferred vested as of 10/30/2001)
L. Dubrow (Deferred vested as of 10/30/2001)
S. Duffy
D. Estes
S. Gulis
B. Krueger
T. ODonovan
R. Sedrowski
C3.3 B Executive. A B Executive is a Participant whose name is listed below in this
Section:
O. Baxter (for benefits accrued through 12/31/2003)
A. Croci
R. DeBlasio
T. Gedra
B. Jungers
J. Lovejoy (Normal retirement / /2000)
T. Mundt
N. Ottenwess
D. West
G. Fountain
J. Lavertue
A.T. Payne, III
S. Zimmerman
J. Weston
W. Brown (Beginning 1/1/2004)
S. Sible
J. Zwiers
C3.4 Benefit. The Accrued Benefit for:
(a) A Executive. A Supplement A Executive shall be the greatest of the Accrued
Benefit at Section 5.1(c) or 2.4 percent of Final Average Compensation multiplied by the A
Executives Years of Benefit Service (not in excess of 25 years).
(b) B Executive. A Supplement B Executive shall be the greatest of the Accrued
Benefit at Section 5.1(c) or 2.0 percent of Final Average Compensation multiplied by the B
Executives Years of Benefit Service (not in excess of 25 years).
C3.5 Modifications. The Company may add, remove, or reclassify a Participant under
this Schedule. The modification of a Participants status may not reduce a Participants benefit
or become effective until the date which is 45 days after the Participant receives notice of the
modification.
-3-
SCHEDULE C-4
BENEFITS FOR CERTAIN FORMER EMPLOYEES
OF FROLIC FOOTWEAR DIVISION
OR THE WOLVERINE SLIPPER GROUP
C4.l Purpose. The purposes of this Schedule C-4 is to provide benefits for certain
Participants of Wolverine Employees Pension Plan (the Plan) who terminate employment under The
Frolic Footwear Special Severance Program dated August 4, 1997, (the Frolic Program) and the
Wolverine Slipper Group Special Severance Program (the Slipper Program) dated December 1997.
C4.2 C-4 Participant. A Participant will be a C-4 Participant if the Participant is
eligible for and elects to terminate employment under the Frolic Program no later than September
15, 1997, or under the Slipper Program no later than January 30, 1998.
C4.3 Highly Compensated Employees Excluded. A Participant who is a Highly
Compensated Employee shall not be entitled to any benefits under this Schedule.
C4.4 Amount of Pension. Each C-4 Participant shall be entitled to a monthly pension
computed under subsection 4.1 of the Plan based on final average earnings and years of credited
service at the date that employment terminates. If the pension of a C-4 Participant is determined
under subparagraph 5.1(c)(i)(A) of the Plan, then the amount payable as of the first day of any
month on or before the date the Participant attains age 62 shall be calculated without reduction
for the Social Security Allowance.
C4.5 Full Vesting. Each C-4 Participant shall be fully vested in his benefits under
the Plan.
C4.6 Commencement of Pension. Payment of the monthly pension to a C-4 Participant
shall begin as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date that his
employment with the employers terminates, in the full amount determined under paragraph G-4 above.
The pension of a Supplement G Participant shall not be reduced for commencement prior to normal
retirement date.
SCHEDULE C-5
2000 EARLY RETIREMENT WINDOW
C5.1 Purpose. The purpose of this Schedule C-5 is to provide benefits for TruStitch
employee Participants of the Wolverine Employees Pension Plan who were eligible to terminate
employment under the Wolverine Early Retirement Window-2000, dated July 12, 2000. (2000 Window) but
remained employed as of June 1, 2001, Participants who terminated employment under the 2000 Window,
or members who terminated under the reduction in force dated July 12, 2000, and were listed as
severance only in the listing maintained by the Employer (the RIF).
C5.2 C-5 Participant. A Participant will be a C-5 Participant if the Participant is
eligible and retired under the 2000 Window or was terminated under the RIF.
C5.3 Calculation of Pension. For purposes of calculating the Normal, Late, Early, or
Deferred Vested Benefit and for purposes of commencing benefits under those sections, a C-5
Participant shall be deemed to be 5 years older or age 65 whichever is less. However, this
increase in age shall not change a Participants normal retirement date.
C5.4 Amount of Pension. In addition to the increased age: a C-5 Participant shall be
entitled to;
(a) Lump Sum. The following Lump Sum payment
|
|
|
|
|
Health Care Plan Status |
|
Lump Sum Amount |
|
(as of July 12, 2000) |
|
|
|
|
Employee Only |
|
$ |
1576.08 |
|
Employee & Child |
|
$ |
3050.22 |
|
Employee & Spouse |
|
$ |
3874.92 |
|
Employee & Family |
|
$ |
4932.42 |
|
This benefit shall not apply to C-5 Participants who remained employed on June 1,
2001.
(b) Age 60-65. If the Participant is at least age 60, an additional percentage
increase in the benefit calculated under C5.3 above, as follows;
|
|
|
|
|
Age |
|
Percentage Increase |
(as of July 12, 2000) |
|
in Benefit |
60 but less than 61 |
|
|
2 |
% |
61 but less than 62 |
|
|
4 |
% |
62 but less than 63 |
|
|
6 |
% |
63 but less than 64 |
|
|
8 |
% |
64 or more |
|
|
10 |
% |
C5.5 414(k) Transfer. For purposes of Section 4.7:
(a) Allocation of Transfer. A C-5 Participant shall be treated as having retired
during the year of termination of employment.
(b) Vesting. A C-5 Participant shall be fully, 100% vested in the Participants
Section 414(k) account.
C5.6 Full Vesting. A Participant who is terminated under the RIF and listed in the
Severance Only classification shall be fully vested in the accrued benefits under the Plan
(including the benefits provided by this Schedule).
C5.7 Commencement of Pension. Benefits shall be paid as follows:
(a) Lump Sum The lump sum benefit, as soon as administratively feasible after the
expiration of the revocation period following written acceptance of the 2000 Window.
(b) Monthly Pension The monthly pension at the first day of any month following the
latest of: expiration of the revocation period following written acceptance of the 2000 Window; the
attainment of the deemed age of 60 by a C-5 Participant; or a C-5 Participants termination of
employment on or after June 1, 2001.
-3-
SCHEDULE C-6
HY-TEST MERGER
C6.1 Purpose. The purpose of this Schedule is to reflect the merger of the Wolverine
Hy-Test, Inc. Collectively Bargained Pension Plan (Hy-Test Plan) with this Plan and to provide
enhanced pension benefits for members formerly included within the drivers unit represented by
Teamsters Local 406 (Teamsters Unit).
C6.2 Participants Included. This Schedule shall apply to Participants formerly
included within the Hy-Test Plan and formerly covered by a collective bargaining agreement between
the Employer and Local 160A, UNITE!, AFL/CIO/CLC and, only where specifically designated, to
Participants within the Teamsters Unit.
C6.3 Teamsters Unit Members. Each Participant included within the Teamsters Unit
shall be fully vested in the Participants accrued benefit as of the members termination of
employment. Each Participant between ages 55 and 60 as of September 30, 2000, shall receive an
additional seven Years of Vesting Service for purposes of determining the Participants eligibility
for monthly pension benefits.
C6.4 Hy-Test Members. The following provisions apply to former Participants of the
Hy-Test Plan.
(a) Normal Retirement. A Participant whose employment terminates, other than
by death or Disability, on the Participants Normal Retirement Date is eligible for a Normal
Retirement Benefit.
(i) Normal Retirement Date. Normal Retirement Date means the date
the Participant attains age 62.
(ii) Normal Retirement Benefit. Normal Retirement Benefit means the
Participants Accrued Benefit. The monthly Normal Retirement Benefit shall be not less than the
amount of any Early Retirement Benefit to which the Participant was entitled if the Participant had
retired at any time under the provisions of C6.4(b).
(iii) Accrued Benefit. Accrued Benefit means a monthly pension benefit,
payable as a Single Life Annuity, beginning on the first day of the month following the
Participants Normal Retirement Date. The monthly amount shall be equal to the Participants Years
of Benefit Service multiplied by the applicable Benefit Rate set forth in this subsection.
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement Date |
|
Benefit Rate |
|
On or after January 1, 1996 |
|
$ |
10.25 |
|
On or after January 1, 1997 |
|
$ |
10.75 |
|
On or after January 1, 1998 |
|
$ |
11.00 |
|
On or after March 1, 1999 |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
On or after January 1, 2000 |
|
$ |
13.00 |
|
(iv) Benefit Service. A Participant earns a Year of Benefit Service for
each Plan Year under the following schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
Hours of Service |
|
Percentage of |
in Covered Employment |
|
Year of Service |
0 - 199 |
|
|
0 |
|
200 - 499 |
|
|
25 |
% |
500 - 799 |
|
|
50 |
% |
800 - 999 |
|
|
75 |
% |
1,000 or more |
|
|
100 |
% |
(b) Early Retirement. A Participant whose employment terminates, other than
by death or Disability, on or after the Participants Early Retirement Date and before the
Participants Normal Retirement Date is eligible for an Early Retirement Benefit.
(i) Early Retirement Date. Early Retirement Date means the date the
Participant attains age 55, or if later, the date the Participant completes 25 Years of Vesting
Service.
(ii) Early Retirement Benefit. Early Retirement Benefit means the
Participants Accrued Benefit determined as of the date that the Participants employment
terminated.
(iii) Early Payment. A Participant who is eligible for Early Retirement may
elect to begin payment on the first day of any month following the termination of employment after
the Participants Early Retirement Date. If the Participant elects and payment begins before the
first day of the month after the Participants Normal Retirement Date, the monthly amount of the
benefit shall be reduced and shall be the actuarial equivalent of the Accrued Benefit payable at
the Participants Normal Retirement Age.
(c) Late Retirement. A Participant whose employment terminates after the
Participants Normal Retirement Date is eligible for a Late Retirement Benefit.
(i) Late Retirement Date. Late Retirement Date means the date that
the Participants employment terminates or, if earlier, the Participants Required Beginning Date.
(ii) Late Retirement Benefit. Late Retirement Benefit means a monthly
pension equal to:
(A) Pre-Age 70 1/2. If the Participants employment terminated on or before
the Required Beginning Date, the Normal Retirement Benefit determined as of the Late Retirement
Date, including any additional benefits accrued for the period of the Participants employment
after the Normal Retirement Date.
-2-
(B) Post-Age 70 1/2. If the Participants employment terminated after the
Required Beginning Date, the amount determined in (A) above reduced by the actuarial equivalent of
the total plan distributions made to the Participant up to the Participants Late Retirement Date.
The benefit shall not be reduced to an amount less than the Participants Accrued Benefit
determined as of the Participants Normal Retirement Date.
(d) Deferred Vested Retirement. A Participant who has an Accrued
Benefit and whose employment terminated before the Participants Normal or Early Retirement Date,
other than by death or Disability, is eligible for a Deferred Vested Benefit.
(i) Deferred Vested Benefit. Deferred Vested Benefit means the
Participants Accrued Benefit determined as of the date that the Participants employment
terminated.
(ii) Early Payment. If the Participant is eligible and elects payment of the
Deferred Vested Benefit before the first day of the month following the Participants Normal
Retirement Date, the monthly amount of the benefit shall be reduced and shall be determined in the
same manner as provided for early payment of the Early Retirement Benefit.
(e) Death Benefits. A death benefit shall be paid only as provided in this
section.
(i) Death Before Annuity Starting Date. If a
Participant who has an Accrued Benefit dies before the Annuity Starting Date, benefits will be paid
as follows:
(A) Surviving Spouse. If the Participant has a Surviving Spouse, the
Surviving Spouse shall receive a QPSA unless the Surviving Spouse waives the QPSA and elects
another available form of payment.
(1) Spouse Defined. Spouse means the husband or wife to whom the
Participant was married at any specified time. A former Spouse shall not be a Spouse except to the
extent specified in a QDRO.
(2) Surviving Spouse Defined. Surviving Spouse means the Spouse to
whom the Participant was married at the time of death and who survives the Participant. If the
Participant dies before benefit payments begin, Surviving Spouse means the Spouse to whom the
Participant was married for at least 12 consecutive months at the Participants death and who
survives the Participant.
-3-
(3) QPSA Defined. QPSA means a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity
that is a monthly Single Life Annuity payable to the Surviving Spouse of a Participant. The
monthly amount of the QPSA is 50% of the benefit that would have been payable to the Participant if
the Participant had retired on the day before the Participant died and had elected to have benefit
payments begin on the earliest permitted payment date in the form of an immediate QJSA.
(B) No Surviving Spouse. If the Participant does not have a Surviving
Spouse, a benefit shall not be payable under this plan.
(ii) Death After Annuity Starting Date. If a
Participant who has a Vested Accrued Benefit dies after the Annuity Starting Date, the Beneficiary
shall be paid any remaining benefits payable under the form of payment the Participant was
receiving before death.
(f) Benefit Rules.
(i) Single Benefit. A Participant shall not receive more than one type of
benefit in any month.
(ii) Previously Paid Benefits. The amount of a benefit payable under
this article shall be reduced by the amount of benefits previously paid to or with respect to the
Participant, including a lump-sum payment of the Participants entire Vested Accrued Benefit after
the Participants employment terminates. All reductions shall be computed on a uniform basis by
calculating and offsetting the Actuarially Equivalent value of the benefit previously paid from the
Participants final benefit.
(iii) Transfer. A transfer between Covered Employment and employment with the
Employer other than Covered Employment, or a transfer between the Employer and a Related Employer,
is not termination of employment.
(iv) Pay Status. Benefits in pay status on or after the merger shall continue
to be paid in the form provided by the Plan.
(g) Vested Percentage. A Participants Accrued Benefit shall be 100% vested.
A Participant shall be credited with Vesting Service for full years of benefit service under the
Florsheim Shoe Company Retirement Plan as of April 17, 1996.
(h) Time of Payment. Subject to the QJSA and QPSA provisions of this
plan and the required distribution, benefit payments shall begin not later than 60 days after the
end of the Plan Year that includes the Participants Normal Retirement Date or, if later, the end
of the Plan Year in which employment terminates.
(i) Normal Retirement Benefit. The Normal Retirement Benefit shall
begin on the first day of the month following the Participants Normal Retirement Date.
-4-
(ii) Early Retirement Benefit. The Early Retirement Benefit shall
begin on the first day of the month following the Participants Normal Retirement date. The
Participant may elect earlier payment beginning on the first day of any month following the
Participants Early Retirement Date.
(iii) Late Retirement. The Late Retirement Benefit shall begin on the first
day of the month following the Participants termination of employment or, if earlier, the
Participants Required Beginning Date.
(iv) Deferred Vested Benefit. The Deferred Vested Benefit shall begin
on the first day of the month following the Participants Normal Retirement Date. If the
Participant is credited with at least 25 (or 10 if the Participants termination is due to
permanent closing of the facility in which the Participant was employed) Years of Vesting Service
at termination of employment, the Participant may elect earlier payment beginning on the first day
of any month following the date the Participant attains age 55.
(v) Death Benefit.
(A) Before Annuity Starting Date. The QPSA shall begin on the
first day of the month following the date of death, or if later, the first day a Participant could
have elected early payment of an Early Retirement Benefit or a Deferred Vested Benefit, if
applicable. The Surviving Spouse may elect to delay commencement of the benefit to the first day
of any later month but not later than the first day of the month following the Participants Normal
Retirement Date.
(B) After Annuity Starting Date. If the form of payment to
the Participant provides for benefits after the Participants death, the continuing benefit shall
be paid to the Beneficiary as provided.
(vi) Immediate Payment. If the Participants employment terminates for any
reason before the Participants Normal Retirement Date and the Actuarially Equivalent present value
of the Participants Vested Accrued Benefit, including any earlier payments, is $5,000 or less, the
Administrator shall direct payment of the present value as soon as administratively feasible
following termination of employment.
(i) Determination of Benefits. The age of the individuals to whom
benefits are payable shall be determined as of the date the benefit is payable. All forms of
payment under this Schedule shall be Actuarially Equivalent to the benefit payable as a Single Life
Annuity. Actuarially Equivalent means equal in value based on the following actuarial
assumptions:
(i) Interest Rate. 6 1/2% per annum, compounded annually.
(ii) Mortality Table. 1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table assuming three males
for every seven females
(iii) Lump Sum Determination. Actuarial Equivalence of a lump-sum
payment shall be determined based on.
-5-
(A) Mortality. The 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table weighted 50% male and 50%
female.
(B) Interest Rate. An interest rate for the Plan Year consisting of the
annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities for the month of December preceding the Plan
Year in which the lump sum is calculated.
(j) Form of Payment.
(i) Standard Form. Benefits under this Schedule shall be paid as follows:
(A) Married. If the Participant is married when benefit payments are to begin, the
Participants benefit shall be paid as a QJSA unless the Participant waives the QJSA, with consent
of the Spouse, and properly elects another available form of payment.
(1) Definition. QJSA means an immediate qualified joint and survivor annuity under
which a reduced (compared to amount of the Participants Vested Accrued Benefit payable as a Single
Life Annuity) amount is payable to the Participant for life and 50% of the reduced amount is
payable to the Surviving Spouse, if any, for life after the Participants death.
(2) Monthly Payments. The monthly amount payable to the Participant and the
monthly amount payable to the Surviving Spouse shall not increase after payments begin. The
monthly payments under the QJSA shall be such that the value of the expected payments to the
Participant and the Surviving Spouse is Actuarially Equivalent to the benefit payable as a Single
Life Annuity.
(B) Not Married. If the Participant is not married when benefit payments are
to begin, the Participants benefit shall be paid as a Single Life Annuity, unless the Participant
waives that form and properly elects another available form of payment.
(ii) Optional Forms of Payment. Upon waiver of the QJSA,
Participant may elect a Single Life Annuity. A Single Life Annuity is a monthly benefit payable
in equal installments for the life of the Participant or other individual with no payments to be
made for any periods after the recipients death.
(k) Merger Schedule. The Company shall, as required by Code Section 414(l),
maintain a special schedule of benefits payable on a termination basis for Hy-Test Participants as
required under Regulation 1.414(l)-1(h). The special benefits shall be payable in the priority
required by Regulation 1.414(l)-1(h) if the Plan terminates on or before December 31, 2005. If the
liabilities attributable to benefits payable under this Schedule are spun off or transferred to
another plan on or before December 31, 2005, the Plan shall transfer assets to the spun off or
transferee plan sufficient to satisfy the liabilities in full.
-6-
SCHEDULE C-7
2001 EARLY RETIREMENT WINDOW/
SPECIAL SEVERANCE PROGRAM
C7.1 Purpose The purpose of this Schedule is to provide benefits for Wolverine
Footwear employee Participants of the Wolverine Employees Pension Plan who were eligible to
terminate employment under the Wolverine Special Severance Program Early Retirement Window-2001
(current Footwear employee, age 60 before January 31, 2002, 15 years of continuous service by
August 31, 2001 and not within an excluded job classification).
C7.2 C-7 Participant A Participant will be a C-7 Participant if the Participant is
eligible under the 2001 Window.
C7.3 Calculation of Pension For purposes of calculating the Normal or Deferred
Commencement Retirement, Early Retirement, or Monthly Deferred Benefit and for purposes of
commencing benefits under those sections, a C-7 Participant shall be deemed to be 5 years older or
age 65 whichever is less. However, this increase in age shall not change a Participants normal
retirement date.
C7.4 Amount of Pension In addition to the increased age: a C-7 Participant shall be
entitled to;
(a) Lump Sum the following Lump Sum payment
|
|
|
|
|
Health Care Plan Status |
|
|
|
(as of October 1, 2001) |
|
Lump Sum Amount |
|
Employee Only |
|
$ |
1758.63 |
|
Employee & Child |
|
$ |
3404.83 |
|
Employee & Spouse |
|
$ |
4329.55 |
|
Employee & Family |
|
$ |
5506.84 |
|
(b) Age 60-65 If the Participant is at least age 60, an additional percentage
increase in the benefit calculated under C7.3 above, as follows;
|
|
|
|
|
Age |
|
Percentage Increase |
(as of July 12, 2000) |
|
in Benefit |
60 but less than 61 |
|
|
2 |
% |
61 but less than 62 |
|
|
4 |
% |
62 but less than 63 |
|
|
6 |
% |
63 but less than 64 |
|
|
8 |
% |
64 or more |
|
|
10 |
% |
C7.5 414(k) Transfer Allocation. For purposes of Section 4.7(c) (allocation of 414(k)
transfer amounts), a C-7 Participant shall be treated as having retired during the year of
termination of employment.
C7.6 Commencement of Pension. Benefits shall be paid as follows:
(a) Lump Sum The lump sum benefit, as soon as administratively feasible after the
expiration of the revocation period following written acceptance of the 2001 Window.
(b) Monthly Pension The monthly pension at the first day of any month following the
latest of: expiration of the revocation period following written acceptance of the 2001 Window; the
attainment of the deemed age of 60 by a C-7 Participant; or a C-7 Participants termination of
employment on or before December 31, 2001.
-2-
SCHEDULE C-8
SPECIAL SERVICE CREDIT
TRU STITCH DIVISION/WOLVERINE PROCUREMENT INC.
C8.1 Purpose. The purpose of this Schedule is to recognize certain service before
extension of the Plan to TruStitch Division and Wolverine Procurement, Inc. Employees for purposes
of determining Years of Benefit and Vesting Service.
C8.2 TruStitch Division. An hourly nonunion employee of the TruStitch Division who
became a Participant in the Plan on January 1, 1985, shall be credited with Years of Benefit
Service and Vesting Service for the period of service (including union service) beginning on or
after January 1, 1970, under the rules of the Plan in effect during those periods.
C8.3 Wolverine Procurement, Inc. An Employee of Wolverine Procurement, Inc. shall be
credited with Years of Benefit Service and Vesting Service for service on or after July 1, 1989,
under the rules of the Plan in effect during those periods.
SCHEDULE C-9
SERVICE CREDIT AND INCLUSION OF
CERTAIN FORMER SEBAGO, INC. EMPLOYEES
C9.1 Purpose. The purpose of this Schedule is to recognize eligibility and vesting
service of certain former employees of Sebago, Inc. who have become permanent, regular employees of
the Employer.
C9.2 Designated Employees. The following individuals shall be covered by this Schedule
(Schedule C-9 individuals).
Name
Belsak, Harald
Charron, Elayne
Cremer, Vivian
Delaware, Marie
Dufault, Victor
Josselyn, Marvin
Kriner, Debora
Mowatt, Timothy
Walls, Michael
Warren, Joseph
C9.3 Eligibility/Participation. A Schedule C-9 individual shall become eligible and a
Participant in the Plan under Section 3.1 as of July 1, 2004.
C9.4 Covered Employment. A Schedule C-9 individual shall not be excluded from Covered
Employment under Section 3.2 as a former employee of Sebago, Inc.
C9.5 Vesting Service. A Schedule C-9 individual shall be credited with Years of Vesting
Service under Section 6.1 for all periods of service beginning with their most recent date of hire
with Sebago, Inc.
SCHEDULE D
PLAN HISTORY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adopted |
|
Effective |
D.1 Gust Restatement. |
|
September 25, 2003 |
|
January 1, 1997 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) First Amendment.
|
|
September 25, 2003
|
|
January 1, 2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Second Amendment.
|
|
December 19, 2003
|
|
July 1, 2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) Third Amendment.
|
|
July 7, 2004
|
|
July 1, 2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Fourth Amendment.
|
|
September 4, 2004
|
|
January 1, 1997 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(e) Fifth Amendment.
|
|
September 26, 2005
|
|
March 28, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(f) Implementing Amendment
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
June 30, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(g) Sixth Amendment.
|
|
November 30, 2007
|
|
January 1, 2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(h) Seventh Amendment.
|
|
November 30, 2007
|
|
January 1, 2000/ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) Eighth Amendment.
|
|
June 16, 2008
|
|
January 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(j) Ninth Amendment.
|
|
January 19, 2009
|
|
January 20, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(k) Tenth Amendment.
|
|
December 3, 2009
|
|
January 1, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(l) Eleventh Amendment.
|
|
November 29, 2010
|
|
January 1, 2007/ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008 |
exv10w30
Exhibit 10.30
FORM OF PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT
Performance Share Agreement #
PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT
This Performance Share Award Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the award date set forth
above, between WOLVERINE WORLD WIDE, INC., a Delaware corporation (Wolverine or the Company),
and the employee named above (Employee).
Wolverine World Wide, Inc. has an Amended and Restated Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan
(3-Year Bonus Plan) that the Compensation Committee of Wolverines Board of Directors (the
Committee) administers. The Committee makes long term incentive awards to encourage longer range
strategic planning, cooperation among all the units of the Company, and executive officers and key
management individuals to enter and continue in the employ of the Company. Wolverine has a Stock
Incentive Plan of 2010 (the Plan) that also is administered by the Committee, under which the
Committee may award restricted stock as all or part of a long term incentive award. Both the
3-Year Bonus Plan and the Plan have been approved by the Companys shareholders.
The Committee has determined that Employee is eligible to participate in the Plan for a long
term incentive award, the Employees participation level, and the criteria for the award. The
Committee has awarded to Employee shares of Wolverines common stock subject to terms, conditions
and restrictions contained in this Agreement and in the Plan (the Performance Share Award).
Employee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and accepts this Performance Share Award
subject to all of those terms, conditions and restrictions.
1. Award. Wolverine hereby awards to Employee a number of shares of Wolverines
common stock, $1 par value, as set forth in the grant (the Performance Restricted Stock). The
Performance Restricted Stock is subject to the restrictions imposed under this Agreement and the
Plan (Stock Restrictions). The periods during which Performance Restricted Stock is subject to
the Stock Restrictions shall be known as Restricted Periods. Unless otherwise determined by the
Committee, Employees Incentive Award will be the number of shares of Performance Restricted
Stock on which the Stock Restrictions shall lapse.
2. Transferability. Until the Stock Restrictions lapse as set forth in section 3
below, the Plan provides that Performance Restricted Stock is generally not transferable by
Employee except by will or according to the laws of descent and distribution. The Plan further
provides that all rights with respect to the Performance Restricted Stock are exercisable during
Employees lifetime only by Employee, Employees guardian, or legal representative. Wolverine
shall place an appropriate legend upon any certificate representing shares of Performance
Restricted Stock and may also issue appropriate stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent
with respect to such shares.
3. Lapsing of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or by
action of the Committee, the Stock Restrictions imposed on the Performance Restricted Stock shall
lapse as set forth in Attachment 1.
4. Registration and Listing; Securities Laws.
(a) The Performance Share Award is conditioned upon (i) the effective registration or
exemption of the Plan and the Performance Restricted Stock granted there under the Securities Act
of 1933 and applicable state or foreign securities laws, and (ii) the effective listing of the
common stock on the New York Stock Exchange.
(b) Employee hereby represents and warrants that Employee is receiving the Performance
Restricted Stock for Employees own account and investment and without any intent to resell or
distribute the Performance Restricted Stock. Employee shall not resell or distribute the
Performance Restricted Stock after any Restricted Period except in compliance with such conditions
as Wolverine may reasonably specify to ensure compliance with federal and state securities laws.
5. Termination of Employment Status.
(a) Except as set forth in subsection (b), Employee:
(i) must be an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries at the time the Committee
certifies the achievement of the Performance Period performance criteria for the Stock Restrictions
to lapse on any portion of the Performance Share Award (the performance criteria being Cumulative
BVA and Cumulative EPS, as defined in Schedule 1); and
(ii) shall forfeit the entire Performance Share Award if, before such certification,
Employees employment with Wolverine and its Subsidiaries terminates (the Employment Termination)
or the Committee terminates Employees Performance Share Award for the Performance Period (Award
Termination).
(b) If the Employment Termination is:
(i) due to Employees:
(1) disability (as defined in Wolverines long-term disability plan);
(2) death;
(3) voluntary termination after Employee has attained 50 years of age and seven
years of service as an employee of Wolverine or its Subsidiaries, or 62 years of
age, or such other age or years of service as may be determined by the Committee in
its sole discretion; or
(ii) due to such other circumstances as the Committee in its discretion allows;
then the number of shares of Performance Restricted Stock on which the Stock Restrictions lapse at
the end of the Performance Period shall be calculated as set forth in subsection (c) or in such
other manner as the Committee directs. If there is an Award Termination, the Committee may in its
discretion allow the Stock Restrictions to lapse on some or all of the
Performance Restricted Stock, calculated as set forth in subsection (c) or in such other manner as
the Committee directs.
(c) As soon as reasonably practicable following the end of the Performance Period, the
Committee shall calculate, as set forth in Schedule 1, the number of shares on which the Stock
Restrictions would have lapsed if Employees employment or Performance Share Award had not been
terminated prior to the certification. That number of shares shall then be multiplied by a
fraction, the
2
numerator of which shall be the number of full months during the Performance Period
prior to the Employment Termination or Award Termination (as applicable) and the denominator of
which shall be the total number of months in the Performance Period. The result of the
calculation in the preceding sentence shall be the Employees Prorated Incentive Award for the
Performance Period, which will be the number of shares of Performance Restricted Stock on which the
Stock Restrictions shall lapse. The remainder of the Performance Share Award shall be forfeited.
6. Employment by Wolverine. The award of Performance Restricted Stock under this
Agreement shall not impose upon Wolverine or any of its Subsidiaries any obligation to retain
Employee in its employ for any given period or upon any specific terms of employment. Wolverine or
any of its Subsidiaries may at any time dismiss Employee from employment, free from any liability
or claim under the Plan or this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided in any written
agreement with Employee.
7. Stockholder Rights. During the Restricted Period, Employee shall have all voting
and liquidation rights with respect to the Performance Restricted Stock held of record by Employee
as if Employee held unrestricted common stock; provided, however, that the portion of any
Performance Share Award on which the Stock Restrictions have not lapsed shall be subject to any
restrictions on transferability or risks of forfeiture imposed pursuant to this Agreement or the
Plan. Any cash and stock dividends with respect to any Performance Restricted Stock will be
withheld by the Company for the Award Recipients account and will be paid upon the lapsing of the
Stock Restrictions imposed on the Performance Restricted Stock in respect of which the dividends
were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Performance Restricted Stock will be
forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Performance Restricted Stock. Any noncash dividends or
distributions paid with respect to shares of Performance Restricted Stock on which the Stock
Restrictions have not lapsed shall be subject to the same restrictions as those relating to the
Performance Restricted Stock awarded under this Agreement. After the restrictions applicable to
the Performance Restricted Stock lapse, Employee shall have all stockholder rights, including the
right to transfer the shares, subject to such conditions as Wolverine may reasonably specify to
ensure compliance with federal and state securities laws.
8. Withholding. Wolverine and any of its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to (a)
withhold and deduct from Employees future wages (or from other amounts that may be due and owing
to Employee from Wolverine or a Subsidiary), or make other arrangements for the collection of, all
legally required amounts necessary to satisfy any and all federal, state, and local withholding and
employment-related tax requirements attributable to the Performance Restricted Stock award under
this Agreement, including, without limitation, the award or lapsing of Stock Restrictions on the
Performance Restricted Stock; or (b) require Employee promptly to remit the amount of such
withholding to Wolverine or a subsidiary before taking any action with respect to the Performance
Restricted Stock. Unless the Committee provides otherwise, withholding may be satisfied by
withholding common stock to be received or by delivery to Wolverine or a subsidiary of previously
owned common stock of Wolverine.
9. Effective Date. This award of Performance Restricted Stock shall be effective as
of the date first set forth above.
10. Amendment. This Agreement shall not be modified except in a writing executed by
the parties hereto.
11. Agreement Controls. The Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference.
Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have those meanings provided in the Plan. In
the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the
provisions of the Agreement shall control.
3
ATTACHMENT 1 TO PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT
The Incentive Award for the Employee will be the number of shares of Performance Restricted Stock
on which the Stock Restrictions shall lapse, calculated as:
rounded up to the nearest whole number, where:
|
|
Overall Award Percentage will be the sum of (i) the BVA Award Percentage multiplied by
the BVA Factor, and (ii) the EPS Award Percentage multiplied by the EPS Factor, but in no
event shall the Overall Award Percentage exceed the Award Cap for the Employee. If the
Overall Award Percentage calculated for the Employee is greater than the Award Cap, the
Overall Award Percentage shall be reduced to the Award Cap to calculate the Incentive Award. |
1. |
|
BVA Award Percentage will be calculated as follows: |
|
|
If the Cumulative BVA is < Threshold BVA, BVA Award Percentage = 0% |
|
|
|
If the Cumulative BVA is ≥ Threshold BVA and < Target BVA, BVA Award Percentage = |
|
|
If the Cumulative BVA is ≥ Target BVA and < Goal BVA, BVA Award Percentage = |
|
|
If the Cumulative BVA is ≥ Goal BVA and < Stretch BVA, BVA Award Percentage = |
|
|
If the Cumulative BVA is ≥ Stretch BVA, BVA Award Percentage = Award Cap |
2. |
|
EPS Award Percentage will be calculated as follows: |
|
|
If the Cumulative EPS is < Threshold EPS, EPS Award Percentage = 0% |
|
|
|
If the Cumulative EPS is ≥ Threshold EPS and < Target EPS, EPS Award Percentage = |
|
|
If the Cumulative EPS is ≥ Target EPS and < Goal EPS, EPS Award Percentage = |
4
|
|
If the Cumulative EPS is ≥ Goal EPS and < Stretch EPS, EPS Award Percentage = |
|
|
If the Cumulative EPS is ≥ Stretch EPS, EPS Award Percentage = Award Cap |
and the other defined terms shall have the following meanings:
|
|
|
Applicable Earnings
|
|
The Earnings amount used to calculate the Performance Share Award for the
Award Recipient. |
|
|
|
Award Cap
|
|
The maximum percentage of the Incentive Award that the Award Recipient
may receive for the Performance Period upon achievement of stretch
goal, used to calculate the Performance Share Award for the Award
Recipient. |
|
|
|
Award Recipient
|
|
An employee of the Company to whom the Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors or the Board of Directors grants a Performance Share
Award, for such portion of the Performance Period as the Committee
determines. |
|
|
|
BVA
|
|
An economic value added measurement that equals the operating income for
a Fiscal Year reduced by (i) a provision for income taxes equal to the
operating income multiplied by the Companys total effective tax rate for
the same Fiscal Year; and (ii) a capital charge equal to a two-point
average of net operating assets at the beginning and end of a Fiscal
Year (with net operating assets defined as the net of trade receivables
(net of reserves), inventory (net of reserves), other current assets,
property, plant and equipment, trade payables and accrued liabilities)
multiplied by 10%. |
|
|
|
Cumulative BVA
|
|
The sum of the BVA for each of the Fiscal Years in the Performance Period. |
|
|
|
Cumulative EPS
|
|
The sum of the EPS for each of the Fiscal Years in the Performance Period. |
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
An Award Recipients base salary at the time of Performance Share Award. |
|
|
|
EPS
|
|
The total after-tax profits for a Fiscal Year divided by the
fully-diluted weighted average shares outstanding during the Fiscal Year. |
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting purposes as the
Company may adopt from time to time. |
|
|
|
Incentive Award Percentage
|
|
The Incentive Award Percentage used to calculate the Performance Share
Award for the Award Recipient. |
|
|
|
Market Price
|
|
The closing market price of shares of Common Stock reported on the New
York Stock Exchange (or any successor exchange that is the primary stock
exchange for trading of Common Stock) on the date the award is granted by
the Compensation Committee. |
5
|
|
|
Stock Restrictions
|
|
Restrictions on the common stock covered by the Performance Share Award,
as set forth in the Plan and the Performance Share Award Agreement. |
|
|
|
Performance Period
|
|
The three year period beginning on the first day of the
Companys 2011 Fiscal Year and ending on the last day
of the Companys 2013 Fiscal Year. |
BVA Factor
|
|
As set by the Compensation Committee. |
Threshold BVA
|
|
As set by the Compensation Committee. |
Target BVA
|
|
As set by the Compensation Committee. |
Goal BVA
|
|
As set by the Compensation Committee. |
Stretch BVA
|
|
As set by the Compensation Committee. |
|
|
|
EPS Factor
|
|
As set by the Compensation Committee. |
Threshold EPS
|
|
As set by the Compensation Committee. |
Target EPS
|
|
As set by the Compensation Committee. |
Goal EPS
|
|
As set by the Compensation Committee. |
Stretch EPS
|
|
As set by the Compensation Committee. |
6
exv10w33
Exhibit 10.33
Exhibit 10.33
The following executive officers have a percentage benefit multiplier under the Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan (the Plan of 2.4% or 2.0%, as indicated below, in lieu of the 1.6% of
final average monthly remuneration benefit multiplier described in the Plan:
|
|
|
2.4% |
|
2.0% |
Blake W. Krueger
|
|
Donald T. Grimes |
|
|
Pamela L. Linton |
|
|
Michael F. McBreen |
|
|
James D. Zwiers |
exv21
Exhibit 21
EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
|
|
|
|
|
State or Country of |
Name |
|
Incorporation or Organization |
BSI Shoes, Inc. |
|
Michigan |
Chaco Outdoor, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
Dominican Wolverine Shoe Company Limited |
|
Cayman Islands |
Hush Puppies Retail, Inc. |
|
Michigan |
d/b/a Hush Puppies & Family |
|
|
Hush Puppies / Merrell |
|
|
Hush Puppies / Merrell / Sebago |
|
|
Hush Puppies / Merrell / Wolverine |
|
|
Merrell |
|
|
Merrell / Hush Puppies / Sebago |
|
|
Rockford Footwear Depot |
|
|
Track N Trail |
|
|
UP Footgear |
|
|
Hy-Test, Inc. |
|
Michigan |
d/b/a Hy-Test |
|
|
Sebago Dominican Limited |
|
Cayman Islands |
Sebago International Limited |
|
Cayman Islands |
Sebago Realty, LLC |
|
Delaware |
Sebago USA, LLC |
|
Delaware |
Spartan Shoe Company Limited |
|
Cayman Islands |
Supervision Design Ltd. |
|
England & Wales |
Wolverine Consulting Services (Zhuhai) Company Limited |
|
Peoples Republic of China |
Wolverine de Argentina, S.R.L. |
|
Argentina |
Wolverine de Costa Rica, S.A. |
|
Costa Rica |
Wolverine de Mexico S.A. de C.V. |
|
Mexico |
Wolverine Design Center, Inc. |
|
Michigan |
Wolverine Europe B.V. |
|
The Netherlands |
Wolverine Europe Limited |
|
England & Wales |
Wolverine Europe Retail B.V. |
|
The Netherlands |
Wolverine Europe Retail Limited |
|
England & Wales |
Wolverine International GP, LLC |
|
Michigan |
Wolverine International, L.P. |
|
Cayman Islands |
Wolverine International S.à.r.l. |
|
Luxembourg |
Wolverine International, S.L. |
|
Spain |
Wolverine Newco Cayman, Ltd. |
|
Cayman Islands |
Wolverine Newco USA, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
Wolverine Outdoors, Inc. |
|
Michigan |
Wolverine Procurement, Inc. |
|
Michigan |
Wolverine Slipper Group, Inc. |
|
Michigan |
d/b/a Wolverine Slipper Group |
|
|
Wolverine Sourcing, Inc. |
|
Michigan |
Wolverine Sourcing, Ltd. |
|
Cayman Islands |
Wolverine World Wide Canada, ULC |
|
Alberta |
Wolverine World Wide Europe Limited |
|
England & Wales |
Wolverine World Wide HK Limited |
|
Hong Kong |
exv23
Exhibit 23
Exhibit 23 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos.
33-55213, 33-63689, 33-64854, 333-49523, 333-93563, 333-67462, 333-88898, 333-97917, 333-106973,
333-129202, 333-165201) pertaining to the various stock option, incentive and deferred compensation
plans of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. of our reports dated March 2, 2011, with respect to the
consolidated financial statements and schedule of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., and the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., included in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 2011.
Grand Rapids, Michigan
March 2, 2011
1
exv24
Exhibit 24
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, in his or her capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be,
of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., does hereby appoint BLAKE W. KRUEGER; KENNETH A. GRADY; TIMOTHY E.
FOLEY; and DONALD T. GRIMES, or any of them, his or her attorneys or attorney, with full power of
substitution, to execute in his or her name an Annual Report of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. on Form
10-K for its fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, and any amendments to that report, and to file it
or them with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each attorney shall have power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, every
act to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do
in person, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and approves the acts of such attorneys.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 10, 2011
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey M. Boromisa
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeffrey M. Boromisa |
|
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, in his or her capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be,
of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., does hereby appoint BLAKE W. KRUEGER; KENNETH A. GRADY; TIMOTHY E.
FOLEY; and DONALD T. GRIMES, or any of them, his or her attorneys or attorney, with full power of
substitution, to execute in his or her name an Annual Report of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. on Form
10-K for its fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, and any amendments to that report, and to file it
or them with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each attorney shall have power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, every
act to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do
in person, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and approves the acts of such attorneys.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 6, 2011
|
|
/s/ William K. Gerber
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William K. Gerber |
|
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, in his or her capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be,
of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., does hereby appoint BLAKE W. KRUEGER; KENNETH A. GRADY; TIMOTHY E.
FOLEY; and DONALD T. GRIMES, or any of them, his or her attorneys or attorney, with full power of
substitution, to execute in his or her name an Annual Report of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. on Form
10-K for its fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, and any amendments to that report, and to file it
or them with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each attorney shall have power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, every
act to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do
in person, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and approves the acts of such attorneys.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 18, 2011
|
|
/s/ Alberto L. Grimoldi
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alberto L. Grimoldi |
|
|
i
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, in his or her capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be,
of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., does hereby appoint BLAKE W. KRUEGER; KENNETH A. GRADY; TIMOTHY E.
FOLEY; and DONALD T. GRIMES, or any of them, his or her attorneys or attorney, with full power of
substitution, to execute in his or her name an Annual Report of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. on Form
10-K for its fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, and any amendments to that report, and to file it
or them with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each attorney shall have power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, every
act to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do
in person, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and approves the acts of such attorneys.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 18, 2011
|
|
/s/ Joseph R. Gromek
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph R. Gromek |
|
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, in his or her capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be,
of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., does hereby appoint BLAKE W. KRUEGER; KENNETH A. GRADY; TIMOTHY E.
FOLEY; and DONALD T. GRIMES, or any of them, his or her attorneys or attorney, with full power of
substitution, to execute in his or her name an Annual Report of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. on Form
10-K for its fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, and any amendments to that report, and to file it
or them with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each attorney shall have power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, every
act to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do
in person, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and approves the acts of such attorneys.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 10, 2011
|
|
/s/ David T. Kollat
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David T. Kollat |
|
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, in his or her capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be,
of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., does hereby appoint BLAKE W. KRUEGER; KENNETH A. GRADY; TIMOTHY E.
FOLEY; and DONALD T. GRIMES, or any of them, his or her attorneys or attorney, with full power of
substitution, to execute in his or her name an Annual Report of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. on Form
10-K for its fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, and any amendments to that report, and to file it
or them with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each attorney shall have power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, every
act to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do
in person, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and approves the acts of such attorneys.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 10, 2011
|
|
/s/ Brenda J. Lauderback
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brenda J. Lauderback |
|
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, in his or her capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be,
of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., does hereby appoint BLAKE W. KRUEGER; KENNETH A. GRADY; TIMOTHY E.
FOLEY; and DONALD T. GRIMES, or any of them, his or her attorneys or attorney, with full power of
substitution, to execute in his or her name an Annual Report of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. on Form
10-K for its fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, and any amendments to that report, and to file it
or them with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each attorney shall have power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, every
act to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do
in person, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and approves the acts of such attorneys.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 8, 2011
|
|
/s/ David P. Mehney
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David P. Mehney |
|
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, in his or her capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be,
of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., does hereby appoint BLAKE W. KRUEGER; KENNETH A. GRADY; TIMOTHY E.
FOLEY; and DONALD T. GRIMES, or any of them, his or her attorneys or attorney, with full power of
substitution, to execute in his or her name an Annual Report of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. on Form
10-K for its fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, and any amendments to that report, and to file it
or them with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each attorney shall have power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, every
act to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do
in person, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and approves the acts of such attorneys.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 11, 2011
|
|
/s/ Timothy J. ODonovan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy J. ODonovan |
|
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, in his or her capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be,
of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., does hereby appoint BLAKE W. KRUEGER; KENNETH A. GRADY; TIMOTHY E.
FOLEY; and DONALD T. GRIMES, or any of them, his or her attorneys or attorney, with full power of
substitution, to execute in his or her name an Annual Report of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. on Form
10-K for its fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, and any amendments to that report, and to file it
or them with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each attorney shall have power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, every
act to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do
in person, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and approves the acts of such attorneys.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 7, 2011
|
|
/s/ Shirley D. Peterson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shirley D. Peterson |
|
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, in his or her capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be,
of Wolverine World Wide, Inc., does hereby appoint BLAKE W. KRUEGER; KENNETH A. GRADY; TIMOTHY E.
FOLEY; and DONALD T. GRIMES, or any of them, his or her attorneys or attorney, with full power of
substitution, to execute in his or her name an Annual Report of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. on Form
10-K for its fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, and any amendments to that report, and to file it
or them with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each attorney shall have power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, every
act to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do
in person, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and approves the acts of such attorneys.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 10, 2011
|
|
/s/ Michael A. Volkema
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael A. Volkema |
|
|
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Blake W. Krueger, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Wolverine World Wide, Inc.; |
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
(a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
(a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely
affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting. |
Date: March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Blake W. Krueger
|
|
|
Blake W. Krueger |
|
|
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Wolverine World Wide, Inc. |
|
1
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Donald T. Grimes, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Wolverine World Wide, Inc.; |
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
(a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
(a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely
affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting. |
Date: March 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Donald T. Grimes
|
|
|
Donald T. Grimes |
|
|
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Wolverine World Wide, Inc. |
|
1
exv32w1
Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATIONS
Solely for the purpose of complying with 18 U.S.C. § 1350, each of the undersigned hereby
certifies in his capacity as an officer of Wolverine World Wide, Inc. (the Company) that the
Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the accounting period ended January 1, 2011 fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that
information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition of the Company at the end of such period and the results of operations of the Company for
such period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Blake W. Krueger
|
|
|
Blake W. Krueger |
|
|
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Donald T. Grimes
|
|
|
Donald T. Grimes |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer |
|
|